PURPOSE: The Project Milestone Schedule is a tool to help you know when you need to meet CMO program milestones and to think about the timing and sequence of the project milestones your project needs to have in place to have your project be successful. This template will be included in your voucher agreement and will help to track progress towards your project plan. Your project milestone schedule can be modified and updated over the voucher agreement term.
INSTRUCTIONS: To complete your Project Milestone Schedule, fill out the template below. Items marked RED are requirements, and items color-coded BLUE are for you to modify:
1. Mark the milestone number (Column A), description of the milestone to achieve (Column B), and the month number (Column C) in which you plan to achieve the milestone over the 5-year voucher agreement term, starting with Voucher Execution (0 month). Please leave Calendar Date (Column D) blank. You can insert actual calendar dates (Column D) after your voucher has been executed.
2. Add in milestones and details for your project that are other additional steps critical to achieving launch within 15 months from project kick-off meeting.
3. Add/modify rows to this template, as appropriate, based on your project plan. At a minimum, you may use this template as your project milestone schedule, but you are encouraged to modify this template to suit your project.
4. Include work start dates as individual milestones for sub-contractors and other partners.
NOTE 1: Key CMO Program Requirements with deadlines are already in the template; you may meet these deadlines sooner than listed, but no later than those listed in order for you to meet the project launch deadline of within 1 year of voucher execution.
NOTE 2: Quarterly status reporting and payment reimbursements templates will be distributed to awardees at a later date, and are intended as opportunities to reflect the progress made on each of the project milestones.
DEADLINE: Submit your completed Project Milestone Schedule to: [email protected] in Word or Excel Format PRIOR TO VOUCHER EXECUTION in order to include in your voucher agreement.
City of San Clemente
PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
OVER 5-YEAR MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER TERM
A.
MILEST
ONE
NUMBE
R
B.
DESCRIPTION OF MILESTONE TO BE ACHIEVED
C.
MONTH
NUMBER
ACHIEVED
D.
CALENDAR DATE
[ADD AFTER
VOUCHER
EXECUTION]
Voucher Agreement Execution – COMPLIANCE
0.1 Define the Project Teams: 0 [Input AFTER
Voucher executed]
164
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
x Community Outreach, Engagement, &
Marketing (Marketing/ Outreach Manager,
Outreach Associate, Community Ambassadors)
x Project Management & Admin (Project
Lead/Manager, Project Team Coordinator,
Project Team Planner)
x Design & Implementation
x Equipment Procurement
x Site Construction & Installation (Electrician,
Solar Panel Installation Technician)
x Mobility Service Operations (Launch Manager,
General/Operations Manager, Operations
Associate, Customer Service Representatives,
Vehicle Driver)
x Equipment Maintenance
0.2 City Council Authorization for grant.
(Consent Item, not a public hearing)
0 0.3 Execute Voucher agreement. 0 months
0.4 Complete team member assignments worksheet &
program implementation timeline.
Deliverables: Project team worksheet; Gantt chart of
roles & milestones
1 month
0.5 Release RFP for Mobility Provider 1 month
0.6 Become Insurance Compliant by CMO Program.
Deliverables: COI(s) & endorsements
2 months
0.7 PROJECT KICK-OFF MEETING: Project must be deemed
insurance compliant by the Program Administrator.
Deliverables: PA Team email confirmation
60 days
(Program
Requirement)
0.8 Complete (5) forms prior to service launch.
x MPV Motor Vehicle Infrastructure Form
x Confidentiality Agreement Forms & Statement
x IM Update Agreement Form
x Copy of policy & procedures for screening
drivers (if applicable)
Review Time
Sequence (after
last document
submitted):
1 week
165
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
x Adhere to Communication Guidelines on
marketing materials (as applicable). All
marketing materials are to be submitted for
review in advance of public dissemination.
Review of non-media materials takes 48 hours
per item.
Include Press Release? (2 weeks). If so:
x Develop Draft of Media Advisory
x Draft of Press Release
2 weeks
0.9 Complete tasks typically 2 weeks after Kickoff, must be complete by the First Data Report (due at the time of
the first Quarterly Status Report):
x Finance Training
x Evaluation Training
x GHG Emissions Data Submission*
x Issue a Baseline Resident Survey*
(*Cohort Facilitator shares after Kickoff)
2 weeks after
Kick-Off
0.10 Project Design Meeting #1
(Route, stops, charging locations, etc.)
2 months
0.11 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
(First one due less than 2 months after voucher
execution, then quarterly)
2 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 12/31
0.12 Secure Contract with a Mobility Provider.
Execute contract: Provide proof of contract to the
Program Administrator that a mobility provider is
secured & under contract.
3 months
(Program
Requirement)
0.13 Develop baseline survey tool, outreach & initial
marketing materials (including website).
Plan for First Public Engagement Meeting
Deliverables: Marketing & presentation materials
3 months
166
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
0.14 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
5 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 3/31
0.15 First Public Engagement Meeting
Deliverables: Outreach sign-in sheet for each meeting;
Presentation materials
6 months
0.16 Project Design Meeting #2 (route, stops, charging
locations, etc.). Discuss permitting & contracting.
6 months
0.17 Complete Program Operations Procedure Plan.
Deliverables: Copy of plan
7 months
0.18 Complete baseline survey tool & finalized post-launch Outreach & Marketing Plan.
Deliverables: Baseline survey tool; Copy of Outreach &
Marketing Plan
8 months
0.19 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
8 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 6/30
0.20 Outreach flyers, mail to 150 residents.
Deliverables: Printing invoice; Outreach list of
addresses; Copy of mailer
9 months
0.21 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
11 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 9/30
0.22 Complete Community Engagement & Recruitment
Plan, include planning for launch event; Analyze survey results; Complete post-launch survey
Deliverables: Copy of plan; Data collection & Analysis
Report; Copy of survey
11 months
167
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
1st Funding Year - PLANNING ([Kick-off meeting date] - 15 months) (Launch is required by 15th month)
1.0 6 CMEA Networking Meetings
Deliverables: Staff timecards
Yearly [Input AFTER
Voucher executed]
1.1 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
14 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 12/31
1.2 Acquire all planned CMO-funded vehicles & submit
for reimbursement.
Deliverables: Subcontractor Invoice; Purchase invoice
agreement per vehicle; Canceled checks; DMV vehicle
registration & title; Vehicle insurance cards; Photos;
Approved Third-Party Registration Form
15 months
(Program
Requirement)
1.3 Install infrastructure & submit for reimbursement.
Deliverables: Proof of purchase; Canceled checks; Copy
of registration documents; Photo installation; MPV
Capital Cost Reimbursement Form; EVITP certification
proof; CEQA Notice of Exemption; & Proof of permits
15 months
(Program
Requirement)
1.4 Auto liability coverage compliant.
Deliverables: COI and vehicle (via contractor) insurance cards
15 months
1.5 Complete weekly on-site office hours to engage
resident & enroll in mobility service.
Deliverables: Timecards, enrollment data, baseline
survey results, incentives distribution log (if applicable) 15 months
(Weekly, begin
before project
launch)
1.6 EVs are on-site and ready to launch
Deliverables: EVs pics at site location; Copy of press
release & run of show
15 months
1.7 Record Operations: Free/subsidized rides with “x”/mi Deliverables: List of vehicles & miles traveled;
Calculations showing the full cost of ride without
subsidies
18 months
(Quarterly)
1.8 Community engagement activity post-launch #1
Deliverables: Promotional material; Incentive
distribution list (if applicable); Sign-up sheets
18 months (6
months postlaunch)
168
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
1.9 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
20 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 3/31
1.10 Regular corrective maintenance for CMO-funded
vehicles.
Deliverables: Quarterly summary of 3rd party fleet
maintenance invoice
21 months
(Quarterly)
1.11 Record Operations: Free/subsidized rides with “x”/mi Deliverables: List of vehicles & miles traveled;
Calculations showing the full cost of ride without
subsidies
21 months
(Quarterly)
1.12 Community engagement activity post-launch #2
Deliverables: Promotional material; Sign-up sheets
22 months
1.13 Revised program operations procedures based on
data, feedback, and success.
Deliverables: Copy of revised program operations
procedures.
23 months
(Yearly)
1.14 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
23 months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 6/30
1.15 Certificate of Insurance: Renewals
Deliverables: copy of renewed COI and endorsements
23 months
(End of year
renewal)
2nd Funding Year - OPERATION YEAR 1
2.0 Continue operating mobility service in compliance with CMO T&Cs.
24 months
(Yearly)
[Input AFTER
Voucher executed]
2.1 6 CMEA Networking Meetings
Deliverables: Staff timecards
Yearly
2.2 Complete weekly on-site office hours to engage
resident & enroll in mobility service.
Deliverables: Timecards; Enrollment data, Baseline
survey results
Weekly
169
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
2.3 Regular corrective maintenance for CMO-funded
vehicles.
Deliverables: Quarterly summary of 3rd party fleet
maintenance invoice
24, 27, 30, 33
months
(Quarterly)
2.4 Record Operations: Free/subsidized rides with “x”/mi Deliverables: List of vehicles & miles traveled;
Calculations showing the full cost of ride without
subsidies
24, 27, 30, 33
months
(Quarterly)
2.5 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
26, 29, 32, 35
months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 9/30,
12/31, 3/31,
6/30
2.6 Analyze public user’s survey data & revise program
operations procedures based on data, feedback, &
success.
Deliverables: Copy of revised program operations
procedures.
35 months
(Yearly)
2.7 Certificate of Insurance: renewals
Deliverables: copy of renewed COI and endorsements.
35 months
(End of year
renewal)
3rd Funding Year - OPERATION YEAR 2
3.0 Continue operating mobility service in compliance with CMO T&Cs
36 months
(Yearly)
[Input AFTER
Voucher executed]
3.1 6 CMEA Networking Meetings
Deliverables: Staff timecards
Yearly
3.2 Complete weekly on-site office hours to engage
resident & enroll in mobility service.
Deliverables: Timecards; Enrollment data, Baseline
survey results
Weekly
3.3 Regular corrective maintenance for CMO-funded
vehicles.
Deliverables: Quarterly summary of 3rd party fleet
maintenance invoice
36, 39, 42, 45
months
(Quarterly)
170
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
3.4 Record Operations: Free/subsidized rides with “x”/mi Deliverables: List of vehicles & miles traveled;
Calculations showing the full cost of ride without
subsidies
36, 39, 42, 45
months
(Quarterly)
3.5 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
38, 41, 44, 47
months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 9/30,
12/31, 3/31,
6/30
3.6 Analyze public user’s survey data & revise program
operations procedures based on data, feedback, &
success.
Deliverables: Copy of revised program operations
procedures.
47 months
(Yearly)
3.7 Certificate of Insurance: renewals
Deliverables: copy of renewed COI and endorsements.
47 months
(End of year
renewal)
4th Voucher Year - OPERATION YEAR 3
4.0 Continue operating mobility service in compliance with CMO T&Cs.
48 months
(Yearly)
4.1 6 CMEA Networking Meetings
Deliverables: Staff timecards
Yearly
4.2 Complete weekly on-site office hours to engage
resident & enroll in mobility service.
Deliverables: Timecards; Enrollment data, Baseline
survey results
Weekly
4.3 Regular corrective maintenance for CMO-funded
vehicles.
Deliverables: Quarterly summary of 3rd party fleet
maintenance invoice
48, 51, 54, 57
months
(Quarterly)
4.4 Record Operations: Free/subsidized rides with “x”/mi Deliverables: List of vehicles & miles traveled;
Calculations showing the full cost of ride without
subsidies
48, 51, 54, 57
months
(Quarterly)
171
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
4.5 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
50, 53, 56, 59
months
(Program
Requirement)
Due: 9/30,
12/31, 3/31,
6/30
4.6 Analyze public user’s survey data & revise program
operations procedures based on data, feedback, &
success.
Deliverables: Copy of revised program operations
procedures.
59 months
Yearly
4.7 Certificate of Insurance: renewals
Deliverables: copy of renewed COI and endorsements.
59 months
(End of year
renewal)
5th Voucher Year (Only CMO Admin Funding) - OPERATION YEAR 4
5.0 Continue operating mobility service in compliance with CMO T&Cs.
60 months
5.1 6 CMEA Networking Meetings
Deliverables: Staff timecards
Yearly
5.2 Complete weekly on-site office hours to engage
resident & enroll in mobility service.
Deliverables: Timecards; Enrollment data, Baseline
survey results
Weekly
5.3 Regular corrective maintenance for CMO-funded
vehicles.
Deliverables: Quarterly summary of 3rd party fleet
maintenance invoice
60, 63, 66, 69
months
(Quarterly)
5.4 Record Operations: Free/subsidized rides with “x”/mi Deliverables: List of vehicles & miles traveled;
Calculations showing the full cost of ride without
subsidies
60, 63, 66, 69
months
(Quarterly)
5.5 Submit Quarterly Project Status Reports
Deliverables: Quarterly PSR submitted in Alchemer
Submit Quarterly Evaluation Reports
62, 65, 68, 71
months
(Program
Requirement)
172
CMO PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
Deliverables: Evaluation reports submitted in Alchemer
Due: 9/30,
12/31, 3/31,
6/30
5.6 Final End-of-Year Report Completed.
Deliverables: Final Report; invoices for graphic design and mapping services.
71 months
5.7 Voucher Agreement Term Ends. 71 months
173
777"
,.! !'<8:;8
" (!
'
"!&5&!"%'0"
"
!
',"! !'
<76
"
"
! !'.<8:;9
/
''%"(##"%'"%
',"! !'2&%"#"& '"' !
"
',
#'
"!&"(%
"'%"%
% &&
'!,.
! "'
"%'" (!
',&&"
'
"!. *%
'
!'"+#%&& ,&(##"%'"%'
',"!
!'2&#%"#"& '"'
"%!
%&"(%"%2& !
"
',
#'
"!&"(%
"'3
4%"% 0
#%"% *
!%&&&'" ! "
',"#'
"!&
!
&)!'" (!
'
&.%(%!"(&&
&&
"!&34!%
'%
#" ('!'&.
!%&'(#'
"-%"1
&&
"!)
&.!
#%")
%$(
',!
#(
'
!'''2& "&')( !% " (!
'
&0
"%'" (!
',&&"
'
"!
& %&
#&!"!1#%"
'"%!
-'
"!
''"#%" "'
!'
#%"''
"!.#%"&#%
',!* 1
!"
"%'!! !'*
#%&%)
!
'&#%
'
!&(%!
&!( '(%0
',"! !'2&#%"#"&
!&*
'"(%*"%
" #
!"(%" (!
','&&'" "%"##"%'(!
'
&0
#
,.'
%#%"#"& *
#
!%&&&. "
',.!'* 1
!"'%! " "!&'
'(!'&,
!%&
! ! "
',"#'
"!&0
(%*"%
"&+' ,''/)"'"%'" (!
',0'
&*,*%# &
'"&(##"%''
',"! !'2&#%"#"& .!*
)
!'
%"!#'! ""
"%*%'"'
%*"%
"
!%
',0
2&
#%"% &"
''
"!#%&!'&!"##"%'(!
',"%" %. "%
!!")'
)##%"&'" ! "
',
!&"
$(
',0
',"! !'2&#%"#"&
&&'#1 "&%'"&(!##%"0!"(%! #%'!%&'"!&(%* %!%" '
&#%"
'! +
-$(
',"('" &'%"('
',"! !'2&
#%"#"& 0
/ "!'!
'""'.
', !!%
174
Annual Budget
Breakdown for
Year 4 of
Service
Operation
(Administrative
Expenses Only)
(c)
Voucher amount
requested per
unit or hour
($)
(d)
Number of units
or hours
requested
(e)
Total voucher
amount by item
($)
(f)
Project Launch
(Up to 15
Months)
($)
(g)
Year 1 of Service
Operation
($)
(h)
Year 2 of Service
Operation
($)
(i)
Year 3 of Service
Operation
($)
(j)
Year 4 of Service
Operation
($)
50,000 4 200,000 200,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Driver 1 (weekday) $80/hr 6240 hrs $499,200.00 n/a $166,400.00 $166,400.00 $166,400.00 n/a Driver 2 (weekday, part-time) $80/hr 3744 hrs $299,520.00 n/a $99,840.00 $99,840.00 $99,840.00 n/a Driver 2 (weekend 1) $80/hr 4680 hrs $374,400.00 n/a $124,800.00 $124,800.00 $124,800.00 n/a Driver 3 (weekend 2) $80/hr 4680 hrs $374,400.00 n/a $124,800.00 $124,800.00 $124,800.00 n/a EVSE charging electricy $52,480 n/a $17,493 $17,493 $17,494 n/a n/a n/a $ 1,800,000.00 $200,000.00 $533,333.00 $533,333.00 $533,334.00 Additional Funds Available
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Other
Operations and Maintenance
Grand TotalGrand Total - Voucher Funding Term (Voucher Funds) Grand Total - Other Funds Budget (Non-CMO Funds) Community Resource Contributions Resource contributions are assets contributed to the project to support long-term sustainability to meet the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term that includes a minimum of 4 years of service operation and beyond.
Resource contributions are not eligible for payment through voucher funding. Instructions: Add in-kind monetary resource contribution assets.
Operations and Maintenance
Direct LaborEquipment/Capital Costs (Lead Only)
Motor Vehicles and Associated Hardware
Subcontractor
MotoEV Electro Transit Buddy 15 Passenger Hard Door Wheelchair Shuttle Sample Mobility Provider Voucher Budget Worksheet (INCLUDES SAMPLE INFORMATION)Instructions: This is a sample budget worksheet to provide examples of eligible costs and how funding can be allocated. Enter data in blue cells. Do not enter data in grey or white cells. Add rows as necessary. The entire sheet is "unlocked" and it is the applicant's responsibility to ensure that subtotals and calculations are accurate. Voucher amounts and category totals must comply with allowable voucher amounts in the Implementation Manual. For any contributed resource contributions to meet the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term, indicate monetary assets under "Community Resource Contributions". It is recommended that applicants additionally complete the optional "Category Eligibility Check Worksheet" in the table below to ensure that they meet eligibility requirements for categories that have minimum and maximum requirements. Please note that administrative activities can be reimbursed during the last year of your voucher agreement (Year 4 of Service Operation), this includes insurance compliance, activities associated with payment request submissions, insurance compliance, data reporting, printing, record retention, and mailing.
Section 1: Project Components Section 2: Voucher Budget (a)
Expense Category and
Sub-Category
(b)
Item description
Description of Voucher Request Annual Budget Breakdown Up to Year 3 of Service Operation Period 175
Cost Category Category Total Applicable Denominator Percentage Notes:
Eligibility Requirement Summary
(See Implementation Manual for Details) Conforms to Eligibility Requirement? Optional: Category Eligibility Check WorksheetInstructions: Calculate sums in "Category Total" and "Applicable Denominator" Columns. User may need to adjust example formula if additional rows were manually inserted above. 176
The City will donate land and infrastructure for the project. (Please see the images below for documentation purposes.) Image 1: City Hall EVSE Chargers (3)
Image 3: City Hall’s secured parking lot to store vehicles Image 4: City Hall’s secured parking lot to store vehicles 177
Community Resource Contributions
#1: Community-Based Organizations
The Village & Age Well Senior Services
The Village is a 501c3 non-profit organization that offers programs and services for aging in place. Age Well Senior Services is a nonprofit organization that provides services, resources, and programs to seniors living in South Orange County. These include meal services (delivered and at Senior Centers), transportation, Senior Center activities and programs, case management and health & wellness services. The city is currently in partnership with Age Well, which provides multiple senior services, they also utilize a city-owned building rent-free. We also have a Letter of Support from Age Well, which is attached.
Boys & Girls Club of San Clemente
The Boys & Girls Club of San Clemente is a 501(c)3 non-profit organization that provides programs that support academic success, healthy lifestyles and good character and citizenship to enable every child, especially those who need them most, to reach their full potential as productive, caring and responsible citizens. The Boys & Girls Club have a good and active relationship with the city, and they even operate in a city-owned building within the project boundaries.
SC Downtown Business Association
We work to enhance and promote Downtown San Clemente as the historic, cultural and thriving commercial heart of the community. Our 3-part focus for supporting a thriving downtown: Business advocacy, resources and marketing & promotion; Communication and cultivation of partnerships; and Community involvement. The SC Downtown Business Association is a very active organization who works closely with the city to advocate for a healthy, successful downtown area.
SC Chamber of Commerce
Mission: To protect the free enterprise system, champion business, strive for a healthy economy and a better quality of life in our community. Similar to the SC Downtown Business Association, the SC Chamber of Commerce works closely with the city to promote and support businesses across the entire city.
Friends of San Clemente Foundation
The Friends of San Clemente, Beaches, Parks and Recreation Foundation is dedicated to building a stronger community through its support of beaches, parks, recreation, cultural and educational activities. The Foundation was founded in 2000 as a vehicle to assist our city in meeting its parks, and recreational goals. We receive, invest, and distribute funds, property and other resources to aid, sponsor, promote, advance and assist in the provision of public parks, beaches, recreation, cultural and educational services in and for the City of San Clemente. Friends of San Clemente Foundation is a nonprofit that works close with city staff to support beaches, parks, and recreation, cultural, and educational activities. We partner for multiple events throughout the year, including some events at Max Berg Park, which is located within the project boundaries. 178
179
Community Resource Contributions
#2: Project-related labor costs, prior to application submission Jessica Gatny has dedicated many hours (80+/- hours) to project management, including:
x Research and preparation of the Phase 2 application
x Preparing to launch the project: define project working groups x Timeline development to guide the project
x Prepare/modify a project budget
x Reach out to community organizations to gain community support x Begun discussions with vehicle suppliers to identify multiple vehicles to present at public engagement sessions
180
Community Resource Contributions
#3: Project-related labor costs, during voucher term
For long-term sustainability, the City’s intent is to use purchased NEV’s to reduce the costs of operation beyond the program term. For this reason, the City will take on the majority of costs outside of vehicle procurement and operations during the voucher term, including:
x Outreach and marketing duties
x Program management
x Research and evaluation activities
x Leading/partnering with Public Works to work on project infrastructure and to execute agreements, as needed
x Leading/partnering with Planning staff for coordinating the public outreach, including developing presentation materials, and planning and preparing for data collection techniques x Leading/partnering with Planning staff to validate invoices and process payments 181
Community Resource Contributions
#4: Project-related Materials/Assets
Project-related materials or assets already owned by project participants and/or donated to the project that will be used during the Voucher Funding Term include:
x Providing event venues (Ole Hanson Beach Club and Max Berg Park), the attachment includes a list of available city-owned facilities
x Outreach and education expenses, including advertising (flyers and social media) x Community meetings/engagement (including presentation and meeting materials, light refreshments and snacks)
x Travel expenses
x City website (for marketing, outreach, and education purposes)
We intend to utilize the majority of the CMO grant funds for the vehicles and operation of the system, with doing so we can build the system to the greatest capacity warranted to support the community.
Public Engagement Work Plan
Objective: Gather feedback to prioritize solutions.
Goal: To engage a diverse group of stakeholders to ensure the chosen solution reflect the needs and priorities of the community.
Advertising
We will advertise the public engagement workshop(s) by utilizing fliers, our city website, social media pages, and posting/advertising with our CBOs. Create associated materials, i.e., fliers, postings, etc.
Print/post fliers.
We will also collect public input through the use of in-person and online surveys (physical versions with collection boxes at key locations, i.e., the community center and library), as well as hosting mobile booths/tables at various community events/places (i.e., farmers markets, holiday events, the Metrolink station). Create surveys and distribute/collect, as needed.
Workshop Work Plan
Identify location, date, & time. Book venue.
Determine key messages. Prepare foam boards with key information, including vehicle types & associated route options. Prepare focus group discussion guides.
Post Workshop/Survey
Compile and analyze feedback, identify recommendations, and procure vehicles and associated equipment.
182
Community Resource Contributions
#4: Project-related Materials/Assets
Project-related materials or assets already owned by project participants and/or donated to the project that will be used during the Voucher Funding Term include:
x Providing event venues (Ole Hanson Beach Club and Max Berg Park), the attachment includes a list of available city-owned facilities
x Outreach and education expenses, including advertising (flyers and social media) x Community meetings/engagement (including presentation and meeting materials, light refreshments and snacks)
x Travel expenses
x City website (for marketing, outreach, and education purposes) We intend to utilize the majority of the CMO grant funds for the vehicles and operation of the system, with doing so we can build the system to the greatest capacity warranted to support the community. 183
Community Resource Contributions
#5: Project-related Assets
Donated land for infrastructure or parking spaces:
We will be utilizing the existing EV chargers at City Hall for charging the vehicles. We also plan to store the vehicles at City Hall, when not in use. The storage area will be in the gated and secured portion of the parking lot. Please see images below:
Image 1: City Hall EVSE Chargers (3)
Image 3 & 4: City Hall’s secured parking lot to store vehicles 184
185
Cesar Hernandez 11/22/24
186
MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER
UPDATED FINANCIAL SUSTAINABILITY PLAN
ADDITIONAL FUNDING FOR MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER (MPV) AWARDEES OVERVIEW There is a set-aside fund specifically for currently or existing MPV funded projects. Window 1 and Window 2 MPV Awardees are eligible for up to $300,000 in additional funding for their current funded project without submitting a new voucher application.
The additional funds for Window 1 MPV Awardees may be applied to a variety of eligible activities related to insurance compliance, capital acquisition, planning and operations, administration, outreach and marketing, participation in the Clean Mobility Equity Alliance (CMEA) meetings, annual Clean Mobility Forum attendance, and other program activities only in support of the project scope outlined in their voucher agreement and/or project expansion request. If Awardees request additional funds to expand the project scope, a written justification is required with supporting documents to demonstrate additional demand (e.g., documented community feedback, updated needs assessment, etc.). Awardees must submit an updated financial sustainability plan and a revised budget that justifies the need and use of additional funds.
To apply for Additional Funding, please complete this Updated Financial Sustainability Plan by answering all required questions in the boxes, providing all relevant documentation and signatures. To receive direct technical assistance filling out this form, please contact Erlin Martinez, at [email protected].
In order to be eligible to receive additional funding set aside for current Mobility Project Voucher Awardees, the entire request and supporting documents must be completed and submitted, including all required attachments.
187
PROJECT INFORMATION
VOUCHER AGREEMENT NUMBER: __________________
1. LEAD APPLICANT (AWARDEE) INFORMATION
Organization Name:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Project Lead Primary Contact Name:
Phone: Email:
2. MOTOR VEHICLE OWNER INFORMATION (If Applicable)
Information about the party that will take ownership of motor vehicle(s) funded by CMO. May be the same or different party than the lead applicant.
Organization Name:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Project Lead Primary Contact Name:
Phone: Email:
3. MICROMOBILITY DEVICES OWNER INFORMATION (If Applicable) Information about the party that will take ownership of micromobility devices (e.g., bicycles, scooters, etc.) funded by CMO. May be same or different party than the lead applicant.
Organization Name:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Project Lead Primary Contact Name:
Phone: Email:
MPV23W2A-16
City of San Clemente
910 Calle Negocio
San Clemente California 92673
Jessica Gatny, Assistant Planner
949-361-6195 [email protected]
City of San Clemente
910 Calle Negocio
San Clemente California 92673
949-361-6195 [email protected]
Jessica Gatny
188
4. MOBILITY OPERATOR INFORMATION
May be the same or different party than the lead applicant and/or fleet and micromobility devices owner. Indicate the mobility operator for each applicable project service model.
Project Service Model:
Organization Name:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Project Lead Primary Contact Name:
Phone: Email:
Project Service Model:
Organization Name:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Project Lead Primary Contact Name:
Phone: Email:
PROPOSED BUDGET AND PLAN FOR FINANCIAL SUSTAINABILITY
This section collects information about the proposed budget and your plan for financial sustainability. Projects must operate for at least 4 years from the date that operations fully launch (when participants start using the service). This period is referred to as the Project Operation Period. In this section, MPV Awardees must describe strategies for maintaining the proposed services at least throughout the project operations period in the required Financial Sustainability Plan in their additional funding request.
1. Total Voucher Amount Requested:
Executed Voucher Funding
Amount
Requested Additional Funding
Amount Not-to-Exceed $300,000
Total Voucher Amount Not-toExceed $1,800,000
San Clemente NEV Shuttles
City of San Clemente
910 Calle Negocio
San Clemente California 92673
Jessica Gatny
949-361-6195 [email protected]
$1,500,000 $300,000 $1,800,000
189
2. Describe your strategies for maintaining the current service(s) throughout a minimum of a 4- year project operation period. Additionally, provide detailed strategies for sustaining the expansion if you are utilizing additional funds for project expansion.
Note: This response must explain how the service will be maintained for at least 4 years of full operations and sustained beyond the Project Operation Period. Include resources required to fully operate the project for at least 4 years from the date that operations fully launch.
The City commits to sustaining the service for the entire 5-year voucher agreement term.
In fact, we desire this to be a long term service, and know that it will be very beneficial to the residents and the community as a whole. We are placed in a great position, as we already have experience running a mobility service, the trolly shuttles. We are experienced in coordinating resources, including fleet management and personnel, for operation of the service.
We will expand and improve this service through community engagement, data-driven decision making, and continuous improvements to the operation of the system.
The City contracts with California Consulting to actively monitor grant funding opportunities.
We also monitor SCAG Money Monday Newsletters for new funding sources. We anticipate OCTA's Measure V to be a potential future funding source. The City will soon be conducting a new parking study, in which a portion of the study will explore the different avenues for imposing a new in-lieu parking space fee, which may be a source of funding for future operations.
The City will explore potential partnership opportunities with Metrolink, the San Clemente Outlets, Hoag/Providence Healthcare, among others to support the project.
There is no fee associated with the use of the existing city shuttle system. Lyft also currently operates within the City bounds, and is subsided to only charge customers $2 per ride (stipulations do apply). We intend to maintain the very low, if not free, fee structure. We believe this is achievable if the system remains a fixed route.
The City requests the additional $300,000 funds to support the addition of a second, part-time weekday shuttle driver for part-time operations.
190
3. Describe your strategies for ensuring vehicles and equipment continue to serve the community if operation discontinues after the voucher agreement term.
The City is still exploring whether to buy the vehicles, or contract into a turn-key solution for this project. We would be in a more sustainable position for a long-term service if we buy the vehicles, which is the desired outcome. Ideally, the City will position itself to operate this service long-term.
If for some reason the service is not successful, the vehicles will remain with the City and be repurposed for another use, most likely to replace another dated vehicle from the existing fleet.
With that being said, the City commits to sustaining the service for the entire 5-year voucher agreement term. In fact, we desire this to be a long term service, and know that it will be very beneficial to the residents and the community as a whole. We are placed in a great position, as we already have experience running a mobility service, the trolly shuttles. We are experienced in coordinating resources, including fleet management and personnel, for operation of the service.
We will expand and improve this service through community engagement, data-driven decision making, and continuous improvements to the operation of the system.
The City intends to collaborate with CMEA throughout and after the timeframe of the grant project to learn from each other, and share our experiences and expertise to ensure a high level of mobility equity for the City of San Clemente. Accessing the resources, including tools and trainings, best practices, technical insight, and the peer network will be very helpful in the short term to effectively execute the project. The accessibility of the network’s expertise and resources will greatly assist in streamlining project delivery, enhance the quality of the project, and ensure that the project has visibility and support from the community.
The City will continue to leverage the network after operations begin, by sharing our data and metrics, experiences, opportunities, challenges, and lessons learned with the network. We will utilize the network to ensure the city is aware of innovative mobility solutions to continually improve efficiency, reduce costs, improve service quality, and lower environmental impact. 191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program: CONFLICT OF INTEREST DECLARATION The awardee must disclose any Conflict of Interest with their ability to fulfill the duties of the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program Voucher Agreement (Voucher Agreement). Please summarize all of your organization’s or any subcontractor’s/project partner's direct or indirect interests which may pose an actual, apparent, or potential conflict of interest with your ability to fulfill the duties of the Voucher Agreement. Please note that a potential or actual conflict of interest exists when commitments and obligations under the Voucher Agreement are likely to be compromised by the awardee’s or any subcontractor’s/project partner's other interests (including but not limited to financial interests), or relationships, particularly if those interests or commitments are not disclosed. The Program Administrator may consider the nature and extent of any potential or apparent conflict of interest in reviewing, considering, or processing the voucher application or voucher implementation activities, and may disqualify the awardee/voucher recipient at the Program Administrator's sole discretion.
Please describe below any interests (including but not limited to financial interests), relationships, or positions you or any of your organization’s or subcontractor’s/project partner’s hold (volunteer or otherwise), or circumstances that you believe could contribute to a conflict of interest:
To my knowledge, my organization/ subcontractor/ project partner does not have a Conflict of Interest to disclose.
My organization/ subcontractor/ project partner has a Conflict of Interest to disclose and I have included the appropriate documentation.
Signature of Responsible Party Date
Typed Name of Responsible Party
Typed Name of Organization
Exhibit G
205
Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program
CONFIDENTIALITY STATEMENT
As an authorized representative and/or officer of the organization named below, I warrant my organization and its employees will not disclose and will keep confidential any documents, diagrams, Personally Identifiable Information ( see next page for the definition of PII), and information storage media (i.e., databases, cloud storage, etc.) made available to us by the State, the Program Administrator, or community members for the purpose of implementing the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program Voucher Agreement (Voucher Agreement) or in conjunction with any sub-contract agreement arising there from. No obligations in this Confidentiality Statement, however, prevents me or another representative of the organization named below from producing documents or information that are legally compelled under applicable law, including but not limited to a valid subpoena or California Public Records Act Request. If the Awardee believes disclosure may be required under the California Public Records Act or other law, the Awardee shall first give the State and Program Administrator written notice of the intent to disclose plus fourteen (14) days after receipt of the written notice to seek an order preventing disclosure from a court of competent jurisdiction.
I warrant that only those employees who are authorized and required to use such materials will have access to them and that they will sign confidentiality statements at least as restrictive as this one applicable to the organization named below.
I further warrant that all PII provided by the State, the Program Administrator or community members in conjunction with the Voucher Agreement will be physically and/or electronically destroyed once the information is no longer necessary for the implementation to meet the Voucher Agreement requirements. I will include a letter attesting to documenting the destruction of such PII to the Program Administrator as part of the completion of the project milestones. Failure to so comply will subject this organization to potential liability, including all damages to the State and third parties. I authorize the State and Program Administrator to inspect and verify compliance with this statement.
Signature of Responsible Party Date
Typed Name of Responsible Party
Typed Name of Organization
Exhibit H
206
For purposes of this confidentiality statement, Personally Identifiable Information (PII) includes but is not limited to an individual’s:
• Social Security number
• Driver license or state-issued ID number
• Military ID number
• Passport number
• Credit card (or debit card) number, CVV2, and expiration date • Financial account numbers (with or without access codes or passwords) • Customer account numbers
• Unlisted telephone numbers
• Date or place of birth
• Mother’s maiden name
• PINs or passwords
• Password challenge question responses
• Account balances or histories
• Wage & salary information
• Tax filing status
• Biometric data that can be used to identify an individual, including finger or voice prints
• Digital or physical copies of handwritten signature
• E-mail addresses
• Medical record numbers
• Vehicle identifiers and serial numbers, including license plate numbers • Medical histories
• National or ethnic origin
• Religious affiliation(s)
• Physical characteristics (height, weight, hair color, eye color, etc.) • Insurance policy numbers
• Credit or payment history data
• Full face photographic images and any comparable images • Certificate/license numbers
• Internet Protocol (IP) address numbers
Geolocation or physical address
207
Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
Failure to comply and return this attachment will cause your voucher agreement to be cancelled. Each key staff must read, agree, sign, date and submit this completed form (attach additional copies as needed).
The undersigned agrees to:
1. Observe complete confidentiality with respect to California Air Resources Board (CARB or State), Program Administrator, or Personally Identifiable Information (see next page for definition of PII) from community members,
including without limitation, agreeing not to disclose or otherwise permit access to such information or data developed or collected pursuant to the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program by any person or entity in any manner unless such disclosure is required by law or legal process.
2. Acknowledge the confidential nature of such information or data developed or collected pursuant to the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program and understand and agree that I am prohibited from copying or revealing, for any purpose whatsoever, the contents of such information or any part thereof, or from taking any action otherwise prohibited under this section.
3. Not use or sell such information or data developed or collected pursuant to the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program or any part thereof in the performance of services to others or for the benefit of any person or entity in any form whatsoever whether gratuitously or for valuable consideration, except as permitted under this agreement.
4. Notify the State and Program Administrator promptly and in writing of the circumstances surrounding any possession, use or knowledge of such information or data developed or collected pursuant to the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program or any part thereof, by any person other than those authorized by this document.
5. Treat all information, data, deliverables, and work products developed or collected pursuant to the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program as confidential. All information, data, deliverables, and work products cannot be disclosed in any form to any third party without the Program Administrator or CARB’s written consent except when required by law or legal process.
6. Not use, without CARB or Program Administrator written approval, any materials provided by CARB or Program Administrator for any purpose other than performing the agreed upon services.
7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this agreement does not restrict the signatory from sharing information with its employees, agents, and service providers to the extent necessary to perform the agreed upon services, and only 208
for this limited purpose. Nor does this agreement prohibit the disclosure of information that is otherwise publicly known or becomes publicly known through no wrongful action or inaction of the signatory or his or her organization.
Signature Date
Print Name Project Title
For purposes of this confidentiality agreement, Personally Identifiable Information (PII) includes but is not limited to an individual’s:
• Social Security number
• Driver license or state-issued ID number
• Military ID number
• Passport number
• Credit card (or debit card) number, CVV2, and expiration date • Financial account numbers (with or without access codes or passwords) • Customer account numbers
• Unlisted telephone numbers
• Date or place of birth
• Mother’s maiden name
• PINs or passwords
• Password challenge question responses
• Account balances or histories
• Wage & salary information
• Tax filing status
• Biometric data that can be used to identify an individual, including finger or voice prints
• Digital or physical copies of handwritten signature
• E-mail addresses
• Medical record numbers
• Vehicle identifiers and serial numbers, including license plate numbers • Medical histories
• National or ethnic origin
• Religious affiliation(s)
• Physical characteristics (height, weight, hair color, eye color, etc.) • Insurance policy numbers
• Credit or payment history data
• Full face photographic images and any comparable images • Certificate/license numbers
• Internet Protocol (IP) address numbers
Geolocation or physical address
209
Payment Request (Rev 04/25/2022)
Request No.
From To
Amount
From To
Recipient EIN
Expenses Expenses Budget
Description Budget This Period To Date Balance
Direct Labor $0.00 $0.00
Fringe Benefits $0.00 $0.00
Travel/Mileage $0.00 $0.00
Equipment/Materials (Lead Only) $0.00 $0.00
Subcontractor/Consulting $0.00 $0.00
Other (Describe) $0.00 $0.00
Indirect Costs/G&A $0.00 $0.00
Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Less amount to be paid directly to third party
Net amount payable to voucher recipient $0.00
Date
Phone
Date
Project Manager Date
Type or Print name and Title
CALSTART Use Only
Amount Authorized:
CMO Contract No. Receipt DUNS
[Voucher Agreement number] ##-###-#### ##-#######
[Address 2]
[City, State, Zip]
$ 0.00
CALSTART Approval
Reviewed by
By signing, I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that this report is correct and complete and all outlays and obligations are for the purposes set forth in the voucher agreement.
Signature of Certifying Officer
04/25/2024
Billing Period
Organization/Tribe Information Approved Project Term
[Organization/Tribe] 01
[Address 1]
([KLELW,
210
Employee Name Job Classification / Title
Hourly Labor
Rate
Billable
Labor
Hours
Reimbursable
Direct Labor
Expenses
Project Milestone
Achieved
0.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.00
0.00 - $ Hourly Direct Labor Totals
Agreement Number: [Voucher Agreement number]Payment Request Number:Period covered by this request: [MM/DD/YYYY - MM/DD/YYYY] 211
Miles Rate Mileage
0.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.000.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 Totals
Total Billed
Agreement Number: [Voucher Agreement number]Payment Request Number:Period covered by this request: [MM/DD/YYYY - MM/DD/YYYY] Date From/To
Participants/Purpose/Project Milestone Achieved Travel
Mileage
Other
212
0.00 0.00 0.00
Match/
Cost Share
Agreement Number: [Voucher Agreement number]Payment Request Number:Period covered by this request: [MM/DD/YYYY - MM/DD/YYYY] Date Organization/Description
Purpose/Project Milestone Achieved Reference Amount Billed Totals
213
Date:
# Model Year GVWR VIN # Cost Paid
CMO EligibleReimbursement Amount*
123456789101112131415
TOTAL $0.00
Parent Company (if any):
A. MOTOR VEHICLE FORM
DATE: Payment Request Number: Voucher Agreement #: Lead Applicant (Awardee):
MOTOR VEHICLE PURCHASER/LESSEE INFORMATION:
Purchaser Contact Name: Company Name / Entity:Name of Lessor, if capital is a lease: Vehicle Domicile Address: City, State, Zip Code: 5. I have reviewed and reaffirm my obligation to adhere to the Terms and Conditions of the Voucher Agreement and CMO Implementation Manual.
Purchaser Phone: Purchaser E-mail:
TIN:
CONFIRMATION OF COMPLETION OF REDEMPTION CHECKLIST
1. I verify that I have submitted all items identified in the Redemption Checklist.2. The vehicle, vehicle price, and vehicle purchaser information on this form are true and correct.
3. The vehicle has been purchased and the information on this form is true and correct.4. The vehicle identified on this form has been delivered to my organization and is under their possession in accordance with the voucher agreement.
I certify under penalty of perjury that the information provided is accurate.
Name of Vehicle Purchaser/Lessee Representative:Signature of Vehicle Purchaser/Lessee:
MOTOR VEHICLE INFORMATION (add more rows as needed):
Manufacturer
reimbursement amount for each line item is the lesser of the actual cost or maximum reimbursement amount listed in Section E.1. For example, if the maximum vehicle reimbursement amount listed in Section E.1. is up to $60,000 but the actual vehicle cost was $53,450, then the eligible reimbursement amount is $53,450. Implementation Manual: https://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/implementation-manual/ 214
Date:
# Model Year Class 1 or Class 2 Serial Number Cost Paid CMO EligibleReimbursement Amount*
123456789101112131415
TOTAL $0.00
Parent Company (if any):
B. MICROMOBILITY DEVICES FORM
DATE: Payment Request Number: Voucher Agreement #: Lead Applicant (Awardee):
MICROMOBILITY DEVICES PURCHASER/LESSEE INFORMATION:
Purchaser Contact Name: Company Name / Entity:Name of Lessor, if capital a Vehicle Domicile Address: City, State, Zip Code: 5. I have reviewed and reaffirm my obligation to adhere to the Terms and Conditions of the Voucher Agreement and CMO Implementation Manual.
Purchaser Phone: Purchaser E-mail:
TIN:
CONFIRMATION OF COMPLETION OF REDEMPTION CHECKLIST
1. I verify that I have submitted all items identified in the Redemption Checklist.2. The bicycle/scooter, price, and purchaser information on this form are true and correct.3. The bicycle/scooter has been purchased and the information on this form is true and correct.4. The bicycle/scooter identified on this form has been delivered to my organization and is under their possession in accordance with the voucher agreement.I certify under penalty of perjury that the information provided is accurate.
MICROMOBILITY DEVICES INFORMATION (add more rows as needed):
Signature of Micromobility Devices Purchaser/Lessee:Name of Micromobility DevicesPurchaser/Lessee Representative:
Manufacturer
eligible reimbursement amount for each line item is the lesser of the actual cost or maximum reimbursement amount listed in Section E.1. For example, if the maximum vehicle reimbursement amount listed in Section E.1. is up to $3,500 but the actual vehicle cost was $3,350, then the eligible reimbursement amount is $3,350. Implementation Manual: https://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/implementation-manual/ 215
Payment Request #: Voucher Agreement #: Lead Applicant (Awardee):
Date:
#
Category (EVSE, Bike, Scooter, Solar PV, Hydrogen) Manufacturer Model Year Serial Number Installation Site Location (Address) Cost Paid CMO EligibleReimbursement Amount*
123456789101112131415
TOTAL $0.00
Purchaser Contact Name:
C. INFRASTRUCTURE FORM
DATE:
INFRASTRUCTURE PURCHASER/LESSEE INFORMATION:
Company Name / Entity:Parent Company (if any):Name of Lessor, if capital is a lease: Vehicle Domicile Address: City, State, Zip Code: Purchaser Phone: Purchaser E-mail:
TIN:
CONFIRMATION OF COMPLETION OF REDEMPTION CHECKLIST
1. I verify that I have submitted all items identified in the Redemption Checklist.
Infrastructure Item
2. The infrastructure, infrastructure price, and infrastructure purchaser information on this form are true and correct.3. The infrastructure has been purchased and the information on this form is true and correct.4. The infrastructure identified on this form has been delivered to my organization and is under their possession in accordance with the voucher agreement.5. The infrastructure identified on this form has been installed in approved sites.6. I have reviewed and reaffirm my obligation to adhere to the Terms and Conditions of the Voucher Agreement and and CMO Implementation Manual.I certify under penalty of perjury that the information provided is accurate.
Name of Infrastructure Purchaser/Lessee Representative:Signature of Infrastructure Purchaser/Lessee:
INFRASTRUCTURE INFORMATION (add more rows as needed):
*Eligible CMO infrastructure reimbursement amounts are listed in the Implementation Manual and must be consistent with the approved CMO voucher budget. The eligible reimbursement amount for each line item is the lesser of the actual cost or maximum reimbursement amountlisted in Section E.1. For example, if the eligible reimbursement amount for an item is $30,000 and the actual cost is $24,340, then the eligible reimbursement amount is $24,340. Implementation Manual: https://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/implementation-manual/ 216
CMO Mobility Project Voucher City of San Clemente
Voucher Agreement
45 EXHIBIT J
Implementation Manual for the Clean Mobility
Options Voucher Pilot Program
Due to the length of the Implementation Manual, it is incorporated by reference here and can be viewed on the CMO website at the following link:
https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/implementation-manual/ Exhibit J
217
IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL
FOR THE CLEAN MOBILITY OPTIONS VOUCHER PILOT
PROGRAM (CMO)
Updated June 28, 2024
Exhibit J
218
2 This page is intentionally blank.
219
3 PROGRAM SUPPORT
For questions about this manual and to request individualized technical assistance, please contact:
CMO Hotline: 626-744-5670
Available Monday to Friday, 9AM- 5PM Pacific Time
Email: [email protected]
Program Website: http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org
CMO Online Application Portal http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/application Project Area Interactive Map http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/project-areamapping-tool Sample Letters of Support and/or
Commitment
http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/support-lettersample Mobility Project Proposed Budget http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/mpv-budgetworksheet Needs Assessment Proposed Budget http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/na-budgetworksheet Project Milestone Schedule Template http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/projectmilestone-template Notification of Launch Form http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/launchnotification-form Payment Request Form http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/reimbursemen t-form
Capital Cost Reimbursement Form http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/reimbursemen t-form
CMO Registered Vendor Form http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/vendor-form Voucher Agreement Templates https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/sample-voucheragreements Exhibit K- Recordkeeping and Reliability
Standards for Electric Vehicle Chargers and
Charging Stations
https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/exhibit-k/
Conflict of Interest Forms http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/conflict-ofinterest-forms 220
4 Confidentiality Agreements http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/confidentialityagreements Table of Contents
IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL
FOR THE CLEAN MOBILITY OPTIONS VOUCHER PILOT PROGRAM
A. INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND............................................................................................... 6 B. PROGRAM OVERVIEW ..................................................................................................................... 8
1. Program Framework.................................................................................................................... 9
2. Voucher Types and Funding Amounts......................................................................................... 9 CHAPTER I. MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER ............................................................................. 11 C. APPLICANT ELIGIBILITY................................................................................................................... 11
1. Lead Applicant........................................................................................................................... 11
2. Sub-Applicant ............................................................................................................................ 12
3. Experienced Partner and the Clean Mobility Provider Directory..............................................12
4. CARB’s Clean Mobility Project Grantees ................................................................................... 13
5. CMO Window 1 and Window 2 Mobility Project Voucher Awardees...........................................13 D. PROJECT ELIGIBILITY ...................................................................................................................... 13
1. Eligible Project Area and Site Locations .................................................................................... 14
2. Eligible Service Models.............................................................................................................. 15
3. Eligible Vehicles and Micromobility Devices ............................................................................. 16
4. Eligible Infrastructure Improvements ....................................................................................... 18
5. Additional Transportation Enhancements ................................................................................ 25
6. New Project and Expansion Project .......................................................................................... 25
7. Eligible Project Costs and Payable Activities ............................................................................. 26 E. ALLOWABLE VOUCHER FUNDS ...................................................................................................... 30
1. Breakdown of Allowable Voucher Funding Components.......................................................... 30
2. Mobility Project Voucher Agreement Timeline......................................................................... 32 F. MOBILITY PROJECT PARTICIPANT (END-USERS) ELIGIBILITY.......................................................... 33
1. Vehicle Drivers........................................................................................................................... 33
2. Bicycle/Scooter Riders............................................................................................................... 33
3. Carpool/Vanpool Riders (Non-Driver Participants)................................................................... 34
4. Ineligible Participants................................................................................................................ 34 G. MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS...................................................... 34
1. Phase 1 Application Requirements............................................................................................ 34
2. Phase 2 Application Requirements............................................................................................ 37 H. APPLICATION SUBMITTAL AND EVALUATION PROCESS ................................................................ 42 I. VOUCHER AGREEMENT PROCESS .................................................................................................. 47
1. Voucher Award and Mobility Project Voucher Agreement....................................................... 47
2. Supporting Documents Required for the Voucher Agreement Execution................................47
3. Voucher Funding Expiration ...................................................................................................... 49 J. VOUCHER REDEMPTION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 49
1. Payment Request General Requirements................................................................................. 49
2. Compliance with the Voucher Agreement Terms and Conditions............................................52 221
5 3. Payment Request Timing........................................................................................................... 52
4. Project Design and Budget Modifications................................................................................. 54
5. Enforcement of Vouchers.......................................................................................................... 54
6. Case Evaluation.......................................................................................................................... 55 K. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................... 56
1. Reporting Procedure ................................................................................................................. 56
2. Required Datasets ..................................................................................................................... 57
3. User Surveys.............................................................................................................................. 58
4. GHG Emissions Quantification................................................................................................... 58 CHAPTER II. COMMUNITY TRANSPORTATION NEEDS ASSESSMENT VOUCHER ..................... 58 L. APPLICANT ELIGIBILITY................................................................................................................... 59
1. Lead Applicant........................................................................................................................... 59
2. Sub-Applicant ............................................................................................................................ 61 M.PROJECT AREA ELIGIBILITY............................................................................................................. 61 N. ALLOWABLE VOUCHER FUNDS ...................................................................................................... 62 O. NEEDS ASSESSMENT ELIGIBLE METHODOLOGY ............................................................................ 62
1. Transportation Access Data Analysis......................................................................................... 62
2. Community Engagement........................................................................................................... 63
3. Final Report - Linking Mobility Needs and Solutions................................................................. 65
4. Clean Mobility Options Project Preparation and Design (Optional) .........................................66 P. ELIGIBLE PROJECT COSTS AND PAYABLE ACTIVITIES ..................................................................... 66 Q. NEEDS ASSESSMENT VOUCHER APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS.................................................... 67 R. APPLICATION SUBMITTAL AND EVALUATION PROCESS ................................................................ 70 S. VOUCHER AGREEMENT PROCESS .................................................................................................. 72
1. Voucher Award and Needs Assessment Voucher Agreement .................................................. 72
2. Supporting Documents Required for the Voucher Agreement Execution................................73
3. Voucher Agreement Term......................................................................................................... 74 T. VOUCHER REDEMPTION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 75
1. Payment Request General Requirements................................................................................. 75
2. Payment Request Timing........................................................................................................... 75
3. Budget Revisions and Amendments.......................................................................................... 77
4. Enforcement of Vouchers.......................................................................................................... 77 U. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................... 78
1. Bi-Annual Status Report ............................................................................................................ 78
2. Final Report ............................................................................................................................... 78 CHAPTER III: CMO PROGRAM’S TERMS AND CONDITIONS..................................................... 80 V. MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER AWARDEES .................................................................................... 81 W.All AWARDEES (Needs Assessment and Mobility Project Vouchers) ............................................86 X. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 100 Y. OVERSIGHT AND ACCOUNTABILITY ............................................................................................. 106 Z. PROJECT NON-PERFORMANCE .................................................................................................... 107 AA.DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................... 107 BB.LIST OF ACRONYMS..................................................................................................................... 115 APPENDIX A- Mobility Project Voucher Application Overview ........................................................116 APPENDIX B- Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher Application Overview .......120 APPENDIX C- Clean Mobility Provider Directory .............................................................................. 122 APPENDIX E- Hydrogen Refueling Station Requirements ................................................................137 222
6 APPENDIX F- Data Collection Requirements.................................................................................... 144 A. INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
The Clean Mobility Options Voucher Pilot Program (Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program, or CMO) is intended to improve clean transportation access and to increase zero-emission mobility choices for disadvantaged and low-income communities. CMO provides funding for community-driven mobility projects that increase residents’ access to key destinations by providing various clean transportation options. The program also provides funding for community transportation needs assessments to support communities in assessing unmet transportation needs and develop community-driven solutions to fill the community’s transportation gaps by centering the residents’ primary needs. Using the community transportation needs assessments, eligible applicants may receive funding for electric carsharing, carpooling, regular bicycle and electric bicycle sharing, scooter-sharing, vanpools, innovative transit services, fixed route transit, and other clean mobility options that best suit their communities.
Several key pieces of legislation provide the overall policy framework and funding to support CMO. In 2007, Governor Schwarzenegger signed into law the Alternative and Renewable Fuel, Vehicle Technology, Clean Air, and Carbon Reduction Act of 2007 (Assembly Bill [AB] 118, Chapter 750, Statutes of 2007). AB 118 created the Air Quality Improvement Program (AQIP), a voluntary incentive program administered by California Air Resources Board (CARB or Board) to fund clean vehicle and equipment projects, air quality research, and workforce training. AB 118 also created the Clean Transportation Program and authorizes the California Energy Commission (CEC) to develop and deploy alternative and renewable fuels and advanced transportation technologies to help attain the state’s climate change policies. AB 8 (Perea, Chapter 401, Statutes of 2013) re-authorized the Clean Transportation Program through January 1, 2024. As part of the program, CEC staff prepares an Investment Plan to determine funding allocations across various categories.1 CARB is partnering with the CEC to maximize investments in priority communities. The CEC has allocated $8,000,000 from the Clean Transportation Program to CMO to fund additional mobility project vouchers.
As required in Health and Safety Code (HSC) Section 44274(a), the Board adopted regulatory guidelines in 2009 for AQIP. The Guidelines for the AB 118 Air Quality Improvement Program (Guidelines)2 define the overall administrative requirements, and policies and procedures for program implementation based on the framework established in statute. Central to the Guidelines is the requirement for a Board-approved annual funding plan developed with public input. The funding plan is each year’s blueprint for expending AQIP funds appropriated to the 1 CEC funding for the CMO was allocated in 2018-2019. The 2018-2019 Clean Transportation Program Investment Plan is available at https://www.energy.ca.gov/proceedings/energy-commission-proceedings/inactive-proceedings/2018-2019- investment-plan-proceeding. 2 https://ww3.arb.ca.gov/regact/2009/aqip09/aqip09.htm 223
7 CARB in the annual State Budget. The funding plan focuses AQIP on supporting development and deployment of the advanced technologies needed to meet California’s longer-term, post 2020 air quality goals.
In 2012, the legislature passed, and Governor Brown signed into law 3 bills – AB 1532 (Pérez, Chapter 807), Senate Bill (SB) 535 (de León, Chapter 830), and SB 1018 (Budget and Fiscal Review Committee, Chapter 39) that established the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund (GGRF) to receive Cap-and-Trade auction proceeds and to provide the framework for how the auction proceeds will be administered to further the purposes of AB 32 (Nunez, Chapter 488, Statutes of 2006). Cap-and-Trade auction proceeds were appropriated to CARB for Low Carbon Transportation projects that reduce GHG emissions, with an emphasis on investments that benefit the State’s disadvantaged communities.
Disadvantaged communities are identified by the California Environmental Protection Agency’s California Communities Environmental Health Screening Tool (CalEnviroScreen 4.0) that assesses all census tracts in the State to identify areas disproportionately burdened by, and vulnerable to, multiple sources of pollution. Per statute, these funds must be used to further the purposes of AB 32. The Low Carbon Transportation investments build upon and greatly expand existing advanced technology, clean transportation programs, which provide mobile source incentives to reduce criteria pollutant, air toxic, and GHG emissions.
CMO also supports the goals of SB 1275 (de León, Chapter 530, Statutes of 2014) and AB 398 (Eduardo Garcia, Chapter 135, Statutes of 2017) by prioritizing low and zero-carbon transportation alternatives and SB 350 (De León, Chapter 547, Statutes of 2015) for overcoming clean transportation barriers for low-income consumers and disadvantaged communities to access clean transportation and mobility options.
SB 350 directed CARB to conduct a study on the barriers for low-income and disadvantaged communities to access clean transportation options, as well as recommendations on how to increase access. The main barriers identified in CARB’s Final Guidance Document – Low-Income Barriers Study, Part B: Overcoming Barriers to Clean Transportation Access for Low-Income Residents (Guidance Document) include: (1) the dynamic, localized clean transportation and mobility needs of low-income residents and disadvantaged communities, including accessibility, reliability, convenience, and safety; (2) affordability of zero-emission and near zero-emission vehicles and supporting charging and fueling infrastructure, as well as other mobility options such as public transit; (3) awareness of clean transportation and mobility options and supporting infrastructure, including outreach, education, and potential funding opportunities; and (4) the need for permanent, long-term funding sources. CMO directly supports CARB’s Guidance Document priority recommendations to expand funding and financing for clean transportation and mobility projects, including infrastructure, to meet the accessibility needs of low-income and disadvantaged communities; and to increase residents’ awareness on clean transportation and mobility options, and educate consumers about clean transportation options and infrastructure investments.
224
8 In December 2017, the Board approved the FY 2017-18 Funding Plan for Clean Transportation Incentives (FY 2017-18 Funding Plan), which allocated $17,000,000 in funding for the CMO Voucher Pilot Program. The Board approved allocating an additional $15,000,000 to CMO as part of the FY 2018-19 Funding Plan, and $5,000,000 allocation in the FY 2019-20 Funding Plan.
Furthermore, the Board approved allocating $10,000,000 as part of the FY 2021-22 Funding Plan in November 2021 and $19,800,000 allocation in the FY 2022-23 Funding Plan in November 2022 to expand the program. In November 2023, as part of the FY 2023-24 Funding Plan, the Board approved allocating $50,000,000 to Sustainable Community-Based Transportation Equity Mobility Projects, which of this amount, $16,281,656.45 is allocated to CMO.
B. PROGRAM OVERVIEW
CMO is administered and implemented through a partnership between CARB, CEC, and the Program Administrator, who is selected through a competitive CARB grant solicitation process.
CARB and CEC set the program requirements and eligibility criteria for entities applying for CMO voucher funds through a comprehensive public work group process. The Program Administrator verifies applicants meet the eligibility requirements set forth in the Implementation Manual, reserves the voucher amounts on a first-come, first-served basis, and signs the Voucher Agreement with awarded entities after they submit all the supporting documentation required according to their Voucher Agreement. Please see Chapter III of this manual for a complete list of the program’s terms and conditions.
CMO provides funding and capacity building in support of clean mobility projects for smaller entities and communities with limited resources. Projects include electric carsharing, carpooling, bike and scooter sharing, vanpools, innovative transit, fixed route transit services, and community transportation needs assessment in disadvantaged communities, including tribal communities and low-income communities. Funds will be used to purchase or lease new or used zero-emission vehicles along with associated equipment, infrastructure, and operating and administrative costs to implement clean mobility services. The Program Administrator will also provide training, technical assistance, learning tools, and information-sharing opportunities to build the capacity of under-resourced organizations to enhance mobility access in their communities.
The Implementation Manual (Manual or IM), in conjunction with the Guidelines and the corresponding Funding Plans, identifies the minimum requirements for implementing this program. The Implementation Manual may periodically be updated as needed to clarify project eligibility requirements and improve program effectiveness. The Implementation Manual, including any updates, will be posted on the CMO website at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org.
Note to Applicants: The manual in place at the time of application submittal will determine an applicant’s eligibility for the program. At the time an applicant submits a signed application for voucher funding, the most current CMO Implementation Manual available will apply. This 225
9 governing document may be updated several times every year to accommodate operational process changes and may impact the program’s terms and conditions and the applicant’s eligibility for the program. CARB has sole discretion to determine eligibility for CMO voucher funding. Definitions of key program parameters are in Section AA of this manual.
1. Program Framework
CMO is designed to streamline the delivery of funding for clean mobility options projects to smaller entities and communities with limited resources and access to funding, as well as provide application and project implementation technical assistance. CMO supports projects that meet community transportation needs as identified by residents of the community the project intends to benefit. The Program distributes funds to eligible areas statewide through a “voucher” system intended to simplify the application process and provide equitable opportunities across under-resourced communities. A Voucher Agreement is a “promise to pay” that enables Awardees to develop partnerships and incur costs with the assurance that all eligible costs will be reimbursed by the Program Administrator for project activities approved in their voucher agreement. Application eligibility is determined using the minimum eligibility criteria established in this manual. Any application that meets the eligibility criteria will be qualified to receive a voucher award upon the availability of funds.
The voucher application process is streamlined through a first-come, first-served approach. The Program Administrator awards vouchers to qualified applications in the order they are received until funding is exhausted for that funding window. In the event that funding is oversubscribed on the first day of the application window opening (11:59 pm PT by the same day) the Program Administrator will implement a randomization process for all applications received on the first day. Qualified applicants will then be awarded in order until funding is exhausted (see Section H for more details). The Program Administrator will accept applications in a series of application submission windows. The Window 1 application submission window occurred in year 2020 and Window 2 opened in 2023; for the list of awardees and their locations please visit www.cleanmobilityoptions.org. The date and time for all application submission windows will be announced and posted on the program website at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org3.
2. Voucher Types and Funding Amounts
CMO provides two types of vouchers for eligible applicants to support communities that are in different stages of preparation towards implementing clean mobility projects. Available vouchers include (a) Clean Mobility Project Voucher (Mobility Project Voucher or MPV), and (b) Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher (Needs Assessment Voucher or CTNA).
Project eligibility criteria, application material, voucher award amounts, and terms and 3 Each application submission window will open with a fixed amount of funds. Funds are awarded to qualified applicants until the funding is exhausted. Upon CARB approval, the Program Administrator may fund additional applications received during the application window if CARB receives additional funds for the program. 226
10 conditions vary between the two types of vouchers. CARB may increase the voucher award caps upon receiving additional funds.
a. Mobility Project Vouchers are intended to support planning, development, and implementation of clean mobility options projects, with funding available for a variety of eligible project activities. The main requirement for receiving a Mobility Project Voucher is that applicants must develop their proposed projects based on a community transportation needs assessment conducted prior to submitting their application. 4 The
goal is to ensure the proposed project is responsive to the specific transportation needs, preferences, and choices of community residents. Chapter I of this manual includes project eligibility criteria, allowable costs, application evaluation and voucher award process, and other requirements specific to Mobility Project Vouchers. The current maximum award amount for each Mobility Project Voucher is $1,500,000. If additional program funds become available, additional funding may be awarded. b. Needs Assessment Vouchers are intended to support communities in identifying their transportation needs and evaluating gaps through a community transportation needs assessment process. This voucher award enables applicants to conduct a comprehensive needs assessment and begin planning and developing a project based on their assessment outcomes. This will enable awardees to apply for the Mobility Project Voucher application in future window(s) or other applicable projects or grant applications that will benefit their community. Chapter II of this manual includes eligibility criteria, allowable costs, application evaluation and voucher award process and other requirements specific to Needs Assessment Vouchers. The current maximum award amount for each Needs Assessment Voucher is $100,000. If additional program funds become available, additional funding may be awarded. c. Chapter III of this manual includes the program’s terms and conditions, general provisions and definitions that apply to both Mobility Project Voucher and Needs Assessment Voucher applicants.
Please note that CMO project size is limited by a budgetary cap on the total voucher amount, which is the CARB- and CEC-funded portion of the total project. The total project costs may be more than the maximum allowable voucher amount (in the case that funds from other sources are utilized); however, the total voucher amount requested by the applicant is limited to the amounts stated above.
4 For fulfilling the application requirements, the key assessment activities must have been conducted within no more than 4 years of the application submittal date. Applicants must demonstrate that data sources and community engagement are adequately up to date, reflect current community-identified needs, and are specifically representative of the target community for the mobility project.
227
11 CHAPTER I. MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER
This chapter contains eligibility criteria and program guidelines specific to Mobility Project Vouchers.
C. APPLICANT ELIGIBILITY
1. Lead Applicant
The lead applicant is defined as the organization to whom the voucher fund will be assigned to and who will enter into an agreement with the Program Administrator. The lead applicant organization will assume responsibility for the administration of voucher funds, managing the project activities, meeting project milestones, and taking an overall lead in coordination among partners to achieve the goals of CMO Voucher Pilot Program. The lead applicant may partner with other organizations to apply for CMO, and if the application is awarded, the lead applicant organization will be the primary voucher recipient (Awardee) responsible for project performance. The lead applicant must be either a public agency, non-profit organization, or tribal government consistent with the requirements below:
a. Non-profit organization that qualifies for tax-exempt status with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 and is also tax-exempt under California state law, consistent with the following requirements:
i. The non-profit organization must have been incorporated for at least one year prior to the time of application submittal,
ii. The non-profit organization must at all times be registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State,
5 iii. The organization must be based in California or have at least one full-time staff person based in California.
b. Tribal governments, including all Federally Recognized Tribes in California listed on the most recent notice of the Federal Register, and other non-federally recognized California tribal governments, including those listed on the California Tribal Consultation List maintained by the California Native American Heritage Commission. c. Federal, State, or local government entities based in California, including but not limited to, City, County, Metropolitan Planning Organization, Council of Government, Joint Powers Authority, local or regional transit agency, local Air Quality Management District or Air Pollution Control District, and public school District. i. Local special purpose districts such as school districts or library districts can apply independently of the city or county with which they are associated. 5 Certain non-profits that are tribally chartered corporations under tribally enacted laws may be exempt from registration with the California Secretary of State.
228
12 ii. Individual departments within an agency (such as a City Transportation Department), or individual facilities within a special purpose district (such as a library or school), can participate with their governing agency or district as the lead applicant. They are not considered distinct applicants from their governing body.
Please note that each lead applicant may only submit one application for the Mobility Project Voucher during each application window, except when the project area is in an unincorporated community, where no city government represents the project area. 6 In this instance, an eligible
lead applicant may submit up to three applications only when all proposed project areas are entirely within unincorporated County jurisdiction.
The lead applicant may participate as a sub-applicant in other applications.
2. Sub-Applicant
Sub-applicants are project partners who are sub-contracted by the lead applicant organization for specific purposes and/or services. They enter into a partnership with the lead applicant and other eligible organizations to apply for CMO. Sub-applicants may include, but are not limited to, organizations that provide clean mobility services, infrastructure equipment and installation, community outreach services, and technical expertise/assistance. Sub-applicants may be public, private, tribal governments, or non-profit organizations consistent with the requirements below:
a. All sub-applicants must provide a letter of commitment to express their support and commitment to the lead applicant for the proposed project. This letter must include the specific roles and responsibilities the sub-applicant will be providing in the project. b. A single entity may participate as a sub-applicant in multiple applications. c. All non-profit and private organizations must be registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State at the time of application submittal. If the entity is an unincorporated non-profit, they must have a contract with a fiscal sponsor who is tax-exempt with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 and tax-exempt under California state law. The fiscal sponsor must be registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State to perform financial management and administrative functions for them on their behalf.
3. Experienced Partner and the Clean Mobility Provider Directory Each Mobility Project Voucher team must include an organization with at least one year of experience operating mobility services. The “experienced partner” may be the entity that operates the proposed service (mobility operator) or serve in another capacity such as a project technical advisor.
6 For the purposes of this program, tribal land is not considered an unincorporated community. 229
13 Applicants are encouraged to include the experienced partner in their project team at the time of application submittal. If the experienced partner is not included on the project team (as either lead applicant or sub-applicant) at the time of application submittal, the lead applicant must commit to contract with either an entity listed in the Clean Mobility Provider Directory (Directory) or an entity who meets the minimum qualification criteria to be in the Directory but is not currently listed.
All mobility operators listed in the Directory have been screened by the Program Administrator through a Request for Information to ensure they meet the minimum level of experience to satisfy this requirement and other eligibility criteria for sub-applicants.
4. CARB’s Clean Mobility Project Grantees
Current CARB grantees (including their sub-grantees or project partners) who received funds from previous round(s) of grant solicitations for clean mobility projects from any previous fiscal years of the CARB’s Low Carbon Transportation Investments, 7 are eligible to apply as the lead
applicant for a Mobility Project Voucher. Applications are accepted for a new project, expansion project, or continuing the existing service without an expansion to support for implementing long-term sustainability. Application can include any combination of thereof (see Section D.6 for more details). If the application includes a proposal for a new project, applicant must submit a community transportation needs assessment with the application (see Section G.1.c for the needs assessment requirement).
If the application includes a proposal for an expansion project, application must be supported by either existing documentation from community transportation needs assessment or documented comprehensive feedback from the community collected during planning and construction or operations period of the current service.
5. CMO Window 1 and Window 2 Mobility Project Voucher Awardees Current Window 1 and Window 2 MPV Awardees are eligible to receive additional funding to support an unexpected increase in insurance costs, capital acquisition, and other planning and operation activities in support of their current project scope and/or project expansion.
Awardees are not required to submit a new application to be eligible for this funding but must submit updated justification documents to the Program Administrator (see Section H.h for more details).
D. PROJECT ELIGIBILITY
CMO funds a wide range of clean mobility projects, including those that require funding for simpler projects (e.g., purchase one or two vehicles) to those that are full-scale programs that require vehicles, infrastructure, outreach and marketing, etc. This section includes all aspects 7 This includes CARB’s grantees from Carsharing and Mobility Options Pilot Project, Sustainable Transportation Equity Project (STEP) and Clean Mobility in Schools (CMIS).
230
14 of project eligibility, such as project area, service models, vehicle and equipment types, and eligible costs.
1. Eligible Project Area and Site Locations
All projects funded by CMO must directly benefit residents of low-income and/or disadvantaged communities, consistent with the requirements below:
a. Project Area
The project area is the geographic area where community residents live, and most infrastructure is to be installed. Eligible project areas are within at least one of the following geographies:8
1. SB 535 Disadvantaged Communities.
2. AB 1550 Low-income Communities and Low-income households.
3. Tribal lands, only when within SB 535 Disadvantaged Communities or AB 1550 Lowincome Communities. For the purposes of this program, “tribal lands” include any property owned by a Tribal Government or California Native American tribal authority and is not limited to Federally Recognized reservations.9 The interactive map indicating eligible project areas is available on the CMO website at https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/project-area-mapping-tool/. b. Infrastructure Siting and Service Locations
Mobility services and associated infrastructure (e.g., electric vehicle charging infrastructure, hydrogen refueling infrastructure, and solar equipment) funded by CMO should be mostly located inside the project area (disadvantaged or low-income designated communities or tribal lands) to deliver intended benefits to local residents. However, some service operations may occur outside the project area and infrastructure equipment may be located where those service operations are needed, with documentation of supportive community input reflecting community-identified needs. For example, if community residents express a lack of clean transportation options to destinations such as a grocery store or healthier food retail stores which are located outside of the disadvantaged or lowincome community boundaries, some charging equipment, vehicle parking locations, and service operations to/from the store would be allowed outside of boundaries of communities listed above in Section 1.a.
8 The geographic area(s) selected as the project area does not need to be a single contiguous area. If non-contiguous, the project area selected must still comply with the above criteria. 9 All federally recognized lands included in the American Indian Areas Related National Geodatabase were designated as SB 535 disadvantaged communities based on the May 2022 report found here. A tribe can establish that a particular area of land is under its control (even if not represented as such on CalEPA’s DAC map) by requesting a consultation with the CalEPA Deputy Secretary for Environmental Justice, Tribal Affairs and Border Relations at [email protected] 231
15 2. Eligible Service Models
The Mobility Project Vouchers are intended to support the piloting of innovative clean and shared transportation service models that reduce GHG emissions and increase residents’ access to key destinations without a personal vehicle (e.g., workplaces, medical offices, schools, daycare facilities, grocery stores, community centers). Clean mobility options delivered by the project must be identified through community engagement and evaluation of the community’s transportation needs. CMO voucher funds can only be applied to eligible costs associated with fleet vehicles that are zero-emission technologies (see Section D.3 for vehicle eligibility requirements).
The following are service models that, in any combination, are eligible to receive Mobility Project Voucher funds:
a. Carsharing: Carshare services provide members access to an automobile through shortterm rentals. Eligible carsharing models include round-trip carshare, which requires users to borrow and return vehicles at the same location; one-way or free-floating carshare, which allows users to pick up a vehicle at one location and drop it off at another; or carshare libraries, where vehicles can be checked out from and returned to one central location.
b. Bikeshare or Scooter-sharing: Bikeshare or scooter-sharing systems make bicycles, electric bicycles (e-bikes) or scooters available to members on a short-term rental basis.
Usage is generally intended for short trips such as "first- and last-mile" connections to complete trips made via other modes, including public transit. These may include bike libraries, where bicycles can be checked out from and returned to one central location; station-based platforms, where bicycles are checked out and returned at designated stations; and free-floating or dockless systems, where bicycles can be dropped off in any location and found for checkout, utilizing real-time maps on mobile devices. Scooters or electric scooters can also be shared in the models described here. c. Carpooling and Vanpooling: Carpooling and vanpooling are the grouping of drivers and passengers with common origins and/or destinations into a shared vehicle. These are “self-serve” systems, meaning the driver is a traveler in the pool just like other passengers, as opposed to a hired driver in shared taxi rides or ride hail services. d. Microtransit Services (or Innovative Transit Services): This category includes ondemand shuttles and circulators, paratransit services, and private sector transit solutions commonly referred to as “microtransit.” Microtransit services are demandresponsive (routes and/or frequency of service are determined dynamically based on customer demand) and capable of serving multiple riders simultaneously (not only a single rider service).
232
16 e. Fixed Route Transit Services: This category includes shuttles and circulators, paratransit services, and private sector transit solutions that offer traditional fixed route services. A fixed route transit uses buses, vans, or other medium-duty vehicles (see Section D.3 for eligible vehicles) to provide transportation services on a predetermined route according to a predetermined schedule (e.g., a school bus). Fixed route services typically include printed or posted timetables, and designated stops with marked signage where riders are picked up and dropped off.
f. Ride-on-Demand Services: This category includes ride-hail and rides-on- demand services provided by taxi companies and transportation network companies (TNCs).
CMO does not provide voucher funds for vehicle acquisition (purchase or lease) to be used for TNC services. However, funding may be used to incentivize and support greater utilization of rides-on-demand in clean vehicles, including discounted fares for trips originating in the project area (price subsidies), customizing the software platform, expanding, or contracting boundaries of geofencing, and community outreach and marketing costs, if applicable. To be eligible, the service must only include trips taken in zero-emission vehicles, consistent with the vehicle eligibility criteria described below.
3. Eligible Vehicles and Micromobility Devices
a. Motor Vehicles
i. Vehicles must be registered in California.
ii. Vehicles must be zero-emission technologies.
1. Eligible zero-emission vehicle (ZEV) technologies are battery electric vehicles (BEV) and fuel cell electric vehicles (FCEV).
2. Plug-in hybrid (PHEV) technology is only eligible for vehicle models with 6- seat capacity or above.
iii. Eligible motor vehicle classes are light-duty10 passenger vehicles, medium- and or heavy-duty11 vans and buses, and neighborhood electric vehicles.
1. Light-duty vehicles can be new or used, but medium/heavy-duty vehicles must be new.
2. Light-duty vehicles are considered “new” when they have 7,500 miles or less at purchase or lease.
3. Medium/heavy-duty vehicles are considered “new” when they have 3,500 miles or less at purchase or lease.
10 Light-duty vehicle have a GVWR category < 8,500 lbs. 11 Medium and/or heavy-duty vehicle classes 3 through 6 (GVWR 8,501-26,000 lbs) or under 30 feet in length are eligible. 233
17 4. Medium/heavy-duty vehicles must be eligible for California’s Hybrid and Zero-Emission Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Project (HVIP).
5. New light-duty vehicles must be in the Clean Vehicle Rebate Program (CVRP)12 eligible vehicles list at a time of purchase.
13 iv. A chassis that has been modified with aftermarket parts or equipment to create a PHEV or zero-emission vehicle is not eligible.
v. Vehicles may be purchased or leased (4-year minimum lease period). vi. Used light-duty vehicles must meet the following requirements at the time of purchase or lease:
1. Vehicle model year must be 4 years old or newer.
2. Vehicle mileage cannot exceed 48,000 miles.
3. Vehicle title cannot be salvaged (as defined in California Vehicle CodeVEH Section 544).
4. Vehicles cannot have any outstanding recall notices. If there has been a recall notice for the vehicle model, documentation must be provided that the problem has been addressed before the vehicle is purchased/leased.14
5. Used vehicles must be inspected by a licensed automotive technician.
6. Used vehicles that previously have received rebates from CVRP must be in full compliance with program requirements and completed the ownership term.
vii. Passenger vehicles must be models designed to carry a minimum of four passengers.
viii. No modifications may be made to the vehicle’s emissions control systems, hardware, software calibrations, or hybrid system (California Code, Vehicle Code- VEH Section 27156).
ix. Vehicles may be used for passenger trips or for non-passenger operational purposes specific to the project, such as bikeshare rebalancing.15 12 CVRP is closed to new applications as of November 8, 2023. However, the CVRP vehicle eligibility list will still serve as an eligibility list for clean vehicle purchases for CARB’s incentive programs such as CMO. See this link for more information:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/ZEV-eligibility-list 13 CARB may approve on case-by-case basis vehicles that were previously listed eligible for CVRP but are no longer available due to not meeting the manufacturer's suggested retail price (MSRP) eligibility requirements. 14 https://www.recalls.gov/nhtsa.html 15 Please note that using project vehicles solely for the purpose of goods delivery is not eligible. 234
18 x. Vehicles must be put into service exclusively for the purposes of operating the voucher-funded project. Vehicles may not be used by individuals for personal purposes outside of project operating hours or project fee structure. xi. Vehicle titles or lease agreements must be held by an organizational entity on the project team, and not by individual drivers.
xii. Vehicles funded by this program constitute a fleet size that must be maintained throughout the term of the Voucher Agreement.
xiii. All vehicles must be equipped with telematics devices or other global position system (GPS) equipment, capable of collecting trip data.16 xiv. Installation of ADA-compliant equipment for new vehicles is eligible. ADA equipment retrofits to used vehicles are not eligible.
b. Micromobility Devices include but are not limited to non-motorized or electric bicycles and scooters.
i. Bicycles, scooters and other micromobility devices funded by this program must be new.
ii. Electric bicycles must be Class 1 or Class 2 per AB 1096 with fully operable pedals and an electric motor of less than 750 watts.17
iii. Cargo bicycles, tricycles, and pedicabs are eligible micromobility devices. iv. All bicycles, scooters, and micromobility devices must be equipped with telematics devices or other GPS equipment, capable of collecting trip data. v. Micromobility devices funded by this program constitute a fleet size that must be maintained throughout the term of the Voucher Agreement.
4. Eligible Infrastructure Improvements
Projects may include infrastructure improvements only when they directly support, and are essential to, the CMO service model(s). That means, for example, electric vehicle charging equipment is eligible to receive voucher funds only when the project includes CMO funded zero-emission vehicle(s). The following infrastructure types are eligible for funding:
a. Electric vehicle charging equipment (EVSE)18 funded by this program must be consistent with the following requirements:
i. The EVSE must be primarily intended for charging motor vehicles that are deployed through the voucher-funded project.
16 Purchase, installation, and maintenance costs of telematics equipment is eligible for payment. 17 As defined in Chiu, Chapter 568, Statutes of 2015 18 Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) is defined as a device with one or more charging ports and connectors for charging ZEVs.
235
19 ii. The EVSE may be made available to other services or to the public, but this is not a requirement.
iii. Must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and requirements for acceptable installation and usage of the infrastructure, including SB 454 (Corbett, Chapter 418, Statutes of 2013), the California Air Resources Board Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Standards, the California Department of Food and Agriculture Division of Measurement Standards, and AB 2061 (Ting, Chapter 345, Statutes of 2022).
iv. Must be able to withstand extreme weather conditions associated with the deployment area, including extreme temperature, heavy rains, and high winds. v. Display screens must be protected from malfunctions due to condensation and any local area weather conditions.
vi. May be installed in commercial, public, or residential locations. vii. May include mobile charging technologies.
viii.May include the use of existing charging networks. ix. All electric vehicle charging infrastructure and equipment funded by this program and located on the customer side of the electrical meter shall be installed by a contractor with the appropriate license classification, as determined by the Contractors’ State License Board, and have at least one electrician on each crew, at any given time, who holds an Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Training Program (EVITP) certification. Projects that include the installation of a charging port supplying 25 kilowatts or more to a vehicle must have at least 25 percent of the total electricians working on the crew for the project, at any given time, who hold EVITP certification.
One member of each crew may be both the contractor and an EVITP certified electrician.19
x. Electric vehicle chargers funded by this program constitute the quantity of charging ports20 that must be maintained throughout the term of the Voucher Agreement. 19 Assembly Bill 841 (Ting, Chapter 372, Statutes of 2020) added Public Utilities Code section 740.20, which requires Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Training Program certification to install electric vehicle charging infrastructure and equipment for work performed on or after January 1, 2022, subject to certain exceptions. The requirements stated in this paragraph do not apply to any of the following:
1. Electric vehicle charging infrastructure installed by employees of an electrical corporation or local publicly owned electric utility.
2. Electric vehicle charging infrastructure funded by monies derived from credits generated from the Low Carbon Fuel Standard Program (Subarticle 7 (commencing with Section 95480) of Article 4 of Subchapter 10 of Chapter 1 of Division 3 of Title 17 of the California Code of Regulations).
3. Single-family home residential electric vehicle chargers that can use an existing 208/240-volt outlet. 20 Charging ports are defined as the system within an EVSE that charges one electric vehicle (EV). A charging port may have multiple connectors, but it can provide power to charge only one EV through one connector at a time. 236
20 xi. Charging capacity must be at minimum Level 2 and may be DC fast charge. xii. All electric vehicle chargers and charging stations funded by incentives from a state agency (including this program) or a charge on ratepayers, installed on or after January 1, 2024, must be in compliance with uptime recordkeeping and reporting standards as described in CEC's regulations, developed under AB 2061 (2022; Pub.
Resources Code, § 25231.5). Uptime recordkeeping and reporting standards include but are not limited to those in Exhibit K of the Voucher Agreement Template. These standards will apply for a minimum of 6 years. These requirements will remain in effect until January 1, 2035.
Please note that these requirements are not applicable to:
1. Temporary chargers or off-grid chargers,
2. Any charger used solely for private use by residents of a residential real property containing four or fewer dwelling units21,
3. Any charger used solely for private use by residents of a single unit of a residential real property containing more than four dwelling units for which one or more of the residents of that unit would be the exclusive charging station operators of the charger.22
3. Level 2 EVSE units purchased by CMO funding must meet the criteria below:
1. Capable of 6.2 kilowatts (kW) or greater.
2. Include an SAE J-1772 connector on each EVSE. Dual connector EVSE including SAE J3400 (the North American Charging Standard, or NACS) level 2 are also eligible.
3. Networked and capable to support, at a minimum:
a. Network connectivity such as 4G LTE, IEEE 802.3 for Ethernet, or IEEE 802.11n for high bandwidth wireless networking.
b. Ability to receive remote software updates, real-time protocol translation, encryption and decryption, Internet Protocol (IP)-based processor capable of 21 “Residential real property containing four or fewer dwelling units” means a single-family residence or a multifamily dwelling containing four or fewer dwelling units. “Single-family residence” means a detached or semi-detached (semi-attached, side-byside) residence, duplex, triplex, quadruplex, row house such that each row house shares at least one wall with another of the row houses even if not in a row, townhouse, or manufactured home, including mobile home, unless the residence is part of a condominium as defined in Civil Code section 4125 or is located in a mobile home park. “Multifamily dwelling” means real property that is improved with, or consisting of, one or more buildings containing more than one dwelling unit that is intended for human habitation, excluding single-family residences as defined in this section. 22 “Charging station operator” means the entity that owns the chargers and supporting equipment and facilities at one or more charging stations. Although this entity may delegate responsibility for certain aspects of charging station operation and maintenance to subcontractors, this entity retains responsibility for operation and maintenance of chargers and supporting equipment and facilities. In some cases, the charging station operator and the charging network provider are the same entity. 237
21 supporting multiple protocols, and compliant with Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/IP and IPv6.
c. Ability to connect to a network’s back-end software.
4. Use an implementation of Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) v2.0.1 or later.
5. If payment is required, must accept:
a. A contactless payment method that accepts major credit and debit cards. For purposes of this clause, “contactless payment method” means a secure method for consumers to purchase services using a debit card, credit card, smartcard, or another payment device, by using radio frequency identification (RFID) technology and near-field communication (NFC). b. Either an automated toll-free telephone number or a short message system (SMS) that provides the electric vehicle charging customer with the option to initiate a charging session and submit payment.
6. Chargers must be hardware ready to support ISO 15118 including:
a. Powerline carrier (PLC) high-level communication (as specified in ISO 15118- 3).
b. Secure management and storage of keys and certificates. c. Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.2. Further support for TLS 1.3+ is recommended as a way to prepare for future ISO 15118 standard updates. d. Receive updates remotely to activate/enable ISO-15118 use cases. e. Backend network connection.
7. Be ENERGY STAR ® Certified.23
8. Certified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Program (NRTL) and certified to UL 2594 standards.
9. Equipment must be approved by a NRTL that is accredited to certify EVSE standards. Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL), Intertek (ETL) and MET Laboratories, Inc. are all currently accredited NRTLs. A complete list of NRTLs can be found at https://www.osha.gov/nationally-recognized-testing-laboratoryprogram/currentlist-of-nrtls .
10. Please note that CMO will reimburse the cost of only one dual port level 2 EVSE unit (or two level 2 EVSE units with single port/dispenser) per funded vehicle.
4. DC Fast Charge (DCFC) units purchased by CMO funding must meet the criteria below:
23 To learn more, visit Energy Star Certification Process available at:
https://calevip.org/sites/default/files/docs/calevip/ENERGY_STAR_Certification_Process.pdf 238
22 1. Capable of 50kW or greater.
2. EVSE with at least one SAE Combined Charging system (CCS1) standard connector that are fully integrated into the charger such that they cannot be removed from the site. Dual connector EVSE with SAE J3400 (NACS) or CHAdeMO are eligible.
3. Be networked, meeting the following criteria24:
a. Equipment must be networked via Wi-Fi, ethernet or cellular connection (4G and above).
b. Equipment must connect to a back-end network operations center, which at a minimum enables remote diagnostics, remote start, utilization data collection, and “over-the-air” updates.
c. Minimum 5-year networking agreement, eligible toward total approved costs.
4. If payment is required, must accept:
a. A contactless payment method that accepts major credit and debit cards. For purposes of this clause, “contactless payment method” means a secure method for consumers to purchase services using a debit card, credit card, smartcard, or another payment device, by using radio frequency identification (RFID) technology and near-field communication (NFC). b. Either an automated toll-free telephone number or a short message system (SMS) that provides the electric vehicle charging customer with the option to initiate a charging session and submit payment.
5. Chargers must be hardware ready to support ISO 15118 including:
a. Powerline carrier (PLC) high-level communication (as specified in ISO 15118- 3).
b. Secure management and storage of keys and certificates. c. Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.2. Further support for TLS 1.3+ is recommended as a way to prepare for future ISO 15118 standard updates. d. Receive updates remotely to activate/enable ISO-15118 use cases. e. Backend network connection.
6. Use an implementation of Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) v2.0.1 or later.
7. Certified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Program (NRTL) and certified to UL 2202 or UL 9741 standards.
24 The California Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Project (CALeVIP 2.0) provides a list of pre-approved network providers here:
https://calevip.org/incentive-project/golden-state-priority-project 239
23 a. Equipment must be approved by a NRTL that is accredited to certify EVSE standards. Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL), Intertek (ETL) and MET Laboratories, Inc. are all currently accredited NRTLs. A complete list of NRTLs can be found at https://www.osha.gov/nationally-recognized-testinglaboratory-program/currentlist-of-nrtls .
To learn more about different charging options for electric vehicles, please visit https://calevip.org/electric-vehicle-charging-101.
b. Solar photovoltaic (PV) equipment generates electricity to power EVSE or other charging equipment. Applicants may receive funding for solar PV systems that power EVSE or micromobility devices charging infrastructure, consistent with the following criteria:
i. Solar PV systems must be co-located with voucher-funded EVSE, and/or micromobility devices charging infrastructure.
ii. Energy produced by the solar PV system must be used to offset the costs of charging for the proposed service model.
iii. Rooftop, ground-mount, and carport solar PV systems are all eligible for funding. iv. Specific types of solar PV equipment allowed under this section include PV modules, inverters (including smart inverters), meters, battery and energy storage systems, and related balance of system equipment.
v. All equipment installed must be on the California Energy Commission's Solar Equipment List of approved equipment, as created pursuant to SB 1 (Murray, Chapter 132, Statutes of 2006). The most recent Solar Equipment List can be found at https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and-topics/programs/solar-equipment-lists and is updated by the California Energy Commission regularly. vi. All major system components (panels and inverters) must not have been previously placed in service in any other location or for any other application. Rebuilt, refurbished, or relocated equipment is not eligible.
vii. All equipment must be installed by a contractor holding a C-10, C-46, or B license in good standing with the State of California Contractors State License Board. viii.All equipment must have a warranty of not less than 10 years to protect against defects and undue degradation of electrical generation output, consistent with California Public Utility Code 387.5(d)(4).
ix. Awardees must provide solar PV performance data from the contracted monitoring system upon request to contribute to CMO program evaluation efforts. x. Solar PV system capacity funded through CMO must be used to directly support or supply energy to the service model identified in the needs assessment. 240
24 c. Hydrogen refueling equipment: Voucher funds may be used to support the installation of hydrogen refueling infrastructure or to provide fuel cards for service users. Allowable voucher funding amounts may not be sufficient to cover all capital costs associated with building refueling facilities; as a result, if an installation of hydrogen refueling is included in the proposed budget, applicants must demonstrate that other sources of funding have been secured sufficiently to complete the proposed project.
Proposals containing a hydrogen refueling station installation must adhere to the minimum technical requirements and renewable hydrogen requirements specified in Appendix E (Hydrogen Refueling Station Requirements) and the CEQA and permitting requirements described in Appendix D. Additionally, the project must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and requirements for acceptable installation and usage of hydrogen refueling stations. Each hydrogen refueling station must be designed to allow the station to accept delivery of hydrogen fuel from a mobile refueler or hydrogen tube trailer if on-site hydrogen production goes off-line or if hydrogen delivered via a pipeline is disrupted. Public access to proposed refueling stations is not required.
Hydrogen refueling stations must be sited where similar infrastructure already exists (e.g., installing a hydrogen refueling station at an existing fueling station or a commercial or industrial facility).
d. Micromobility Devices Infrastructure: Applicants may receive funding for infrastructure in support of micromobility devices, consistent with the following criteria:
i. The charging infrastructure must be primarily intended to provide electricity for micromobility devices that are deployed through the voucher-funded project. ii. Eligible infrastructure includes:
1. Bicycle and scooter locking stations.
2. Docking, securement, storage, and related infrastructure for parking.
3. “Quick-build” safety infrastructure in the public right-of-way. A “quick build” project is defined as a project that does not require major street construction and can be implemented by local agency staff. These projects may include, but are not limited to, roadway and curb paint, signs, parking and loading changes, painted safety zones, posts separating bike lanes from vehicle lanes, changes to the configuration of traffic lanes, and dedicated rights-of-way using barriers, bollards, or other materials.25
4. May include other necessary infrastructure for micromobility devices, to the extent consistent with the project design.
25 Adapted from San Francisco Municipal Transportation Agency (SFMTA) Vision Zero Quick Build Program. 241
25 5. Additional Transportation Enhancements
Most of the funding associated with the Mobility Project Voucher is intended to be used for project costs and activities that are essential to implementing the proposed service model (as defined in Section D.2). However, up to 25 percent of the total voucher amount requested per application may be dedicated to “additional transportation enhancements” that are defined as activities or services directly supportive of, but not essential to, implementing the service model. These enhancements may include other types of transportation resources or assets that complement the service model, in a way that improves accessibility, reliability, convenience, safety, and/or affordability for participants. The following transportation enhancements are eligible for funding:
a. Provide subsidies for traditional public transit rides to better connect projects to existing services (i.e., first-mile, last-mile solutions).
b. Develop trip planning or mobility-as-a-service (MaaS) platforms or integrate project data into existing platforms.
c. Develop multi-modal payment platforms, integrating project payment systems into existing platforms and expanding payment system capacities to support the California Integrated Travel Project (Cal-ITP).
d. Provide transportation subsidies and special incentives for homeless individuals and families.
6. New Project and Expansion Project
New and expansion projects are both eligible for Mobility Project Voucher funding and have the same voucher funding cap of $1,500,000 per application.
A new project is defined as a project that operates a different service model from an existing service model that is funded by CARB and is currently operating (or planned to begin development or operations)26 in the proposed project area.
An expansion project is defined as a project that expands the existing service model27 that is currently in operation or planned to begin operations, by increasing the project area to serve additional residents, increasing vehicle access (e.g., increasing operation hours or number of vehicles), or increasing infrastructure equipment. Expansion project may also include additional support for ongoing operation of the existing service model.
To achieve greenhouse gas reduction, an expansion project must result in increasing ridership and/or include fleet replacement from combustion engine vehicles to eligible zero-emission 26 Planned projects are considered an existing service model if the project is approved and has been planned to begin development or operations at the time of application submission. 27 The existing service model must be in support of the eligible service models described in Section D.2 of this manual. 242
26 vehicles.
28 Expansion project proposal must be supported by existing documentation from community transportation needs assessment or documented comprehensive feedback from the community collected during planning and construction or operations period of the current service.
Note: The voucher amount requested per application is only up to $1,500,000 for a new project, expansion project, continuing the same existing service without an expansion, or any combination thereof.
7. Eligible Project Costs and Payable Activities
This section includes the list of project costs and payable activities eligible for funding through the Mobility Project Voucher. Project costs are only eligible for payment if they have been incurred after the Voucher Agreement execution date (when all responsible parties sign the Voucher Agreement) and all applicable insurance requirements have been met. The Mobility Project Voucher funds may be applied to a variety of eligible activities related to project planning and design, outreach and marketing, capital costs, operations and maintenance, and administration costs, as defined in this section.
a. Planning includes activities related to project planning and design generally before the mobility service operation is launched (Operations Launch is the date when participants start using the service). Examples of eligible planning activities include, but are not limited to:
i. Execution of contracts and agreements with project partners. ii. Identification of potential sites for infrastructure, beyond those identified in the application.
iii. Infrastructure design activities, including engineering costs and utility service orders. iv. Compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), if applicable. v. Compliance with permitting requirements (e.g., EVSE installation permits, Historical Preservation, Above Ground Facilities Ordinance, Americans with Disabilities Act [ADA] accessibility requirements, etc.).
vi. Technical assistance before Operations Launch.
vii. Coordination efforts with other CARB’s Low Carbon Transportation Investment Projects, including the Access Clean California project, the Sustainable Transportation Equity Project (STEP) and Clean Mobility in Schools (CMIS) as well as other CEC Clean Transportation Program Projects, including the California Electric Vehicle 28 Replacing the existing fleet is only eligible for funding if the transition is from internal combustion engine fossil fuel vehicles to eligible zero-emission vehicles. Replacing the existing fleet of zero-emission vehicles (or e-bikes/e-scooters) with newer zeroemission vehicles (or newer e-bike/e-scooters) or replacing conventional bicycles and/or scooters with e-bikes or e-scooters is not eligible.
243
27 Infrastructure Project (CALeVIP), Communities in Charge, and Energy Infrastructure Incentives for Zero-Emission Commercial Vehicles (EnergIIZE) during the planning and construction period.
viii. Planning for launch event activities.
ix. External consulting during the planning and construction period. x. Participating in meetings with the Program Administrator and project partners. xi. Participating in the Clean Mobility Equity Alliance (CMEA) events and meetings for capacity building and sharing information with other clean mobility awardees and participants.29
xii. Compliance with insurance requirements.
xiii. Training for project staff.
b. Outreach and Marketing includes all activities for conducting community outreach, educational forums, collecting community input, promoting the service, and educating community residents. Examples of eligible outreach and marketing activities include, but are not limited to:
i. Develop materials for implementing community events, such as supplies, transportation stipends, marketing materials design and printing, and other related activities.
ii. Procurement of equipment, facilities, or venues.
iii. Activities associated with data gathering and analysis, event planning, and other key activities.
iv. License or subscription fees for online event and survey tools. v. Providing incentives for community member participation (e.g., for completing surveys).
vi. Procuring community-based organization subcontracts. vii. Language translation services.
viii. Vehicle rental for purposes of education on clean vehicle technology. ix. Public transit subsidies for low-income, disabled, or other participants with accessibility or transportation challenges who want to attend community meetings.
Note: Costs for food, alcoholic beverages, and childcare are not payable. c. Capital Acquisition Activities includes vehicles and associated hardware, eligible infrastructure, and other equipment, along with associated labor and contractor costs 29 Please note that participation in the CMEA events is mandatory and should be considered in your budget. 244
28 for construction and installation. Examples of eligible capital acquisition include, but are not limited to:
i. Procurement of Vehicles (purchase or lease).
ii. EVSE and solar PV system purchase and installation (only when associated with funded vehicles).
iii. Hydrogen refueling infrastructure purchase and installation. iv. Acquisition of bicycles, electric bicycles, electric scooters and other eligible micromobility devices.
v. Electric bicycle and locking station purchase and installation. vi. Helmets for bike/e-bike sharing and scooter/electric scooter-sharing participants. vii. Software development for reservation and payment systems. viii. Telematics devices (e.g., GPS).
ix. Additional infrastructure supplements may include but not limited to, equipment extended warranty, repair labor warranty, transformers, electric panels, conduit, wiring, meters, stub-outs, demand management equipment, and parking space purchase or lease.
d. Operations and Maintenance include all activities related to operating and maintaining the mobility services after the Operation Launch. Examples of eligible operations and maintenance activities include, but are not limited to:
i. Regular, corrective and preventive maintenance for motor vehicles, micromobility devices, and infrastructure (including repairs due to vandalism). ii. Charging network service-level agreements.
iii. Extended warranties for charging equipment.
iv. Revenue guarantees to operators who are covering the cost of operations with user fee revenue, through a direct business-to-consumer model. v. Price subsidies to operators covering the cost of operations with user fee revenue, through a direct business-to-consumer model in order to reduce costs to the enduser. vi. Compliance with insurance requirements.
vii. Leased vehicles and equipment.
viii. Replacing pieces of equipment (Costing less than $5,000), including bicycles and scooters.30
30 Analysis of repair cost relative to replacement cost must be provided with payment request. 245
29 ix. Bicycle safety courses.
x. Technical assistance after the Operations Launch.
xi. Coordination efforts with other CARB’s Low Carbon Transportation Investment Projects, including the Access Clean California project, STEP, and CMIS as well as other CEC Clean Transportation Program Projects, including CALeVIP, Communities in Charge, and EnergIIZE during the operation period.
xii. Ongoing software maintenance.
xiii. Short-term rentals of vehicles to meet unanticipated service needs (e.g., shortage of vehicle due to an emergency repair).
xiv. Fuel and electricity.
xv. Developing operations and maintenance plans to ensure equipment reliability. xvi. Installing lighting to provide safety for travelers at night. xvii. Placing canopies, planting trees, or other items that offer shade and shelter from the elements while using the service.
xviii. Placemaking, installing wayfinding signage, trash cans, bathrooms, or other necessary elements for operating mobility hubs.
e. Administrative Activities includes all activities related to administration of the project after the voucher execution date. Examples include, but are not limited to:
i. Payment request submissions, insurance materials, data reporting, and other required documentation to the Program Administrator.
ii. Collecting, organizing, and quality control of data for reporting and evaluation purposes.
iii. Other activities to include, but not limited to, travel expenses, printing, record retention, and mailing.
Voucher funding may be “stacked” or leveraged with other sources of funding to increase the scale of the project, subject to any stacking limitations associated with the other funding sources. This practice is encouraged and will be considered “Community Resource Contribution.” However, applicants may not use voucher funds for activities already budgeted for and/or funded by other grants, agreements, or contracts. A single activity may not be billed to multiple public funding programs (i.e., double billing), and voucher funding may not be combined with other public incentives in a manner that leads to payment for a specific cost at an amount greater than the actual cost incurred. CARB reserves the right to audit payment requests across State programs to ensure this practice does not occur. 246
30 Note: HVIP may fund or co-fund vehicles that are part of the CMO program, at CARB’s sole discretion. However, if the vehicle is already paid by CMO voucher, it cannot receive additional incentives.
E. ALLOWABLE VOUCHER FUNDS
1. Breakdown of Allowable Voucher Funding Components
Table 1 presents the breakdown of allowable voucher amounts for CMO eligible vehicles and infrastructure.
Table 1. Allowable Voucher Amounts for Vehicles and Infrastructure Vehicle Type and Technology Maximum Funding Amounts (per vehicle)
New31 light-duty zero-emission vehicle (ZEV) Up to $65,00032 New light-duty plug-in hybrid (PHEV) (only models
with 6 seats capacity or more)
Up to $40,000
Used light-duty ZEV or PHEV33 (4 years or newer) 100 percent of the Kelley Blue Book (KBB) value34 (cannot exceed maximum
payable amount for the new vehicle)
Leased new light-duty ZEV Up to $850 per month (including up to $3,000 down payment)
Leased used light-duty ZEV Up to $600 per month (including up to $3,000 down payment)
New35 zero-emission passenger van and shuttle bus
up to Class 6 (≤ 26,000 GVWR36) or under 30 feet in
vehicle length
Total vehicle purchase cost
Additional allowance for the purchase of new ADAcompliant vehicles and micromobility devices (e.g., wheelchair lift, wheelchair ramp, adaptive e-bikes)
Up to $20,000 additional to allowable
funding per eligible light-duty or
medium-duty vehicles; Up to $4,000
additional to allowable funding per
eligible micromobility device
New neighborhood electric vehicle (NEV) Up to $15,000
New electric cargo bicycle, electric cargo tricycle, or electric pedicab (3-4 seats)
Up to $12,500
31 Light-duty vehicles are considered new if odometer reading is 7,500 miles or less at the time of purchase or lease. 32 CARB may approve costs in addition to allowable payment amount for eligible vehicles that cost more than $65,000 on caseby-case basis. 33 PHEVs are only eligible in models with 6-seats capacity or more. 34 Kelly Blue Book (KBB) value is defined as the upper limit of the KBB fair market range, for the same vehicle condition, transaction type, and zip code as the actual transaction. 35 Medium/heavy-duty vehicles are considered new if odometer reading is 3,500 miles or less at the time of purchase or lease. 36 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 247
31 Vehicle Type and Technology Maximum Funding Amounts (per vehicle)
New electric bicycle (e-bike) Up to $3,500
New cargo bicycle, tricycle, or pedicab (human
powered)
Up to $4,500
New bicycle Up to $1,500
New electric kick-scooter Up to $700
Charging and Fueling Infrastructure
(Includes Equipment and Installation)
Maximum Funding Amounts (per unit)
Level 2 electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE)
unit, including equipment and installation costs
Up to $30,000 for one dual port L2 (or
two single port). CMO will fund only one
unit per funded vehicle.
DC Fast Charge EVSE unit, including equipment and
installation
Up to $112,000 per 50kW unit
Up to $175,000 per 150kW unit
Up to $250,000 per 350kW unit
Solar Photovoltaic Equipment to supply electricity
for EVSE and other clean mobility options charging
equipment
Amount paid must be based on
community input regarding the supply
needed to support funded equipment
Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle (FCEV) infrastructure
installation and fueling
Up to $200,000 per project for building a
refueling station or providing fuel cards
Infrastructure costs for conventional bicycle,
scooter, and other micromobility vehicles (including
docking equipment, lockers, and “quick build” rightof-way infrastructure and installation) Up to 200 percent of the voucherpayable amount for bicycles in the project fleet ($1,500 per bicycle). Total
cannot exceed $525,000 per project
Infrastructure for electric bicycle, scooter, and other electric micromobility vehicles (including charging
equipment, docking equipment, lockers, and “quick
build” right-of-way infrastructure and installation)
Up to 300 percent of the voucherpayable amount for e-bikes in the project fleet ($3,500 per e-bike). Total
cannot exceed $525,000 per project
Tables 1.a and 1.b demonstrate sample calculations for infrastructure costs for conventional micromobility and electric micromobility devices, respectively.
Table 1.a. Example of infrastructure limits with conventional micromobility devices Number of Conventional
Vehicles
Max Funding Amounts for
Bicycles (@$1,500/bicycle)
Max Infrastructure $
(at 200 percent)
248
32 10 $15,000 $30,000
50 $75,000 $150,000
175 $262,500 $525,000
Table 1.b. Example of infrastructure limits with electric micromobility devices Number of Electric Vehicles Max Funding Amounts for ebikes (at $3,500/e-bike)Max Infrastructure $ (at 300 percent)
10 $35,000 $105,000
20 $70,000 $210,000
50 $175,000 $525,000
2. Mobility Project Voucher Agreement Timeline
Approved applicants will sign the Voucher Agreement with the Program Administrator, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions outlined in the Program Implementation Manual and in the Voucher Agreement. From the date the Voucher Agreement is signed (Voucher Agreement execution date), CMO will provide funding for at least 4 years of planning, construction, deployment, and service operations cumulatively. The Voucher Agreement Term and the Voucher Funding Term for Mobility Project Vouchers are defined as following:
a. Voucher Agreement Term is a minimum of 5 years from the date the Voucher Agreement is executed. This includes up to 15 months for project design, planning and construction (Planning and Construction Period), and a minimum of 4 years of service operation (Project Operation Period). Clean mobility projects funded by this program must be fully operating for at least 4 years from the date of Operation Launch (when participants start using the service37). Applicants must describe their plan and strategies for maintaining the proposed services throughout the Project Operation Period in their application.
b. Voucher Funding Term is at least 4 years from the Voucher Agreement execution date.
This means CMO funding can be used for all eligible costs incurred during the Planning and Construction Period and the first 3 years of the Project Operation Period. During the last year of the Project Operation Period (Year 4 of service operation) and until the voucher agreement term ends, only administrative activities can be paid by CMO voucher funds. Table 2 (next page) summarizes the Voucher Agreement timeline.
Table 2. Mobility Project Voucher Agreement Timeline
Voucher Agreement Term
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4
37 If multiple service models (e.g., bikeshare and carshare) are included in the application, at least one service model must be fully launched to start the Project Operation Period.
249
33 Voucher
Agreement
Execution
Project Kickoff Meeting1
Up to 15
months for
Planning &
Construction
Period
Operation
Launch
Date2
of service
operation
of service
operation
of service
operation
of service
operation
Project Operation Period
(Minimum of 4 years)
All approved project activities during this time will be paid by CMO Voucher
(Planning and Construction Period + first 3 years of Project Operation Period)
During this
time and until
the end of
Voucher
Agreement
term only
administrative
activities will
be paid
Data Reporting Period (minimum of 5 years)
1. Kick-off only occurs after compliance with general liability insurance is confirmed by the Program Administrator.
2. Operation Launch may begin at any time during the first year of the Voucher Agreement period but must occur no later than 15 months from the date of project kick-off meeting.
F. MOBILITY PROJECT PARTICIPANT (END-USERS) ELIGIBILITY
1. Vehicle Drivers
a. Possess a current California Class C Driver license. 38 b. Meet minimum requirements to drive a project vehicle as required by the Awardee (or mobility operator or fleet owner) and the insurance policy. c. Complete an initial participant survey upon enrollment. d. Complete trip surveys and participate in research as requested. Must pay required fees, if any, to use the service.
2. Bicycle/Scooter Riders
a. Complete a bicycle/scooter safety guidelines acknowledgment and training if offered by the service provider.
b. Complete an initial participant survey upon enrollment. c. Complete trip surveys and participate in research as requested. d. Pay required fees, if any, to use the bike/scooter-sharing service. 38 A driver of a vanpool may operate with a Class C license but shall possess evidence of a medical examination required for a Class B license when operating vanpool vehicles.
250
34 3. Carpool/Vanpool Riders (Non-Driver Participants)
a. Complete an initial participant survey.
b. Complete trip surveys and participate in research as requested. c. Pay required fees, if any, to participate in the carpool or vanpool service.
4. Ineligible Participants
Participants become ineligible to operate vehicles or other project equipment upon any of the following events:
a. Vehicle driver or bicycle/scooter rider participant becomes ineligible per terms of insurance.
b. Vehicle driver license lapses or is revoked.
c. Vehicle or bicycle/scooter rider is determined to be an unsafe or impaired driver/rider by the lead applicant or the service provider.
d. Participant causes damage to a vehicle, bicycle, scooter, EVSE or other project property. e. Non-payment of project fees to use the system, to participate in the project, or to receive subsidies, as required by the lead applicant or the service provider. f. Non-compliance with project requirements. Non-compliance is determined at the discretion of the Awardee or the Program Administrator, using the Implementation Manual and terms and conditions in effect at the time of non-compliance.
G. MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
To make an application process more equitable and streamlined, the Mobility Project Voucher application is submitted in two phases: Phase 1 (Basic Eligibility) and Phase 2 (Final Application).
Phase 1 consists of minimum eligibility requirements and Phase 2 includes complete and more detailed program requirements as described in this section. The Program Administrator will notify only applicants approved during Phase 1 of advancement to continue to Phase 2 and submit a Final Application.
This section describes the required information and documents applicants must provide and submit with their applications. The application materials will be available before the application window is opened and can be accessed and submitted via the secure CMO online portal at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/application. Please see Appendix A for an overview of the Mobility Project Voucher application material.
1. Phase 1 Application Requirements
a. Project Team Profile: Description of the project team structure, including lead applicant and sub-applicants’ organizations and individual team members with roles, responsibilities, and relationships. The description should include the connections of 251
35 project team organizations to the targeted population and ties to grassroots/community-based organizations rooted in this population's culture(s) and language(s).
b. Project Narrative: Description of the proposed project, service model(s), and work plan, defining the transportation and mobility challenge(s) that the project will address based on the input from community residents.
c. Community Transportation Needs Assessment: Documentation demonstrating that the proposed project is responsive to the specific transportation needs of the community.
The assessment must consider community preferences for mobility solutions, identified through meaningful, broad-based, and representative engagement, and prioritize community decision-making throughout project development. For fulfilling the application requirements, the key assessment activities must have been conducted within no more than 4 years of the application submittal date. Applicants must demonstrate that data sources and community engagement are adequately up to date, reflect current community-identified needs, and represent the target community for the mobility project. The community transportation needs assessment included with the Mobility Project Voucher application must include:
i. Transportation Access Data Analysis: This analysis should be based on at least one resident survey and three different community transportation accessibility indicators. Accessibility indicators may include, but are not limited to: U.S. EPA Walkability Index39, vehicle ownership per household40, cost of existing transit and average cost per week for fueling car41, median household income42, access to job opportunities43, existing shared mobility services in the community (e.g., bikeshare, electric shuttle or buses, electric carshare, etc.), existing public transit stops and/or existing bikeways or designated bicycle routes.
This analysis should include a clear understanding of how the findings from the accessibility indicators impact the community, and how the findings from the accessibility indicators connect to survey responses provided by the community to uncover the community's mobility challenges. A sample resident survey for community needs assessments is available online at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/project-development-tools/.
Note: The Program Administrator recognizes the need for flexibility in data analysis, data sources, and survey questions due to the lack of quality publicly available data and varying local 39 Walkability Index (MapServer): https://geodata.epa.gov/arcgis/rest/services/OA/WalkabilityIndex/MapServer 40 2016-2020 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates: https://data.census.gov/cedsci/table?q=United%20States 41 Average fueling cost: https://gasprices.aaa.com/?state=CA 42 2016-2020 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates:
https://data.census.gov/cedsci/table?q=median%20household%20income&t=Income%20%28Households,%20Families,%20Indi viduals%29%3AHousehold%20and%20Family&tid=ACSST5Y2020.S1901 43 Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics Data: https://lehd.ces.census.gov/data/ 252
36 conditions. The survey templates provided are not a strict list of required questions and can be modified to best suit the local community’s needs. Additionally, the available U.S. Census data and other accessibility indicators needed to complete a Transportation Access Data Analysis may not accurately reflect all communities. If these conditions exist, please contact the Program Administrator for additional guidance. For example, due to varying organization capacity and project scope, additional documented community engagement activities as described below, may sufficiently capture how the proposed project is responsive to specific transportation needs of the community.
ii. Documented Community Engagement: Shows documented ongoing engagement with project area residents through at least two types of engagement strategies such as community forums, in-person or virtual workshops, webinars, house meetings, focus groups, interviews, etc. Please note that creative and accessible virtual engagements are encouraged due to special circumstances when in-person interactions are limited. iii. Final Report: This report must summarize the outcomes of the assessment. The application must demonstrate a direct connection between the needs assessment conclusions included in the report and a proposed project (e.g., target community/audience, scale of project, service model). For more details see Chapter II- Section Q.
d. Project Area Profile: Description of residents' geographical boundaries and basic demographics (through written and/or visual means by attaching a map). If applicable, identify the disadvantaged and low-income communities by address, census tracts, or tribal land designation.
e. Total Requested Voucher Amount: Only a total voucher amount requested must be included in the Phase 1 application. The current maximum award amount for each Mobility Project Voucher application is $1,500,000. A complete Mobility Project Budget worksheet will be required during Phase 2 application submission. f. Supporting Documentation for Applicant Eligibility Confirmation (where applicable):
i. A non-profit lead applicant must submit:
1. Evidence of their tax-exempt status with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 (Copy of the IRS Determination Letter) and their tax-exempt status under California State law (Copy of Exemption Letter from State of California Franchise Tax Board).
2. Evidence of at least one-year incorporation from the time of voucher application submission (Copy of Articles of Incorporation).
3. Evidence of being registered and in active and good standing with the California Secretary of State (Copy of Statement of Information and Certificate of Status). 253
37 ii. If the applicant is using a needs assessment previously funded by CTNA voucher and neither the lead applicant nor any of the sub-applicants are the former CTNA Awardee associated with that needs assessment, applicant must submit a letter of support from the CTNA Awardee. A letter of support is required to confirm that the CTNA Awardee has been informed and is in support of the use of their needs assessment report for this Mobility Project Voucher application. 44 2. Phase 2 Application Requirements
Qualified applications approved during Phase 1 will be notified by the Program Administrator of advancement to proceed to Phase 2 and submit a Final Application by the application deadline.
The Final Application consists of the following components:
a. Project Narrative and Team Profile Details: This is a detailed description of the project proposal, including key activities to be conducted for planning, development, and operations. This must also include a disclosure of any required public process for approval of the project, including who has the authority to approve, process for approval, and anticipated approval timelines. In addition, if there is an “additional transportation enhancement” component in your proposal, it should be noted in this section. Additional transportation enhancements are described in Section E.4 of this manual.
b. Project Milestone Schedule: This is an estimated timeline for the life of the project, including all project activities and interim steps needed to implement the project and operate the service for a minimum of 4 years. The schedule should include milestones for the planning and construction, deployment and operation, and reporting of the project's implementation. Applicants may submit a draft project milestone schedule with their application and an updated version within 1 month after voucher execution (recommended for projects still in the development stages). c. Community Outreach Plan: Detailed description of the targeted strategy to engage the identified community residents through outreach and education. Identify key partners, their roles for outreach and education, and their knowledge and experience within the community. Description of the proposed plan to engage residents during all stages of the project, promote and advertise the service to potential users, and plan for outreach to local businesses, or other stakeholders who may be affected by new construction or other aspects of the project.
d. Community Resource Contributions: Applicants must demonstrate that they are prepared to supplement voucher funding with community investments in the form of “resource contributions.” Resource contributions are assets contributed to the project 44 Projects must rely on the service models and other community needs and preferences found from the needs assessment developed as a result of the CTNA voucher. In addition, the MPV project area must be the same or contained within the CTNA project area and the target community/audience must have been engaged in the needs assessment. 254
38 to support long-term sustainability to meet the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term that includes a minimum of 4 years of service operation and beyond. Assets do not need to be monetary, and applicants are not required to estimate the monetary value of the contributions but are highly encouraged to provide an estimated value where possible.
To satisfy the eligibility requirements for resource contributions, the applicant must demonstrate in their application that they can provide a minimum of five of the resource types described in Table 3 below. There is no minimum dollar amount or match requirement. Resource contributions are not eligible for payment through voucher funding. Contributions must be reasonably documented in the application.
Applicants should submit at least one document from the example supporting documents listed in Table 3 to demonstrate each item (however, it is encouraged to submit as many documents as necessary to show reasonable support). Applicants must provide evidence and tracking of their resource contributions consistent with the project reporting requirements.
Table 3. Community Resource Contributions
Eligible Resource Contribution Types Examples for Supporting Documentation
1. Relationships with project-relevant
community groups or Community-Based
Organizations (CBOs) (partnerships that are not
part of core partner team)
● Letter of support
● Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
● List of CBOs or community groups
● Description of involvement / benefit to
project
2. Coordination with non-CARB and non-CEC
funded research initiatives that connect to
clean mobility broadly and/or are projectrelated (during the Voucher Agreement Term) ● Research contracts or grants
● MOUs
● Research product deliverables
● Data sharing agreements
3. Project-related labor costs (up to 1 year prior
to voucher application submission date) for
either of the following:
● Time sheets
● Budget
● Task description / duty statements
● Community Transportation Needs
Assessment documents
255
39 Eligible Resource Contribution Types Examples for Supporting Documentation ● Community Transportation Needs
Assessments45
● Other directly project-related labor
(planning, construction, outreach, etc.)
that will benefit the project
4. Project-related labor costs during Voucher
Funding Term46that are not paid through
voucher funds, including but not limited to:
● Partnership development and planning
● Infrastructure permitting and
construction
● Outreach and marketing
● Operations
● Program management
● Executive leadership, involvement, or
buy-in
● Quality control, quality assurance,
oversight, and accountability
● Workforce training and development
● Research and evaluation of project
● Volunteer labor
● Time sheets
● Budget
● Task description / duty statements
● Other documentation as applicable
5. Project-related materials or assets already
owned by project participants and/or donated
to the project that will be used during the
Voucher Funding Term. Examples include:
● Event venues
● Outreach and education
expenses/assets, including but not
limited to:
o Advertising
o Community meetings and
outreach events
o Broadcast media
o Printing and mailing
o Travel expenses
o Reporting
● Invoices
● Budget
● Contract
● Grant agreement
● Letter of commitment
● Work plan
● Description of benefit to project
45 A Community Transportation Needs Assessment funded through the CMO Voucher Pilot Program cannot qualify as a Resource Contribution for a Mobility Project application. To use a community transportation needs assessment as a community resource contribution, the assessment must have been conducted within 1 year prior to the date of application submittal. 46 Labor costs counted as a Resource Contribution cannot be paid by the CMO voucher fund. 256
40 Eligible Resource Contribution Types Examples for Supporting Documentation o Websites
o Newsletters
● Web platforms and software
● Travel expenses
● Other
6. Technology and Equipment47 already owned
by project participants and/or donated to the
project that will be used during the Voucher
Funding Term. Examples include:
● Vehicles and associated hardware
acquisition
● ADA Retrofits
● Necessary and appropriate workplace
and safety equipment
● Vehicle insurance
● Vehicle tracking
● EVSE infrastructure
● Hydrogen refueling station
● Web platforms and software
● Purchase documentation
● Permits
● Invoices
7. Energy or fuel costs during the Voucher
Funding Term (electricity or hydrogen)
● Energy bills
● Letter of commitment
● Budget
8. Donated or acquired land for infrastructure
or parking spaces
● Applicable documentation
9. Cash from other funding sources ● Applicable documentation
10. Credits generated by the Low Carbon Fuel
Standard (LCFS) that will be used during the
Voucher Funding Term.
● Applicable documentation
11. Resources (after end of Voucher Funding
Term) that will maintain the project through
the 4-year Project Operation Period
● See all the above for examples
● See above documentation for Labor
Costs
● MOU
● Contract
● Sustainability Plan
e. Mobility Project Voucher Budget Worksheet: Description of all project activities with estimated costs during the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term, itemized by project activities/tasks. Applicant must provide a clear, concise, and reasonable project budget 47 Project-related technology and equipment counted as a Resource Contribution may not be paid through the CMO Voucher fund.
257
41 that lists all payable activities with estimated cost and source of those funds in a logical sequence that leads to on-time completion of the project. The Mobility Project Voucher Budget Worksheet is available online on the CMO website. This budget sheet will become the basis for future payment requests.
f. Financial Sustainability Plan: A description of how the project can be sustainable after CMO grant funding is spent. This section of the application should describe strategies for financial sustainability and risk management, including:
i. Community resource contribution documentation (as described in Section 2.d). ii. Strategies to maintain the service for at least 4 years and to sustain it beyond the Project Operation Period.
iii. Plan for ensuring vehicles and equipment continue to serve the community if operation discontinues after 4 years.
g. Supporting Documentation for Phase 2 Applications (where applicable):
i. If the lead applicant is not a Community-Based Organization (CBO), a letter of support from a project-related CBO or local community group is required. 48 This
letter should explain how the CBO meets the minimum definition criteria listed below and demonstrates their support for the project. A project-related organization or group represents community members that will be impacted by the project or has a service background related to the type of project. Tribal applicants are exempt from this requirement. For the purposes of this program, CBO or local community group must meet a minimum of two of the following requirements:
1. The organization is place-based, with an explicit geographic focus area that includes the proposed project area.
2. Staff members, volunteers, or Board members reside in the community where the project is located.
3. The organization has a demonstrated track record of at least one year providing services in the proposed project area.
ii. If the lead applicant is a non-profit organization, they must submit a letter of commitment from a local or regional public agency that provides specific examples of how that agency will actively engage in project implementation. Sample letters are available on the CMO website at
https://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/application-materials/. iii. All sub-applicants and project partners on the application must provide a letter of commitment to express their support and commitment to the lead applicant and the 48 Please note that public agencies are not considered CBOs. 258
42 proposed project. This letter must include the sub-applicant's specific roles and responsibilities in the project.
H. APPLICATION SUBMITTAL AND EVALUATION PROCESS
Figure 1 (next page) provides an overview of the Mobility Project Voucher application evaluation process.
Figure 1- Mobility Project Voucher Application Evaluation Process 259
43 a. Phase 1 Applications will be accepted starting at 9:00 am Pacific Time (PT) on a date to be announced and posted on the CMO website at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org for each funding cycle (application window). Applications that meet minimum eligibility criteria will be deemed qualified. Qualified applications will be approved on a first-come, first-served basis, pending availability of funds. Approved 260
44 applications then will be notified by the Program Administrator to continue to Phase 2 Final Application submittal process49.
b. During Phase 1 application window, if applications received on the first day (11:59 pm PT by the same day) exceed the total funds available, the processing sequence for all applications submitted on the first day will be randomized and reviewed in the new randomized order to ensure equitability50. As a result, the final review order for evaluating applications will consist of all applications received on the first day in randomized order followed by timestamped applications received after the first day. Qualified applications will then be approved based on the final review order, pending availability of funds.
c. Applicants are highly encouraged to submit applications and supporting documentation by using the secure CMO online portal
https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/mpv-application/. However, hard copy applications are also accepted via mail to the address below.
i. Applicants may mail their application and supporting documentation to the Clean Mobility Options, address: CALSTART, 48 South Chester Avenue, Pasadena CA 91106.
ii. If mailed, submittal date will be determined by U.S. mail postmark. For security purposes, supporting documents that are sent on removable media (flash drives, CDs, DVDs, etc.) will not be accepted.
Note: Applications are not accepted by email.
d. Applications submitted through CMO online portal will instantly receive an automatic confirmation email. The Program Administrator will send an email notification to all applicants who submit their application by mail that their submission has been received within five calendar days of receipt. The Program Administrator will aim to notify applicants of the status of their application within 8 weeks.51 CARB may extend the submission period at its sole discretion. e. Timestamps are recorded in the following manner:
i. Online application submission: applications submitted via CMO online application portal will be timestamped at the time of submission and confirmed with an immediately sent confirmation email to the applicant with a copy to [email protected]
49 After funding is exhausted, unawarded qualified applications may be prioritized for future funding opportunities. However, the applicant understands and agrees that there is no guarantee that any additional funding opportunities will be available, and that CARB cannot provide assurance of future program funding. 50 Randomization is achieved using a trusted method from Random.org. 51 Depending on the number of applications submitted, it may take longer to respond to applicants; however, the goal is to notify applicants as soon as possible.
261
45 ii. Submission by mail: applications submitted by mail will be timestamped according to the postmarked date and time. Applicants may submit a copy of their postage submission receipt and make the request in writing that their receipt serves as the postmark date and time.
Note: Phase 1 applications received before the date and time of submission window opening will not be accepted. The CMO online portal allows the applicant to save progress while completing an application, return to complete at the later time, and share the application among team members. Applicants will need to manually submit applications on the date and time announced. The “submit” function will be enabled once the application window opens. f. During the Phase 1 application screening period, the Program Administrator may ask applicants to make minor corrections or clarifications (such as, clerical errors, miscalculations, missing signatures) if needed without losing their recorded timestamp or placing order. All eligible applicants must submit their clarification documents or modified application within 5 calendar days of receipt of their notification.
g. If the Program Administrator determines, at its discretion, that a clarification document requires CARB review, CARB may ask the applicant for additional information, in which case the time given for clarification or corrections will be the same as described previously.
h. Set-aside Funds:52
i. Applications from Tribal Governments: There is a set-aside fund specifically for eligible tribal governments. After application screening is complete, if unused funding remains in this particular allocation, it may be reallocated to either funding eligible needs assessment projects from tribal applicants or eligible mobility projects from non-tribal applicants. If there is still an unused amount after that, it will be returned to the general pool of funds. Please visit http://www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/ for current available funding amount.
ii. Applications from Window 1 Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher Awardees: There is a set-aside fund specifically for eligible mobility projects in previously funded CTNA Awardee communities. After application screening is complete, any unused funding remaining in this particular allocation may be reallocated to either funding eligible mobility projects or 52 If program receives additional funding, there may be more set-aside appropriations in addition to listed here, including additional fund for unfunded eligible applications from previous CMO application windows. 262
46 eligible needs assessment projects. If there is still an unused amount after that, it will be returned to the general pool of funds. 53 iii. MPV Awardees Plus up Funding: There is new additional funding available for current MPV funded projects. Window 1 and Window 2 MPV Awardees are now eligible for up to $300,000 in additional funding for their current awarded project without submitting a new application. This is in addition to the previously approved $500,000 plus up for Window 1 MPV Awardees. This new additional fund may be applied to a variety of eligible activities related to insurance compliance, capital acquisition, planning and operations, administration, outreach and marketing, participation in the CMEA meetings and other program activities in support of the project scope outlined in their voucher agreement and/or project expansion request. Awardees must submit an updated financial sustainability plan and a revised budget that justifies the need and use of additional funds. If Awardees request additional fund to expand the project scope, a written justification is required with supporting documents to demonstrate additional demand (e.g., documented community feedback, updated needs assessment, etc.). All required documents must be submitted to the Program Administrator for review and approval within 90 business days of receipt of notification email. The Program Administrator will work with each Awardee to process their voucher agreement amendment.
i. Ineligible Applications: Applications that do not meet minimum eligibility criteria will be rejected. The Program Administrator will aim to notify ineligible applicants within 4 weeks after the review process is completed. The Program Administrator may provide feedback and guidance to rejected applicants regarding how to improve the quality of their applications to meet the CMO eligibility criteria. j. Application Withdrawal During Screening Period: In the event that an applicant wishes to remove their application from consideration, the applicant must submit a written request to withdraw their application to the Program Administrator and submit it to [email protected].
Note on Duplicate Applications: During Phase 1 Application, if the Program Administrator receives more than one application with the same service model in the same project area, the first qualified application received may be approved for funding and other application(s) may be rejected54. For example, if two applications request funds for bikeshare service in the same project area, only the first application may receive fund. The Program Administrator may 53 Eligible tribal government CTNA applicants will first be considered in the set-aside fund for tribal applicants, and if oversubscribed, then considered in the set-aside fund for CTNA Awardees. 54 Applications are considered to have the same project area if there is any geographic overlap in the proposed eligible project area. This does not include any area outside the project area where services may operate. 263
47 contact applicants in the event of a duplicated applications for further clarification before disqualifying any of the applications.
I. VOUCHER AGREEMENT PROCESS
1. Voucher Award and Mobility Project Voucher Agreement Lead applicants who are awarded vouchers are deemed Awardees. The Program Administrator will send a Notice of Intent to Award to all Awardees within six weeks after the Phase 2 evaluation process is completed.55 Awardees are required to sign and execute the Voucher Agreement with the Program Administrator no more than 180 calendar days from the date of a Notice of Intent to Award.
The Executed Voucher Agreement is an Awardee’s signed contract with the Program Administrator to meet program requirements throughout project development and implementation. The Voucher Agreement is subject to material terms related to compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). Further, the Voucher Agreement will prohibit payment of any funds under the agreement should the Program Administrator or CARB find that the applicant cannot meet CEQA requirements described in Appendix D of this manual. Upon finalization of the Voucher Agreement, the Program Administrator will generate a list of required documentation that the Awardee must complete and provide in order to submit voucher payment requests. The Voucher Agreement terms are not negotiable, and Awardees must abide by all the requirements in the Voucher Agreement and the CMO Implementation Manual, including all applicable terms and conditions set forth in Chapter III of this manual.
The Executed Voucher Agreement is the Program Administrator’s promise to pay Awardee for approved costs and project activities according to Awardee’s project scope and budget contingent on meeting all the terms and conditions set forth in this manual and the Voucher Agreement (among other things, on the requirement that the Awardee demonstrates the project is exempt from CEQA). For more details please see the Voucher Agreement Template on the CMO website.
2. Supporting Documents Required for the Voucher Agreement Execution When applicants are approved for voucher awards, they must submit additional supporting documents before the Voucher Agreement can be executed. The Program Administrator will provide the list of required documents for each Awardee prior to signing the Voucher Agreement. These documents include, but may not be limited to:
a. For applicants who are non-profit organizations and public agencies:
55 Depending on the number of applications submitted, it may take a longer period to respond to applicants; however, the goal is to notify applicants as soon as possible.
264
48 i. Approved Resolution or documentation of approval of the project from the governing board that will commit the agency/organization to comply with the requirements of the program; to accept the funds; and to allocate any funding that the Awardee has committed to be part of a project plan upon executing the Voucher Agreement.
56 ii. Signed Conflict of Interest Forms and Confidentiality Agreements are required as part of the Voucher Agreement and will be provided to the Awardee by the Program Administrator.
iii. Additional documentation (e.g., permits, fiscal sponsor agreements, sub-contractor agreements) may be required based on applicant type, project approach and service model.
b. For Tribal government applicants (where applicable):
i. Approved Resolution or documentation of approval of the project from the tribal council or tribal chairperson before execution of the Voucher Agreement. A tribal council can refer to the tribal governing body or primary decision-making executive, such as President/Governor, but must be the highest level of leadership within the tribal unit, individually or as a council. For funds awarded to a Federally Recognized Tribe, a fund transfer to the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) may be necessary. ii. BIA Consent: Federally Recognized Tribal applicants shall obtain Bureau of Indian Affairs consent to the applicant’s execution and recordation (as applicable) of all required documents that are subject to 25 C.F.R. Section 152.34 or 25 C.F.R. Section 162.12, all before execution of the Voucher Agreement.
iii. Limited Waiver of Sovereign Immunity: For applicants that are Federally Recognized Tribes or Federally Recognized Tribal controlled entities, all such applicants shall provide and execute a limited waiver of sovereign immunity agreeing to the personal and subject matter jurisdictions of state court and shall require at a minimum, compliance with state construction standards and regulations. Sovereign immunity waiver language shall be included in the Voucher Agreement and all regulatory and loan or grant agreements, all of which may be accomplished by incorporating by reference a separately executed sovereign immunity waiver instrument. The Program Administrator will provide the template and must be attached to the Resolution and signed by CARB’s Executive Officer. iv. Signed Conflict of Interest Forms and Confidentiality Agreements are required as part of the Voucher Agreement and will be provided to the Awardee by the Program Administrator.
56 If the public agency or non-profit organization does not have a governing board, then a binding written commitment from an authorizing official of the agency/organization will be required to fulfill this requirement. 265
49 3. Voucher Funding Expiration
Awardees can submit payment requests for approved costs and project activities during the 4- year Voucher Funding Term at any time during the Voucher Agreement Term in accordance with their project milestone schedule and voucher redemption requirements in the Voucher Agreement.
a. Extension Request: If the Awardee experiences unforeseen circumstances that delay a project (such as prolonged infrastructure permitting, underground issues during construction, etc.), Awardee may request to extend the Voucher Agreement Term 90 days beyond the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term.
b. Operations Launch: Projects must launch operation of the service model for end-users within 15 months of an official kick-off meeting date. Operations Launch date is the date is when participants first begin using the service(s). If multiple service models are included in the project, then at least one must have been fully launched to start the Operation Period. Awardees must receive a Notice to Launch Services confirmation from the Program Administrator before beginning service operations. The Notice to Launch Services confirmation includes the date of Operations Launch, confirms Awardee has completed relevant orientation meetings (e.g., kick-off meeting, finance training, etc.) and submitted all materials needed for launch. Awardee must receive the Notice to Launch Services confirmation from the Program Administrator at minimum one week before the Operations Launch Date (before any operations begin).
J. VOUCHER REDEMPTION REQUIREMENTS
1. Payment Request General Requirements
Voucher payments will be made to Awardees based upon payable tasks/milestones with associated approved costs per the Voucher Agreement’s scope of work after Voucher Agreement is executed and all required insurance items are deemed compliant. The Voucher Funding Term is at least 4 years from the date that Voucher Agreement is executed. This means CMO funding can be used for all approved costs during the Planning and Construction Period and the first 3 years of service operation. During year 5 and until the end of the Voucher Agreement term, only administrative activities can be paid by CMO voucher funds.
Sub-applicants and other contractors and vendors may be eligible for direct payment as “Registered Vendors” but must be approved by the Program Administrator prior to submitting payment requests (See Section J.3.g for more details).
To receive voucher funding, Awardees must submit a Payment Request Form according to the type of cost incurred (Payment Request Form will be available on the CMO website).
Awardees may begin to submit payment requests when costs are incurred, and corresponding insurance requirements are met. For example, if the payment request is associated with the vehicle purchase, Awardees must be in compliance with CMO vehicle insurance requirements in 266
50 order to be reimbursed. Payment request must include detailed documentation of deliverables in accordance with the payable task/milestone schedule per Voucher Agreement terms. Please note that only administrative costs can be paid for work between the voucher execution date and insurance compliance. Examples of administrative activities include but are not limited to time spent on insurance compliance, orientation meetings, and CMEA attendance.
The following supporting documents are required where applicable to demonstrate that costs have been incurred and work/milestone is completed:
a. Vehicles: Payment requests for vehicles, bicycles, scooters, or other micromobility devices must include a purchase invoice or lease agreement, proof of ownership (i.e., copy of vehicle registration or leasing documents), proof of insurance, and vehicle identification number. Awardees must notify the Program Administrator once they have taken possession of all their voucher-funded vehicles. All vehicles must be registered in California and comply with CMO insurance requirements and vehicle eligibility requirements described in this manual. To request payment for vehicle costs, Awardee must submit completed MPV Capital Cost Reimbursement Form, along with supporting documentation. This form will be available on the CMO website.
If Awardee requests that payment be assigned directly to the third-party registered vendor (see Section J.3.g for more details), Awardee should work with the Program Administrator to arrange for submitting their proof of vehicle ownership and other required supporting documents in a timely manner.
b. Infrastructure: Payment requests for infrastructure may include equipment costs, labor costs, and fees related to construction and installation. Where applicable, payment requests for infrastructure must include proof of purchase, proof of ownership (i.e., copy of registration documents and photo of installation), site’s location and address, proof of obtained permits and permissions to install infrastructure at the location from the site owner and any other responsible entity (including EVITP requirements and relevant public agency in the case of public right-of-way), and CEQA documents (including the notice of exemption documents and CEQA Worksheet). All infrastructure equipment must comply with infrastructure eligibility requirements described in this manual.
Note: The Voucher Agreement will prohibit payment of any funds under the agreement should the Program Administrator or CARB find that the Awardee cannot meet the CEQA requirement described in Appendix D of this manual. If no permits/permissions are required, a declaration of such must be included.
c. Solar PV Infrastructure: In addition to the documentation for infrastructure stated previously, payment for solar PV installation is also contingent on providing at least one of the following supporting documents:
267
51 1. A copy of the official Permission to Operate (PTO) notification from the local electric utility, AND a signed compliance affidavit that the solar PV system complies with all program regulations or,
2. Alternatively, if the solar PV system is receiving funding from the Solar on Multifamily Affordable Housing (SOMAH) Program, a copy of the submitted SOMAH Incentive Claim Form (ICF-V1-2019) along with all required attachments and affidavits.
d. Other approved activities: To request payment for other project activities, Awardees must submit completed Payment Request Form, along with supportive documents of completed tasks and deliverables in accordance with their Voucher Agreement terms57. e. Updated Project Milestone Schedule: Awardees may be asked to include an updated Project Milestone Schedule when submitting a payment request only if there are any major changes in project timeline or milestones. The milestone schedule itemizes each approved activity (capital, outreach, operation, voucher administration, etc.) and the date(s) applicant plans to request payment for each during the Voucher Agreement Term. The schedule must include at least one payable milestone (e.g., a single payment) and could include up to 36 milestones (e.g., monthly payments for 3 years). Please see the Project Milestone Schedule Template on CMO website. f. Timely Submission of Quarterly Status Reports: Awardees must meet all requirements for project documentation in order to receive payment, including timely submission of Quarterly Status Reports, responses to any outstanding data collection, survey responses and/or other supporting documents required by the Program Administrator, CARB or CEC. Awardees must complete and submit a Quarterly Status Report at least quarterly, including contents and the schedule described in Section K.1. g. Other Supporting documents (if applicable): Awardees may be required to submit other supportive documents, if necessary, as part of payment requests, including:
i. Supportive community input on infrastructure and service that are located outside of the project area.
ii. Vehicle and equipment updated insurance requirements if applicable. iii. EVITP certification of electricians installing charging infrastructure. iv. Additional documentation may be required based on the project type and location. 57 Labor cost reimbursement may need to include verification of pay rates supported by payroll documentation, includes staff hours used and billed along with their hourly rates.
268
52 2. Compliance with the Voucher Agreement Terms and Conditions Awardee must attest that the project complies with all program terms and conditions set forth in this manual and the Voucher Agreement. If the owner of vehicle(s) or micromobility devices (Fleet Owner) is different from the Awardee, a Fleet Owner must also agree that they will abide by the terms and conditions of the Voucher Agreement.
The Voucher Agreement and Payment Request Form are legally binding and enforceable agreements to meet the requirements of the program. Awardee is responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the vehicles, micromobility devices, equipment, and all subcontractors’ information on the Voucher Agreement and Payment Request Form that are submitted to the Program Administrator. Submission of false information on any of these forms may result in cancellation of the Voucher Agreement and recapturing of funds. In addition, CARB and/or CEC may seek other remedies available by law.
3. Payment Request Timing
a. Minimum and maximum number of payments: Awardees may choose the date and frequency of their payment requests. At minimum, Awardees must submit one payment request confirming to the general requirements above in order to receive payment. Submission of at least one payment request per quarter is recommended.
Please note that payment request submittals for eligible activities during the Voucher Funding Term (up to 15 months for Planning and Construction + first 3 years of service operation) can be made at any time during the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term. b. First payment request: The first payment request submitted may be for planning, capital (i.e., vehicles or infrastructure) and/or other project activities. The first payment request can only be made after insurance is fully compliant. Requested payments may include administrative activities conducted after voucher execution and before insurance compliance. At the time of the first payment request, Awardees must demonstrate that all applicable documents listed in Section J.1 are submitted and provide any additional supporting documents required by the Program Administrator. c. Payment request(s) 3 months after the voucher execution date: Awardees that did not include an experienced partner in their application (a team member who has at least one year of experience operating mobility services) must have a contract with an entity listed in the Clean Mobility Directory (or an entity who meets the minimum qualification criteria to be on the Directory but is not currently listed) within 3 months of the Voucher Agreement execution date.
Awardees cannot request a payment associated with capital costs (vehicles, micromobility devices, and infrastructure) until a mobility operator is under contract. In addition, Awardees may only be paid up to total $10,000 for any other activities (such 269
53 as, planning, outreach, and voucher administration) incurred before fulfilling this requirement.
Any payment requests after 3 months of the voucher execution date are contingent upon and will be processed only if the Awardee provides documents that a contract with either a Directory entrant or a mobility operator is in place. d. Payment requests 15 months after the kick-off meeting date (deadline for Operations Launch): Projects must launch full operations of the mobility service(s) for end-users within 15 months of an official kick-off meeting date. That means within 15 months following the kick-off meeting date, Awardee must notify the Program Administrator that a milestone for the Operations Launch is met by confirming all requirements for Launch are met. A Notice to Launch Services confirmation will be sent from the Program Administrator team at minimum one week before service operations may begin.
58 e. Payment requests after 50 percent of awarded funding is expended: Before requesting any payment from the second half of awarded voucher funds, applicants must provide an attestation that the project has secured all needed permits, met required milestones, and the community resource contribution documents are current. f. Final payment request: Awardees can make their final payment request within 30 calendar days after the end of the Voucher Agreement Term. Any unrequested funds remaining at that time will expire and may be reallocated at CARB’s discretion.
Note: Awardee may request a deadline extension for an additional 3 months beyond any of the expiration dates mentioned above. The extension request(s) must be submitted to the Program Administrator in writing at least one month prior to the expiration date(s). The Program Administrator will review and approve extension requests on a case-by-case basis. g. Direct payments to third parties: In order to assist Awardees with managing cash flow, Awardees may request that payments be assigned directly to third-party Registered Vendors. In the event of such payment assignment, the following conditions apply:
i. Awardee and the Program Administrator must approve a party to be designated as a “Registered Vendor” in advance of making an associated payment request. ii. To be eligible as a Registered Vendor, the party must be an incorporated business in good standing with the California Secretary of State and not be barred from other CARB or CEC programs.
58 A Notification to Launch Services is a confirmation email from the Program Administrator that the Awardee completed and submitted all relevant items for Operations Launch.
270
54 iii. To become a Registered Vendor, the party must complete a registration form agreeing to program terms and conditions. The registration form and other required documents will be available on CMO website.
iv. To assign a payment to a Registered Vendor, Awardee must submit a completed Third-Party Vendor Payment Assignment Registration Form that indicates which funds should go to the vendor as an assigned payee. Both the Awardee and vendor must sign the form.
v. Awardee must agree to payment terms with the Registered Vendor directly. vi. Program Administrator assumes no risk of fees for late payment and faces no liability for damages or injunctive relief in the event of late payment or other terms with qualified vendors.
vii. Awardee is responsible for general terms and conditions, duties, and requirements associated with the equipment or other purchase.
4. Project Design and Budget Modifications
After the Voucher Agreement is executed, Awardees may request approval to amend their project design and scope of work or budget on a case-by-case basis. Line-item shifts of up to 25 percent of each expense category may be made by the Awardee during the Voucher Agreement Term with the Program Administrator's approval, as long as the total voucher amount is unchanged and all other voucher redemption requirements are met. If the line-item shift is more than 25 percent, applicants must justify the reason for the amendment. No amendment or variation of the terms of the Voucher Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing, signed by the parties, and approved as required. No oral understanding or agreement is binding on any of the parties.
5. Enforcement of Vouchers
a. Awardees are responsible for meeting the terms and conditions set forth in the Voucher Agreement and this manual. Vouchers and funds are awarded on the condition of several responsibilities. The Program Administrator may cancel the Voucher Agreement if the Awardee fails to meet the program terms and conditions. b. CARB, CEC and the Program Administrator have oversight responsibility for the CMO Program. The Program Administrator acts as CARB’s designee. For references to the CEC’s oversight, enforcement, audit, and other associated rights throughout this Manual, this only pertains to projects funded partially or wholly by CEC. c. CARB, CEC and the Program Administrator reserve the right to conduct site visits, evaluation, review, or an audit of the project over the term of the Voucher Agreement. d. CARB and CEC, as intended third-party beneficiaries, reserve the right to enforce the terms of the CMO at any time during the Voucher Agreement term. 271
55 e. Submission of false information on any required documents may be considered a criminal offense and is punishable under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California. CARB, CEC or their designees may recoup the CMO voucher funds which were received based upon misinformation or fraud, or for which the lead applicant or its subcontractors, mobility service provider, or vehicle and equipment purchaser or lessee is in significant or continual non-compliance with this Implementation Manual or State law. If an applicant is found to provide misinformation or fraudulent documents, CARB or its designee reserves the right to forward applicant or Awardee information to the Franchise Tax Board or other appropriate agency. Applicants and Awardees should also be aware that the California False Claims Act permits the Attorney General to bring a civil law enforcement action to recover treble damages and civil penalties against any person who knowingly makes or uses a false statement or document to either obtain money or property from the State or avoid paying or transmitting money or property to the State. CARB also retains the authority to prohibit any entity from participating in CMO Voucher Pilot Program due to non-compliance with project requirements or fraud which includes attempted fraud.
6. Case Evaluation
Applications that have been denied by the Program Administrator may request a case evaluation within 10 calendar days of the date that application was denied. The letter must set forth all facts that form the basis for the case evaluation request. If the only basis for a case evaluation request is that the applicant disagrees with the policies or requirements set forth in the Voucher Agreement or the Implementation Manual, there is no basis for a case evaluation request. A formal letter requesting a case evaluation must be postmarked within 10 calendar days from the date that the application was rejected and be mailed to the following:
CMO Case Evaluations
Mobile Source Control Division 5th floor
1001 I St., Post Office Box 2815
Sacramento, California 95812
Electronic submissions via email to [email protected] are highly encouraged.
However, requests by fax or phone will not be considered. During a case evaluation, CARB staff seek to determine whether or not the Program Administrator’s decision comports with CMO terms and conditions and the Implementation Manual. The CARB Project Liaison will provide a written response to the request within 60 calendar days of receipt. Depending upon scope and complexity, some case evaluations can take longer to complete. CARB’s decision shall be final and binding.
272
56 K. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Awardees must provide information on project implementation to the Program Administrator on a regular basis, beginning after Voucher Agreement execution throughout the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term. Awardees must also submit an end-of-project Final Report 30 days before project completion (or Voucher Agreement end date, whichever occurs sooner). This section addresses the datasets and reporting mechanisms for satisfying these requirements.
1. Reporting Procedure
a. Quarterly Status Reports: Project data must be reported to the Program Administrator at least quarterly throughout the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term. Data will be included and/or attached with quarterly status reports. During the Voucher Agreement Term, these reports may be required in order to redeem vouchers and request payments. Quarterly status reports must include the following:
i. Description of progress on the project, including expected (or past due) launch date, any realized or expected delays to meet project milestones, and deviations from community outreach plan.
ii. Description and documentation of Community Resource Contributions delivered in the previous quarter.
iii. Data on vehicles, equipment, travel activity, outreach, and jobs creation as described in Appendix F. Data Collection Requirements.
iv. Number and type of any transportation enhancement incentives provided or deployed.
v. The Program Administrator may require that data be reported in specific formats and will provide templates or other tools in support of these specifications where feasible. The Program Administrator may also accept data directly from the project’s mobility service provider when the Awardee grants permission for data to be transmitted directly.
vi. Quarterly status reports and all data reporting are due on set dates throughout the Voucher Agreement Term. Awardees should collect data up to 15 days prior to reporting submission date. If the date falls on a weekend, the report is due on the following Monday.59
vii. A program feedback survey will be issued to support the program evaluation conducted by the Program Administrator. The survey responses will be required as part of project status reporting and will be administered on a frequency determined by the Program Administrator. The survey will cover overall program satisfaction, 59 The first Quarterly Status Report is due after the first full quarter of project activities has been completed. The Program Administrator will notify Awardee of their first reporting period due dates after voucher execution. 273
57 technical assistance, CMEA, and other program components. See Appendix F, Section F-2.E for sample question topics.
b. Final Report: A Final Report must be received by the Program Administrator 30 calendar days before Voucher Agreement end date, or 30 calendar days prior to project completion date, whichever comes first. The Final Report must have the following information at a minimum:
i. Overview of the project from inception through project end, including project background, partnerships, and funding sources.
ii. Table and narrative of project milestones.
iii. Results of initial participant survey and updates, including intake/sign-up survey, post-trip survey and user survey.
iv. Changes in participant knowledge of and acceptance of advanced technology clean vehicles.
v. Electricity and fuel usage information for project vehicles, chargers and other refueling equipment.
vi. Jobs and workforce development.
vii. Other co-benefits to the identified disadvantaged, low-income, or tribal community as mutually agreed upon between the Awardee and the Program Administrator. viii. Accounting reports, including expenditure, and supporting documentation. ix. Best practices and lessons learned.
x. Other data required by the Program Administrator, CARB or CEC to estimate GHG emission reductions.
Note: Final Reports may be published on CARB’s and CEC’s websites. The reports should be polished documents that are accessible, readable, and meet ADA requirements consistent with those that are published on CARB, CEC, and affiliate websites. The Program Administrator will provide formatting requirements to all Awardees.
2. Required Datasets
Types of data required for project status reporting to the Program Administrator are detailed in Appendix F. Data Collection Requirements. Required data will vary depending on different phases of the project, as described below.
a. During the Planning and Construction Period (pre-operation launch), the following subsets of data from Appendix F must be reported where applicable:
i. Section F-2.E Community Engagement Survey
ii. Section F-3.A Vehicle and Infrastructure Equipment Specifications 274
58 iii. Section F-3.C Job Creation and Workforce Training iv. Section F-3.D Membership/Participation Data (if sign-ups occur prior to launch) v. Section F-3.E Community Engagement and Outreach
b. During the Project Operations Period (post-launch), all data points from Appendix F must be reported.
3. User Surveys
Awardees must administer user surveys throughout the Project Operations Period. Surveys must be administered to each project user at the time of the user’s enrollment or first-use of the service. Subsequent to this enrollment survey, at least annually, surveys must be administered to all users. Survey questions provided by the Program Administrator will reflect the requirements in Appendix F and will be worded consistently across all surveys over time.
The Program Administrator will provide all required survey templates. These include intake/sign-up survey, post-trip survey and user survey. While Awardees are encouraged to include customized questions in the user survey based on local goals, the surveys will include a set of questions required by the Program Administrator. The Program Administrator will host the survey on a secure third-party platform. A no-cost license for the platform will be provided to the Awardee.
4. GHG Emissions Quantification
The Program Administrator will calculate an initial estimated GHG emission reduction for each project based on data provided by the lead applicant, using the most updated quantification methodology developed by CARB. Minimum data requirements are found in Appendix F, Section F-1. Any further requirements will be provided to lead applicants after Phase 1 of the application process is completed. The Program Administrator may request GHG emissions data to be submitted during Phase 2 of the application process. Depending on the service model(s) and the transportation components, additional information may be required after the Voucher Agreement is executed to finalize this quantification. Final submission of GHG emissions quantification data is required before the first Quarterly Status Report or Operations Launch, whichever occurs first.
CHAPTER II. COMMUNITY TRANSPORTATION NEEDS ASSESSMENT VOUCHER This chapter contains eligibility criteria and program guidelines specific to the Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher (Needs Assessment Voucher or CTNA). The Needs Assessment Voucher is intended to support under-resourced communities in evaluating transportation gaps and identifying mobility challenges, needs, preferences, and priorities of local residents. This voucher award enables applicants to conduct a comprehensive needs assessment and if applicable begin planning and developing a reliable mobility project that help 275
59 residents overcome these challenges. Needs assessments may address transportation solutions beyond just those that are eligible for CMO Mobility Project Voucher funding.
Meaningful and representative community engagement is crucial to ensuring that residents' feedback in under-resourced communities directly inform transportation planning and guides investments.
A needs assessment project should build capacity in the community by providing education to residents on clean transportation and mobility options, so that residents are fully informed and can play a meaningful role in transportation planning and decision-making in their community.
Needs Assessment Awardees must identify community transportation challenges, needs, and priority solutions by directly engaging residents. As appropriate, the educational component should include building awareness of clean transportation opportunities available to residents, such as clean vehicle purchase incentives.
A needs assessment project includes conducting quantitative data analysis, direct community engagement, and presenting results in a report that sets the groundwork for clean transportation investments in a community. Needs assessments should be an iterative process that builds trust and develops relationships between project implementers, local decisionmakers, community representatives, and residents. Needs Assessment Awardees can use the information and feedback from their assessment to prepare a Clean Mobility Options project voucher application, or another applicable project or grant application that will benefit their community.
L. APPLICANT ELIGIBILITY
1. Lead Applicant
The lead applicant is defined as the organization to whom the voucher fund will be assigned to and who will enter into an agreement with the Program Administrator. The lead applicant organization will assume responsibility for the administration of voucher funds, managing the project activities, meeting project milestones, and taking an overall lead in coordination among partners to achieve the goals of CMO Voucher Pilot Program. The lead applicant may partner with other organizations to apply for a Needs Assessment Voucher. If an application is awarded, the lead applicant will be the primary voucher recipient (Awardee) responsible for project performance. The lead applicant must be either a public agency, non-profit organization, or Tribal government consistent with the criteria below:
a. Non-profit organization that qualifies for tax-exempt status with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 and are also tax-exempt under California state law, consistent with the following requirements:
i. The non-profit organizationmust have been incorporated for at least one year prior to the time of application submittal.
276
60 ii. Non-profit organizations must at all times be registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State.60
iii. The organization must be based in California or have at least one full-time staff person based primarily in California.
iv. If the entity is an unincorporated non-profit or is not registered at the time of application submittal, they must utilize a fiscal sponsor to serve as a lead applicant and conduct financial management and administrative functions for them on their behalf. The fiscal sponsor must be tax-exempt with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 and tax-exempt under California state law, and also registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State. b. Tribal governments, including all Federally Recognized Tribes in California listed on the most recent notice of the Federal Register, and other non-federally recognized California tribal governments, including those listed on the California Tribal Consultation List maintained by the California Native American Heritage Commission. c. Federal, State, or local government entities based in California, including but not limited to, City, County, Metropolitan Planning Organization, Council of Government, Joint Powers Authority, local or regional transit agency, local Air Quality Management District or Air Pollution Control District, and public school District. i. Local special purpose districts such as school districts or library districts can apply independently of the city or county with which they are associated. ii. Individual departments within an agency (such as a City Transportation Department), or individual facilities within a special purpose district (such as a library or school), can participate with their governing agency or district as the lead applicant. They are not considered distinct applicants from their governing body.
Please note that each lead applicant may only submit one application for the Needs Assessment Voucher during each application window, except when the project area is in an unincorporated community, where no city government represents the project area (please note that for the purposes of this program, tribal land is not considered an unincorporated community). In this instance, eligible lead applicants may submit up to three applications only when all proposed project areas are entirely within unincorporated County jurisdiction.
The lead applicant may participate as a sub-applicant in other applications. 60 Certain non-profits that are tribally chartered corporations under tribally enacted laws may be exempt from registration with the California Secretary of State.
277
61 2. Sub-Applicant
Sub-applicants are project partners who are sub-contracted by the lead applicant organization for specific purposes and/or services. They enter into a partnership with the lead applicant and other eligible organizations to apply for the Needs Assessment Voucher funding. Subapplicants may include but are not limited to organizations that provide community outreach services, transportation planning, technical assistance, and data analytics. Sub-applicants may be public, private, tribal governments, or non-profit organizations. a. All sub-applicants must provide a letter of commitment to express their support and commitment to the lead applicant and for the proposed project. This letter must include the sub-applicant specific roles and responsibilities the sub-applicant will be providing in the project.
b. A single entity may participate as a sub-applicant in multiple applications. c. All non-profit and private organizations must be registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State at the time of application submittal. If the entity is an unincorporated non-profit, they must have a contract with a fiscal sponsor who is tax-exempt with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 and tax-exempt under California state law and also registered and in active/good standing with the California Secretary of State to perform financial management and administrative functions for them on their behalf.
M. PROJECT AREA ELIGIBILITY
Eligible project areas for the Needs Assessment Voucher are identical to those eligible for the Mobility Project Voucher. Eligible project areas are within at least one of the following geographies:61
1. SB 535 Disadvantaged Communities.
2. AB 1550 Low-income Communities and Low-income households.
3. Tribal lands, only when within SB 535 Disadvantaged Communities or AB 1550 Lowincome Communities. For the purposes of this program, “tribal lands” include any property owned by a Tribal Government or California Native American tribal authority and is not limited to Federally Recognized reservations.62 61 The geographic area(s) selected as the project area does not need to be a single contiguous area. If non-contiguous the project area selected must still comply with the above criteria. 62 All federally recognized lands included in the American Indian Areas Related National Geodatabase were designated as SB 535 Disadvantaged communities based on the May 2022 report found here. A tribe can establish that a particular area of land is under its control (even if not represented as such on CalEPA’s DAC map) by requesting a consultation with the CalEPA Deputy Secretary for Environmental Justice, Tribal Affairs and Border Relations at [email protected] . 278
62 The interactive map indicating eligible project areas is available on the CMO website at https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/project-area-mapping-tool/.
Note on Duplicated Applications: Only one Needs Assessment Voucher will be awarded for a single project area and target community/audience. If multiple lead applicants submit needs assessment voucher applications for the same project area and the same target community/audience, only the first eligible application received may be approved for a needs assessment voucher award.
N. ALLOWABLE VOUCHER FUNDS
Needs Assessment Vouchers will be awarded in the amount of up to $100,000. Awardee will be paid for all approved activities after the Voucher Agreement is executed. The list of eligible costs and project activities is included in Section P of this manual.
O. NEEDS ASSESSMENT ELIGIBLE METHODOLOGY
To be eligible for CTNA voucher award, the community transportation needs assessment must be consistent with the methodology described below. Sections O.1 through O.3 are required elements and Section O.4 is an optional element that may also be supported with voucher funds. The order below does not indicate a recommended process; the methodology developed should best suit the Awardee’s team and project area.
1. Transportation Access Data Analysis
This analysis is intended to identify and improve the understanding of travel behavior and gaps in transportation access within the project area. The analysis must include:
i. at least one survey of residents, and
ii. at least three additional data sources, which can include but are not limited to the accessibility indicators from the list below.
Surveys may be administered through in-person interviews, paper or online questionnaires, and options must be provided for residents that do not have access to a computer or the internet.
The Program Administrator will provide survey templates. Awardees are encouraged to use the survey platform provided by the Program Administrator to support technical assistance with survey development but will be given the option to use a platform of their choice to administer the surveys. It is recommended that outreach and educational activities occur in conjunction or before survey deployment. This can include activities listed in Section P, fact sheets that detail different service models, or other appropriate materials relevant to the community.
Accessibility indicators may include, but are not limited to the following:
a. U.S. EPA Walkability Index63
63 Walkability Index (MapServer): https://geodata.epa.gov/arcgis/rest/services/OA/WalkabilityIndex/MapServer 279
63 b. Vehicle ownership per household64
c. Cost of existing transit and average cost per week for fueling car65 d. Median household income66
e. Access to job opportunities67
f. Existing shared clean mobility projects in the community (e.g., bikeshare, electric shuttle or buses, electric carshare, etc.); existing public transit stops; and/or existing bikeways or designated bike routes.
The Transportation Access Data survey and indicator analysis should include a clear understanding of how the accessibility indicators impact the community and how the findings from the accessibility indicators connect to survey responses provided by the community to uncover the community's mobility challenges.
There is more information on how to access and use transportation access indicators on the CMO website at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/project-development-tools/.
Note: The Program Administrator recognizes the need for flexibility in data analysis, data sources and survey questions due to the lack of quality publicly available data and varying local conditions. The survey templates provided are not a strict list of required questions and can be modified to best suit the local community’s needs. Additionally, the available U.S. Census data and other accessibility indicators needed to complete a Transportation Access Data Analysis may not accurately reflect all communities. If these conditions exist, please contact the Program Administrator for additional guidance.
2. Community Engagement to Determine Transportation Gaps, Needs, and Preferences In addition to the survey and transportation access data indicator analysis, Awardees must conduct meaningful, broad-based, and representative community engagement to understand community perspectives on transportation needs and preferences for mobility solutions, and to build trust in the community.
Community engagement activities are intended to educate residents about zero-emission transportation options including electric vehicles and prepare residents to be able to share their input on preferred service models. Community members must be fully informed when discussing and prioritizing potential solutions to meet their transportation needs. For example, educational outreach and associated materials should be provided simultaneously or before soliciting feedback on service models. The activities listed below can act as forums to support 64 2016-2020 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates: https://data.census.gov/cedsci/table?q=United%20States 65 Average fueling cost: https://gasprices.aaa.com/?state=CA 66 2016-2020 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates:
https://data.census.gov/cedsci/table?q=median%20household%20income&t=Income%20%28Households,%20Families,%20Indi viduals%29%3AHousehold%20and%20Family&tid=ACSST5Y2020.S1901 67 Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics Data: https://lehd.ces.census.gov/data/ 280
64 community feedback and input and other materials shared with the community. Information should also be provided on existing CARB programs including the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program, Access Clean California project, Clean Cars 4 All, the Clean Vehicle Rebate Program, and Financing Assistance for Lower-Income Consumers (See CARB’s website for more details).
When designing community engagement include a clear discussion of community context and history of transportation inequities. Consider designing educational materials regarding clean mobility options relevant to the community context and focus on where direct input is sought to support community members providing informed responses. When compiling the feedback and input provided by community members and representative organizations, include strategies to address the following questions in the final report:
a. How are the community's existing transportation system(s) structured and what options being currently available? Who has access to the current options? b. What is the transportation planning process like in the community? Who is/are the lead entities and who has been traditionally involved or excluded from transportation planning?
c. What populations in the community are underrepresented? d. What are community perspectives on transportation needs, preferences, and input on potential mobility solutions?
Strategies deployed must satisfy the project eligibility criteria for meaningful community engagement described above. Voucher Awardees must conduct a minimum of two of the following types of engagement, in addition to the analysis or activities conducted for the Transportation Data Access Analysis discussed above in Section O.1. The list below provides approved types of engagement. However, the Program Administrator recognizes the need for flexibility in engagement due to localized cultural conditions. Other types of engagement can be approved on a case-by-case basis by the Program Administrator. a. Community Forum(s)
b. Public Workshop(s) or Meeting(s)
c. Webinar(s) or other accessible virtual platforms
d. Focus Groups (multiple)
e. House Meetings (multiple)
f. Interactive website and/or social media
g. Surveys68 (digital/online questionnaire, in-person, paper survey) 68 Applicants cannot use the same resident survey conducted for the transportation access data analysis to fulfill the requirement for a minimum of two community engagement types. 281
65 h. Outreach to existing community groups (multiple)
i. Interviews with multiple residents and/or door-to-door or one-on-one interaction Keep in mind when designing and deploying the community engagement approach applicants must show how community engagement strategies will be clear, accessible, representative of the community and follow a transparent process. Applicants must incorporate the following principles, as applicable:
a. Clarity: Clear communication about the purpose of the engagement and transportation needs assessment and the community’s role in mobility project planning. b. Accessibility: Accessible times and locations of events, meetings, and gatherings (e.g., meetings conducted in the evening; meeting location is close to a transit stop or transportation is provided; meeting location is neutral). Information is accessible (e.g., interpretation and translation services, production of multi-lingual materials and/or media). Please note that creative and accessible virtual engagements are encouraged due to special circumstances when in-person interactions are limited. c. Representative outreach: Activities reach a broad and representative subset of the community, including those not typically served well by existing public feedback processes; CBOs and community groups are engaged to expand outreach and compensated for their time.
d. Transparency: Notice of engagement activity is provided well in advance through multiple relevant communication avenues (e.g. utility bills, community center postings, etc.); notes are taken by designated members of the community and voucher Awardee teams to reflect multiple perspectives; notes and materials are provided to attendees and the public (and translated in other languages if necessary); follow-ups are planned, communicated, and conducted with clear indication of the intended purpose and a focus on solutions.
3. Final Report - Linking Mobility Needs and Solutions
Awardees must provide a final report summarizing findings from the transportation access data analysis and the community engagement effort. Outcomes must focus on how the findings from all analyses and community engagement efforts reinforce or contradict one another, and what mobility solutions emerged as the highest community priority. The report should also include considerations for ongoing community engagement and how the results will be reported back to the community and presented to local decision-makers (for example, presenting the results to community participants either for one final opportunity for input; concluding the Transportation Needs Assessment process and recognizing all parties who were involved and how their feedback shaped the overall assessment; a plan for ongoing engagement through project design and development phases). Please see Section U, Reporting Requirements for more details.
282
66 4. Clean Mobility Options Project Preparation and Design (Optional) Community Transportation Needs Assessment voucher funds may be used to begin formulating a clean mobility project (based on the needs assessment findings) that could be funded through a CMO Project Voucher or other applicable programs, including other state programs aiming to increase access to clean transportation and reduce GHG emissions in California’s disadvantaged and low-income communities. If the applicant intends to conduct project preparation and design activities, these activities must be included in the budget as part of the application.
Adequate funds must be allocated to conduct the Community Transportation Needs Assessment activities in Sections O.1 through O.3. Throughout the Needs Assessment Voucher term, the Awardee must be able to show that project preparation and design activities have a direct connection to interim and/or final findings of the needs assessment.
Below are some example activities that may be used to conduct the project preparation part of the needs assessment:
a. Community meetings to prioritize or choose specific mobility solutions. b. Identify and evaluate sites.
c. Identify project partners.
d. Evaluate the feasibility of different types of infrastructure (e.g., assessment of the current grid capacity, load studies and connectivity for EV chargers). e. Develop a budget and possible funding sources.
f. Begin working on CMO Clean Mobility Project Voucher application (or application for a different applicable program supporting transportation options in the Project Area).
P. ELIGIBLE PROJECT COSTS AND PAYABLE ACTIVITIES
This section includes the list of project activities that are eligible for funding under the Needs Assessment Voucher. Project activities are only eligible for payment if they have been commenced after the voucher execution date (when all responsible parties sign the Voucher Agreement) and all applicable insurance requirements have been met. Eligible activities for the Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher may include:
a. Procurement of facilities, materials, and services for implementing community events, including but not limited to supplies, venue space, A/V equipment, translation services, transportation stipends, design and printing of marketing materials, and other necessities.
b. Data gathering and analysis, event planning, and other key activities. c. Submission of payment request forms and supporting documents. 283
67 d. Participating in the Clean Mobility Options Equity Alliance (CMEA) events and meetings for capacity building and sharing information with other clean mobility awardees and participants.69
e. Developing presentations and participating in meetings with the Program Administrator, project partners, CARB and other officials.
f. License or subscription fees for online event and survey tools. g. Compliance with insurance requirements.
h. Provision of incentives for community member participation. i. Execution of community-based organization subcontracts. j. Consultant subcontracts.
k. Language translation services subcontracts.
l. Vehicle rental or other education on clean vehicle technology. m. Project preparation and design.
n. Other necessary activities as approved by the Program Administrator.
Note: Costs for food, alcoholic beverages and childcare are not payable.
Q. NEEDS ASSESSMENT VOUCHER APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
This section describes the required information and documents that applicants need to provide and submit with their application. The online application can be accessed on the CMO website https://cleanmobilityoptions.org/na-application/ . A hard copy of the Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher Application can be downloaded from the CMO website. Please see Appendix B for an overview of the Needs Assessment Voucher application material.
1. Project Team Profile: Description of project team members including lead applicant and sub-applicant(s) organizations and individual team members with roles, responsibilities, and relationships. Disclosure of any required public process for approval including who has authority to approve, process for approval, and anticipated approval timelines. Must include:
a. Description of team’s qualifications to conduct the needs assessment, such as history of local engagement and trust-building, key areas of expertise, organizational understandings of equity, or concrete examples of applicant representing or advocating in and for their community.
69 Please note that participation in the CMEA events is mandatory and should be considered in your budget. 284
68 b. The connection of project team organizations to the targeted population and ties to grassroots/community-based organizations rooted in this community's culture(s) and language(s).
2. Project Narrative and Proposed Approach: Applicant must demonstrate an understanding of the community landscape in relation to transportation prior to being awarded. The narrative must provide:
a. Explanation of why a transportation needs assessment is needed, including history of environmental and social/economic challenges, areas of investment/disinvestment, and populations that have historically been underrepresented in community or transportation planning. b. Summary of existing regional or community-level transportation needs assessment efforts and identify any gaps that this needs assessment voucher will fill. c. Description of potential transportation gaps and solutions that the needs assessment will address (such as certain types of trips residents may not be able to make, or certain types of mobility services residents may prefer or already be using in some capacity).
d. Applicant must also describe the timeline and plan for the activities that will be conducted to satisfy the required elements of the transportation needs assessment methodology, as well as optional elements (if applicable). The approach must include timeline and plan for the following elements:
i. Transportation Access Data Analysis: Description of proposed survey administration and data indicator approach.
ii. Community Engagement Plan: Description of plans to engage with the community to conduct a needs assessment, including residents, businesses, or other stakeholders who may benefit or be affected by a new clean mobility service in the community. Detailed description of the two minimum required community engagement types (at minimum, the description must include locations, intended audience, and plans for notifying residents about events, meetings, or gatherings).
iii. Final Report: Description of timing and process for developing the Final Report and plans for how the information will be communicated to the community and presented to local decision-makers.
iv. Clean Mobility Options Project Preparation and Design (optional).
3. Project Area Profile: Description of residents' geographical boundaries and basic demographics (through written and/or visual means by attaching a map). If applicable, 285
69 identify the disadvantaged and low-income communities by address, census tracts, or tribal land designation.
4. Proposed Budget: Description of all project activities with estimated costs during the 12-month Voucher Agreement Term, itemized by project activities/tasks. In order to meet the minimum eligibility criteria, the applicant must provide a clear, concise, and reasonable project budget that lists all payable tasks/milestones and source of those funds in a logical sequence that leads to on-time completion of the project in accordance with the sample budget worksheet found on CMO website. This budget sheet will become the basis for future payment requests.
5. Letters of Commitment or Support and other Supporting Documentation (where applicable):
a. If the lead applicant is a non-profit organization, they must submit:
i. Evidence of their tax-exempt status with the Internal Revenue Service under Internal Revenue Code Section 501 (Copy of the IRS Determination Letter) and their tax-exempt status under California State law (Copy of Exemption Letter from State of California Franchise Tax Board).
ii. Evidence of at least one-year incorporation from the time of voucher application submission (Copy of Articles of Incorporations).
iii. Evidence of being registered and in active and good standing with the California Secretary of State (Copy of Statement of Information and Certificate of Status). b. All sub-applicants and project partners must provide a letter of commitment to express their support and commitment to the lead applicant and the proposed project. This letter must include the sub-applicant's specific roles and responsibilities in the project. Sample letters are available on CMO website. c. If the lead applicant is not a CBO, a letter of support from a project-related CBO or local community group is required.
70 This letter should explain how the CBO meets
the minimum definition criteria listed below and demonstrates their support for the project. A project-related organization or group represents community members that will be impacted by the project or has a service background related to the type of project. Please note that tribal applicants are exempt from this requirement. For the purposes of this program, CBO or local community group must meet a minimum of two of the following requirements:
i. The organization is place-based, with an explicit geographic focus area that includes the proposed Project Area.
70 Public agencies are not considered CBOs.
286
70 ii. Staff members, volunteers, or Board members reside in the community where the project is located.
iii. The organization has a demonstrated track record of at least one year of providing services in the proposed Project Area.
R. APPLICATION SUBMITTAL AND EVALUATION PROCESS
Figure 2 demonstrates an evaluation process for the Needs Assessment Voucher applications.
Figure 2: Application and Voucher Process (Needs Assessment Voucher) a. Applications will be accepted starting at 9:00 am Pacific Time on a date to be announced and posted on the CMO website at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org. Applications that meet minimum eligibility that meet the minimum criteria will be deemed qualified.
Qualified applications will be approved (e.g., awarded a voucher) on a first-come, firstserved basis, pending availability of funds. b. If funds requested on the first day (11:59pm PT by the same on the opening day) exceed funds available, the processing sequence for all applications submitted on the first day will be randomized and reviewed in the new randomized order to ensure equitability71.
As a result, the final review order for evaluating applications will consist of all applications received on the first day in randomized order followed by timestamped 71 Randomization is achieved using a trusted method from Random.org. 287
71 applications received after the first day. Qualified applications will then be approved based on the final review order, pending availability of funds72. c. Applicants are highly encouraged to submit applications using the secure CMO online portal www.cleanmobilityoptions.org/application or by mail to the address below. i. Applicants may mail their application and supporting documentation to the Clean Mobility Options, address: CALSTART, 48 South Chester Avenue, Pasadena CA 91106.
ii. If mailed, submittal date will be determined by U.S. mail postmark. For security purposes, supporting documents that are sent on removable media (flash drives, CDs, DVDs, etc.) will not be accepted.
iii. Applicants may also email their application form and supporting documentation to [email protected].
d. Applications submitted through CMO online portal will instantly receive an automatic confirmation email. The Program Administrator will notify all other applicants who have not submitted through the online portal via email that their submission has been received within five calendar days of receipt. The Program Administrator will aim to notify applicants on the status of their application within 8 weeks.73 CARB may extend the submission period at its sole discretion.
e. Timestamps are recorded in the following manner:
i. Online application submission: applications submitted via CMO online application portal will be timestamped at the time of submission and confirmed with the confirmation email to the submitter and a copy to [email protected]
ii. Submission by mail: applications submitted by mail will be time stamped according to the postmarked date and time. Applicants may submit a copy of their postage submission receipt and make the request in writing that their receipt serves as the postmark date and time.
iii. Email submission: applications submitted by email will be time stamped at time of receipt at the [email protected] address and confirmed with a confirmation email to the applicant five calendar days of receipt.mailto:[email protected]
72 After funding is exhausted, unawarded qualified applications may be prioritized for future funding opportunities. However, the applicant understands and agrees that there is no guarantee that any additional funding opportunities will be available, and that CARB cannot provide assurance of future program funding. 73 Depending on the number of applications submitted, it may take longer to respond to applicants; however, the goal is to notify applicants as soon as possible.
288
72 Note: Applications received before the date and time of submission window opening will not be accepted. The CMO online portal allows the applicant to save progress while completing an application, return to complete at the later time, and share the application among team members. Applicants will need to manually submit applications on the date and time announced. The “submit” function will be enabled once the application window opens. f. During the application screening period, the Program Administrator may ask applicants to make minor corrections or clarifications (such as, clerical errors, miscalculations, missing signatures) if needed without losing their recorded timestamp or placing order.
All eligible applicants must submit their clarification documents or modified application within 5 calendar days of receipt of their notification. g. If the Program Administrator determines, at its discretion, that a clarification requires CARB review, CARB may ask the applicant for additional information, in which case the time given for clarification will be the same as described above. h. Set-aside funding for Tribal Governments: There is a set-aside fund for eligible tribal governments applicants. After application screening is complete, if unused funding remains in this particular allocation, it may be reallocated to either funding eligible needs assessment projects from tribal applicants or eligible mobility projects from nontribal applicants. If there is still an unused amount after that, it will be returned to the general pool of funds for subsequent windows. Please visit www.cleanmobilityoptions.org for current available funding amount for CMO. i. Ineligible Applications: Applications that do not meet minimum eligibility criteria will be rejected. The Program Administrator will aim to notify ineligible applicants within a month after the review process is completed. Rejected applications may be revised and resubmitted within the same submission window; however, their initial recorded timestamps will no longer be valid. The Program Administrator may provide feedback and guidance to rejected applicants regarding how to improve the quality of their applications to meet the eligibility criteria.
j. Application Withdrawal During Screening Period: In the event that an applicant wishes to remove their application from consideration during the application screening period, the applicant must submit a written request to withdraw their application to the Program Administrator and submit it to [email protected].
S. VOUCHER AGREEMENT PROCESS
1. Voucher Award and Needs Assessment Voucher Agreement Lead applicants who are awarded vouchers are deemed Awardees. The Program Administrator will send a Notice of Intent to Award to all Awardees within six weeks after the evaluation 289
73 process is completed.74 Awardees are required to sign and execute the Voucher Agreement with the Program Administrator no more than 180 calendar days from the date of a Notice of Intent to Award.
The Executed Voucher Agreement is an Awardee’s signed contract with the Program Administrator to meet program requirements throughout project development and implementation. Upon finalization of the Voucher Agreement, the Program Administrator will generate a list of required documentation that the Awardee must complete and provide in order to submit voucher redemption requests (see Section T for more details). The Voucher Agreement terms are not negotiable, Awardees must abide by all the requirements in the Voucher Agreement and the CMO Implementation Manual, including all applicable terms and conditions set forth in Chapter III of this manual.
The Executed Voucher Agreement is the Program Administrator’s promise to pay the Awardee for approved costs and project activities according to Awardee’s scope of work and budget contingent on meeting all the terms and conditions set forth in this manual and the Voucher Agreement. A sample executed voucher agreement will be available on the CMO website.
2. Supporting Documents Required for the Voucher Agreement Execution When applicants are approved for voucher awards, they must submit additional supporting documents before the Voucher Agreement can be executed. The Program Administrator will provide the list of required documents for each Awardee prior to signing the Voucher Agreement. The documents include, but may not be limited to:
a. For applicants who are non-profit organizations and public agencies:
i. Project Milestone Schedule: This provides an estimated timeline for the life of the needs assessment project, including all project activities and interim steps needed to implement the project. The schedule should include milestones for the community engagement events, data collection, data analysis, and reporting of assessment’s result. Applicants may submit an updated project milestone schedule 1 month after voucher execution.
75 ii. Approved Resolution or documentation of approval of the project from the governing board that will commit the agency/organization to comply with the requirements of the program; to accept the funds; and to allocate any funding that the Awardee has committed to be part of a project application upon execution of the Voucher Agreement.
76 74 Depending on the number of applications submitted, it may take longer period to respond to applicants; however, the goal is to notify applicants about their status as soon as possible. 75 The Program Administrator may ask Awardee to submit an updated Project Milestone Schedule regularly with their payment requests and anytime if major changes occur to the project milestones and projected timeline. 76 If the public agency or non-profit organization does not have a governing board, then a binding written commitment from an authorizing official of the agency/organization will be required to fulfill this requirement. 290
74 iii. Signed Conflict of Interest Forms and Confidentiality Agreements are required as part of the Voucher Agreement and will be provided to the Awardee by the Program Administrator. These terms are not negotiable, Awardees and their sub-contractors must have read and understood these requirements before applying for the voucher funds.
b. For Tribal government applicants (where applicable):
i. Project Milestone Schedule: This provides an estimated timeline for the life of the needs assessment project, including all project activities and interim steps needed to implement the project. The schedule should include milestones for the data collection, data analysis, and reporting of assessment’s result. Applicants may submit an updated project milestone schedule 1 month after voucher execution. ii. Approved Resolution or documentation of approval of the project from the tribal council or tribal chairperson before execution of the Voucher Agreement. A tribal council can refer to the tribal governing body or primary decision-making executive, such as President/Governor, but must be the highest level of leadership within the tribal unit, individually or as a council. For funds awarded to a Federally Recognized Tribe, a fund transfer to the BIA may be necessary.
ii. BIA Consent: Federally Recognized Tribal applicants shall obtain Bureau of Indian Affairs consent to the applicant’s execution and recordation (as applicable) of all required documents that are subject to 25 C.F.R. Section 152.34 or 25 C.F.R. Section 162.12, all before execution of the Voucher Agreement.
iii. Limited Waiver of Sovereign Immunity: For applicants that are Federally Recognized Tribes or Federally Recognized Tribal controlled entities, all such applicants shall provide and execute a limited waiver of sovereign immunity agreeing to the personal and subject matter jurisdictions of state court and shall require at a minimum, compliance with state construction standards and regulations. Sovereign immunity waiver language shall be included in the Voucher Agreement and all regulatory and loan or grant agreements, all of which may be accomplished by incorporating by reference a separately executed sovereign immunity waiver instrument. The template will be provided by the Program Administrator and must be attached to the Resolution and sign by CARB’s executive officer. iv. Signed Conflict of Interest Forms and Confidentiality Agreements are required as part of the Voucher Agreement and will be provided to the Awardee by the Program Administrator.
3. Voucher Agreement Term
The Voucher Agreement Term and the Voucher Funding Term are both 12 months from the date that Voucher Agreement is fully executed. This means the Awardee has up to 12 months 291
75 from the Voucher Agreement execution date to complete the needs assessment project and request payment for all eligible project costs.
T. VOUCHER REDEMPTION REQUIREMENTS
1. Payment Request General Requirements
Voucher payment will be made to Awardees based upon payable tasks/milestones per the scope of work after the Voucher Agreement is executed, and insurance is deemed compliant.
Payment requests may be submitted on a recurring basis, but no more than one payment request can be submitted per month and at least one payment per quarter is recommended.
To redeem voucher funding, Awardees must submit a Payment Request Form according to the type of cost incurred (Payment Request Form will be available on the CMO website).
Awardees may begin to submit payment requests once insurance is fully compliant for work completed and incurred costs by providing detailed documentation of completed tasks and deliverables in accordance with the payable task/milestone schedule per Voucher Agreement terms. Please note that only administrative activities can be paid for activities between the voucher execution date and insurance compliance. Examples of administrative activities include but are not limited to time spent on insurance compliance, orientation meetings, and CMEA attendance.
Awardees must meet all requirements for project documentation in order to receive payments, including timely submission of Bi-annual Status Report, responses to any outstanding data collection or survey responses and/or other supporting documents as required by the Program Administrator or CARB.
2. Payment Request Timing
a. Minimum and maximum number of payments: Awardees may choose the date and frequency of their payment requests. At minimum, Awardees must submit at least one payment request conforming to the general requirements above in order to receive payment. Submission of at least one payment per quarter is recommended. If desired, Awardees may provide one single request for the entire voucher amount. At maximum, Awardees may submit payment requests monthly or 12 times over a 12-month Voucher Agreement period.
b. Payments for planning and project development activities: If Awardees are able to sufficiently complete the three required elements of transportation needs assessments with a budget under $100,000, they may also elect to use needs assessment funds for project design activities associated with a CMO Mobility Project Voucher application or another project or grant opportunity, if applicable.
Project planning and design activities may be conducted concurrently with needs assessment activities, provided that the applicant can demonstrate that the project has 292
76 a direct connection to interim and/or final findings from the needs assessment. If requested, the Awardee must provide the Program Administrator or CARB a briefing on their needs assessment progress prior to receiving payment for planning and project development activities.
c. Final payment request: Awardees must make their final payment request within 30 calendar days after the end of the Voucher Agreement Term. Any unrequested funds remaining at that time will expire. Voucher funds that are not redeemed according to their respective expiration deadlines will be considered expired and funds will be reassigned at CARB’s discretion.
d. Extension Requests: Voucher funds for transportation needs assessment projects must be redeemed within 12 months of the Voucher Agreement execution date. If the Awardee experiences unforeseen circumstances that delay a project (e.g., unpredictable venue cancellation that has caused significant delay to the community events) Awardee may request a renewal to extend the voucher term 3 months beyond the expiration date. This request must be submitted to the Program Administrator one month prior to the voucher expiration date. The Program Administrator may approve or decline extension requests on a case-by-case basis.
e. Direct payments to third parties: In order to assist Awardees with managing cash flow, Awardees may request that payments be assigned directly to third-party Registered Vendors. In the event of such payment assignment, the following conditions apply:
i. Awardee and the Program Administrator must approve a party to be designated as a “Registered Vendor” in advance of making an associated payment request. ii. To be eligible as a Registered Vendor, the party must be an incorporated business in good standing with the California Secretary of State and not be barred from other CARB or CEC programs.
iii. To become a Registered Vendor, the party must complete a registration form agreeing to program terms and conditions. The registration form and other required documents will be available on CMO website.
iv. To assign a payment to a Registered Vendor, Awardee must submit a completed Third-Party Vendor Payment Assignment Registration Form that indicates which funds should go to the vendor as an assigned payee. Both the Awardee and vendor must sign the form.
v. Awardee must agree to payment terms with the Registered Vendor directly. vi. Program Administrator assumes no risk of fees for late payment and faces no liability for damages or injunctive relief in the event of late payment or other terms with qualified vendors.
293
77 vii. Awardee is responsible for general terms and conditions, duties, and requirements associated with the equipment or other purchase.
3. Budget Revisions and Amendments
After the Voucher Agreement is executed, Awardees may request approval to amend their project design or budget on a case-by-case basis. Line-item shifts of up to 25 percent of each expense category may be made by the Awardee during the Voucher Agreement Term with the Program Administrator's approval, as long as the total voucher amount is unchanged and all other voucher redemption requirements are met. If the line-item shift is more than 25 percent, applicants must justify the reason for the amendment. No amendment or variation of the terms of the Voucher Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing, signed by the parties, and approved as required. No oral understanding or agreement is binding on any of the parties.
4. Enforcement of Vouchers
a. Awardees are responsible for meeting the terms and conditions set forth in the Voucher Agreement and this manual. Voucher funds are awarded on the condition of several responsibilities. The Program Administrator may cancel the Voucher Agreement if the Awardee fails to meet terms and conditions set forth in the Voucher Agreement or this manual.
b. Submission of false information on any required documents may be considered a criminal offense and is punishable under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California. CARB or its designee may recoup the CMO voucher funds which were received based upon misinformation or fraud, or for which the lead applicant or its subcontractor is in significant or continual non-compliance with this Implementation Manual or State law. If an applicant is found to provide misinformation or fraudulent documents, CARB or its designee reserves the right to forward applicant or Awardee information to the Franchise Tax Board or other appropriate agency. Applicants and Awardees should also be aware that the California False Claims Act permits the Attorney General to bring a civil law enforcement action to recover treble damages and civil penalties against any person who knowingly makes or uses a false statement or document to either obtain money or property from the State or avoid paying or transmitting money or property to the State. CARB also retains the authority to prohibit any entity from participating in CMO Voucher Pilot Program due to non-compliance with project requirements or fraud which includes attempted fraud. c. Applicants whose applications have been denied by the Program Administrator may request a case evaluation within 10 calendar days of the date that application was denied. A formal letter requesting a case evaluation must be postmarked within 10 calendar days from the date that the application was denied. See Section K.6 for more information.
294
78 U. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Awardees must provide information on project implementation to the Program Administrator on a regular basis, beginning after Voucher Agreement execution throughout the 12-months Voucher Agreement Term. Awardees must also submit an end-of-project Final Report 30 days before project completion (or Voucher Agreement end date, whichever occurs sooner). This section addresses the reporting mechanisms and datasets for satisfying these requirements.
1. Bi-Annual Status Report
Awardees must complete and submit at least one bi-annual status report every six-months during the Voucher Agreement Term. The status report must include the following:
a. Description of progress on the needs assessment, including achieved milestones, any realized or expected delays to meet project milestones, and deviations from plans for data analysis or community engagement.
b. Required Datasets: Types of data required for project status reporting to the Program Administrator are detailed in Appendix F. Data Collection Requirements. i. The following subsets of data from Appendix F (where applicable) must be reported:
1. Section F-2.C User Survey
2. Section F-3.C Job Creation and Workforce Training
3. Section F-3.E Community Engagement and Outreach
ii. The Program Administrator may require that data be reported in specific formats and will provide templates or other tools in support of these specifications where feasible.
c. Program Feedback Survey: A program feedback survey to support program evaluation must also be submitted with the Bi-Annual Status Report. The survey will cover overall program satisfaction, technical assistance, CMEA and other program components. See Appendix F, Section F-2.E for sample question topics.
2. Final Report
A Final Report must be received by the Program Administrator 30 calendar days before Voucher Agreement end date, or 30 calendar days prior to needs assessment completion date, whichever comes first. The Final Report must have the following information at a minimum:
a. Overview of the assessment from inception through the end, including community background, partnerships, summary of data analysis and community engagements, and funding sources. Please see the outline below for more details. b. The following subsets of data from Appendix F (where applicable) must be reported:
295
79 i. Section F-2.C User Survey
ii. Section F-3.C Job Creation and Workforce Training
iii. Section F-3.E Community Engagement and Outreach
c. Best practices and lessons learned.
The following outline is suggested when developing the Final Report:
a. Summary of needs assessment goals and objectives: Describe the motivation for conducting the needs assessment. Describe what observed/assumed challenges and gaps existed in the community before beginning the needs assessment and how the needs assessment process would help provide evidence.
b. Summary of methods used for the transportation access data analysis (indicator and survey analysis) and community engagement: Describe the methods and discuss any challenges and limitations of the data or outreach activities. c. Summary of analysis from the transportation access data analysis and community engagement:
i. Describe general (big picture) observations based on the results. ii. Discussion of the main identified underlying causes of transportation gaps and challenges in the project area as a result of the data and survey analysis and engagement activities
Describe in detail the needs, gaps, and preferences learned during the needs assessment.
Including, detailed survey findings, detailed indicator findings, community event findings and key takeaways, event details (e.g., number of attendees including basic demographic information and affiliations, if applicable, and location, time, set-up for each with information about meeting notice information, collaboration with local groups, and social media). d. Discussion of findings and recommendations from the transportation access data analysis and community engagement:
i. Describe key findings that support or refute the goals and objectives of the needs assessment.
ii. Describe if community members are supportive of solutions that are eligible service models for CMO voucher funding.
iii. Describe key findings that necessitate further creative thinking to develop meaningful clean transportation and mobility solutions (e.g., unbanked populations or those lacking a driver’s license).
iv. Discuss the main factors that are, or could, contribute to successful transportation options in the project area.
296
80 v. Provide recommendations of any additional assessments and measurements that could be conducted to better understand some of the issues raised upon completion of the assessment.
vi. Provide a recommended list of actions that could be taken to enhance clean mobility in the community. Describe the process for how actions or solutions were identified and prioritized.
e. Conclusion and Next Steps
i. Provide a summary of conclusions of the transportation access data analysis and community engagement.
ii. Provide next steps, including a follow-up plan and continued engagement with attendees and community members.
iii. Identify if there are entities with whom this information could be shared to help promote better land use and transportation planning needs (i.e., local planners, elected officials), and explain how this information will be provided to them. iv. Discuss if there are any “quick start” actions (i.e., small, simple, inexpensive projects like installing a bicycle rack, etc.) that could be implemented to immediately improve the quality of the built environment for transportation in the community. v. Describe how the progress in increasing access to clean transportation and mobility options will be monitored over time.
vi. Provide a plan for ongoing communication and engagement with community members and key decision-makers in the community.
Note: Final Reports may be published on the CARB website. The reports should be polished documents that are accessible, readable, and meet ADA requirements consistent with those that are published on CARB and affiliate websites. Formatting requirements will be provided by the Program Administrator to all Awardees.
CHAPTER III: CMO PROGRAM’S TERMS AND CONDITIONS
CMO Awardees are responsible for project development, outreach and education, project implementation, and reporting project data to the Program Administrator. All applicants must have read, understood, and agreed to abide by all the requirements, terms and conditions in the CMO Implementation Manual before submitting the application. As a condition for participating in CMO program, all Awardees must comply with the requirements below where applicable.
As referenced in this Implementation Manual, “Representative” or “Representatives” means and includes, individually and collectively, Awardee’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, affiliates, agents, representatives, assigns, employees, officers, directors, 297
81 members, or partners. A “subgrant” or “subaward” is a grant or award provided by the Awardee pursuant to the Voucher Agreement to a “subgrantee” or “subawardee” that is used to support a project that the subgrantee/subawardee carries out in support of their own program. The subgrantee/subawardee has responsibility for programmatic decisionmaking and does not make a profit or otherwise receive reimbursement in excess of its actual costs. In contrast, the Awardee hires a “contractor” or “subcontractor” under a contract to provide goods and services for items the Awardee itself needs to carry out the Voucher Agreement.
V. MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER AWARDEES
1. If the voucher agreement includes procurement of vehicles, including light-duty or medium/heavy-duty motorized vehicles, neighborhood electric vehicles, bicycles, scooters, or other micromobility devices, or delivers mobility services relying on such vehicles, then the Awardee must ensure that all the following conditions are satisfied:
a. Compliance with all vehicles and micromobility devices requirements detailed in Section D.3. of this manual.
b. Services, vehicles, micromobility devices, and infrastructure funded by CMO must be maintained throughout the Voucher Agreement Term.
c. Secure approval for a project modification by the Program Administrator prior to using vehicles funded by CMO in any way other than described by the project narrative (e.g., the Awardee proposes to introduce a new service model supported by their needs assessment result but not previously identified in the project narrative). d. Vehicles, including bicycles, scooters, and other micromobility devices, must be equipped with telematics hardware that allows for recording of geospatial utilization data, consistent with the data collection requirements in Appendix F and make such data available for reporting to the Program Administrator, CARB and CEC. If installation of telematics hardware is found to be infeasible, the applicant may request an exemption from this requirement and propose an alternative approach to collecting necessary location and usage data to the Program Administrator, who will consider such requests on a case-by-case basis.
e. For vehicles purchased with the CMO voucher funds, vehicle titles may be held by an organization on the project team other than the Awardee. However, the vehicle owner must offer to transfer ownership of the vehicle to the Awardee or its designee, at no cost, at the end of the Voucher Agreement Term, or at any time during the Voucher Agreement that the vehicle owner’s contract with the Awardee is terminated upon approval by the Program Administrator. In the event that a new entity holds the vehicle title, the Awardee must submit evidence to the Program Administrator that this clause has been agreed to by the new vehicle owner and the Awardee. If the new entity that 298
82 holds the vehicle title is unable to operate the vehicle in accordance with the Voucher Agreement, the Awardee must notify the Program Administrator immediately.
2. If the Voucher Agreement includes infrastructure installation, including electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE), hydrogen refueling stations, bicycle/scooter parking or charging infrastructure, bicycle/scooter safety right-of-way improvements, or signage and wayfinding infrastructure, then the Awardee must ensure that all of the following conditions are satisfied:
a. Compliance with all infrastructure requirements detailed in Section D.4. b. As directed in the Assembly Bill 841 (Ting, 2020) electric vehicle charging infrastructure and equipment must be installed by a contractor with the appropriate license classification, as determined by the Contractors' State License Board, and at least one electrician on each crew, any given time, who holds EVITP certification. If the equipment supports a charging port supplying 25 kilowatts or more, at least 25 percent of the total electricians working on the crew, at any given time, must hold EVITP certification.
All Awardees will be required to submit proof to the CMO Program Administrator of the required EVITP certification before performing any installation work as described above.
Proof of EVITP certification shall include:
i. Description of how the project has complied with all AB 841 requirements or describes why the AB 841 requirements do not apply to the project. ii. EVITP Certification Numbers of each EVITP-certified electrician that installed electric vehicle infrastructure or equipment if AB 841 requirements apply to the project. iii. Verification and signature from the contractor employing the EVITP certified electricians verifying that each electrician’s EVITP certification is valid and current.
The requirements stated above do not apply to any of the following:
iv. Electric vehicle charging infrastructure installed by employees of an electrical corporation or local publicly owned electric utility.
v. Electric vehicle charging infrastructure funded by monies derived from credits generated from the Low Carbon Fuel Standard Program (Sub article 7 (commencing with Section 95480) of Article 4 of Subchapter 10 of Chapter 1 of Division 3 of Title 17 of the California Code of Regulations).
vi. Single-family home residential electric vehicle chargers that can use an existing 208/240-volt outlet.
c. All electric vehicle chargers and charging stations funded by incentives from a state agency (including this program) or a charge on ratepayers, installed on or after January 1, 2024, must be in compliance with uptime recordkeeping and reporting standards as 299
83 described in CEC's regulations, developed under AB 2061 (2022; Pub. Resources Code, § 25231.5). Uptime recordkeeping and reporting standards include but are not limited to those in Exhibit K of the Voucher Agreement Template. These standards will apply for a minimum of 6 years. These requirements will remain in effect until January 1, 2035.
Please note that these requirements are not applicable to:
i. Temporary chargers or off-grid chargers,
ii. Any charger used solely for private use by residents of a residential real property containing four or fewer dwelling units77,
iii. Any charger used solely for private use by residents of a single unit of a residential real property containing more than four dwelling units for which one or more of the residents of that unit would be the exclusive charging station operators of the charger.78
3. User fees are encouraged but not required and pricing levels must reflect community input around affordability.
4. Ensure services are delivered consistent with the following safety requirements:
a. Drivers of motor vehicles have current driver’s licenses, and the service provider or the lead applicant has a process for checking compliance and ensuring that driver’s licenses are current and valid.
b. Projects carrying microtransit services, ride-on-demand, carpool/vanpool or fixed route transit service models must have an established policy for screening drivers for driving history and criminal background, submit that policy to the Program Administrator upon request for approval prior to operating the service, and comply with that policy. c. Drivers of motor vehicles are required to follow a pre-trip vehicle inspection protocol prior to all shifts as specified by the fleet owner or the mobility operator. d. Fleets have a maintenance plan that includes scheduled routine inspection and maintenance consistent with OEM recommendations at a minimum. Inspections must be performed by a certified mechanic.
77 “Residential real property containing four or fewer dwelling units” means a single-family residence or a multifamily dwelling containing four or fewer dwelling units. “Single-family residence” means a detached or semi-detached (semi-attached, side-byside) residence, duplex, triplex, quadruplex, row house such that each row house shares at least one wall with another of the row houses even if not in a row, townhouse, or manufactured home, including mobile home, unless the residence is part of a condominium as defined in Civil Code section 4125 or is located in a mobile home park. “Multifamily dwelling” means real property that is improved with, or consisting of, one or more buildings containing more than one dwelling unit that is intended for human habitation, excluding single-family residences as defined in this section. 78 “Charging station operator” means the entity that owns the chargers and supporting equipment and facilities at one or more charging stations. Although this entity may delegate responsibility for certain aspects of charging station operation and maintenance to subcontractors, this entity retains responsibility for operation and maintenance of chargers and supporting equipment and facilities. In some cases, the charging station operator and the charging network provider are the same entity. 300
84 e. Report all equipment failures, accidents, and incidents involving the police other than minor traffic violations to the Program Administrator within 48 hours of occurrence.
This also should be included in the Quarterly Status Reports. f. Mobility operators must devise a system that enables users to report safety issues to the operator. Safety issues must be resolved prior to further vehicle or charging equipment usage. Awardees are responsible to provide documentation as part of their Quarterly Status Reports to the Program Administrator that any prior safety issues have been resolved.
5. Ensure services are delivered consistent with the following accessibility requirements:
a. Must conduct community outreach to understand accessibility challenges in the community, gauge potential demand for accessibility equipment, and reflect demand in project design, including:
i. Hand controls for carshare, carpool, or vanpool vehicles ii. Wheelchair accessible vehicles
iii. Adaptive bicycles/scooters
iv. Driver education for serving disabled riders
b. If web/mobile apps are used, such systems are made accessible for visually-/hearingdisabled using WCAG 2.0 and are in compliance with Section 508 of the federal Rehabilitation Act.
c. Service animals must be permitted to ride in motor vehicles as requested, and safely do so.
6. Develop, administer, and maintain a user-friendly vehicle reservation or ride request system. At a minimum, provide one of the following options:
a. Telephone call-based reservations fulfillment.
b. Text-based reservation system.
c. Flexible “street hail” option or designated shuttle stops.
7. Provide payment options for end-users that do not have bank accounts with associated debit cards or credit cards. Examples include cash exchange, pre-paid debit cards, or payment through a cloud-based wallet that can be loaded through in-person payment.
8. Hours of operation must be clearly designated with services readily available to residents based on needs assessment results. It is recommended that services should be available to users at least 5 days a week and at least 12 hours per service day.
9. No more than 20 percent of the committed vehicle fleet (including micromobility devices) or charging infrastructure should be out of service at one time during designated hours of 301
85 operation, and no single motor vehicle in the fleet should be out of service for more than one week at a time. Awardees must report vehicles and chargers out of service and fleet size in quarterly reports, consistent with Appendix F, Data Collection Requirements.
10. Collect, monitor, and report required project data, including but not limited to, vehicle, bicycle and other clean mobility options’ specifications, performance, operation, and maintenance data, as specified in Appendix F of this manual. The Program Administrator will coordinate with the Awardee to obtain these data and administer surveys to participants to collect usage data and other information upon execution of the Voucher Agreement.
11. Develop policies and procedures documents and flow charts that describe the project’s administrative actions for evaluating and processing participants, reservations, vehicle maintenance, and data gathering and reporting. Examples include, but are not limited to:
a. Organizational chart
b. Details on how key project processes are conducted and how associated documentation of data, signatures, and authorizations are gathered and recorded, including, but not limited to:
i. Outreach and education.
ii. Participant evaluation, enrollment, and tracking.
iii. Vehicle reservations, tracking, and maintenance.
iv. Data collection and reporting.
c. Develop and maintain accounting procedures to track expenditures. d. Provisions to protect against conflict of interest.
e. Provisions to protect against fraud, and to identify, respond to, and report if fraud has occurred.
12. Fulfilling CEQA requirements. The Program Administrator or CARB can terminate the agreement if it finds that the Awardee cannot definitively demonstrate that its project is exempt from CEQA. Such a demonstration will typically involve a showing that the “CEQA Lead Agency,” as that term is defined in CEQA, responsible for any discretionary approval of the project has properly filed a Notice of Exemption (NOE) for the project and 35 days has elapsed since the filing of the NOE without there being a judicial challenge to the NOE (See Appendix D, CEQA Compliance and Permitting Requirements for more details).
13. Applications that did not include an “experienced partner” must have a contract with either a mobility operator listed in the CMO Clean Mobility Provider Directory, or an entity who meets the minimum qualification criteria to be on the Directory but not currently listed, within 3 months of the voucher execution date.
302
86 W. All AWARDEES (Needs Assessment and Mobility Project Vouchers)
1. Compliance with all applicable insurance requirements described in Section X of this Chapter.
2. Translations: Awardees must ensure that key documents, platforms, and customer services are available in commonly-spoken languages in the project area, as determined through census data and community engagement. Key resources to be provided in commonlyspoken languages may include, but are not limited to:
a. End user terms and conditions of service
b. Privacy policies
c. User manuals
d. Mobile software applications
e. Outreach and marketing materials
f. Customer service materials
3. Branding and Communications: Awardees must agree to follow instructions outlined in the CMO Awardee General Branding and Communications, including but not limited to obtaining prior approval for any outreach materials, project websites, press releases and press events.
4. Coordination: Awardees must coordinate with other CARB’s Low Carbon Transportation Investment Projects, including the Access Clean California Project, STEP and CMIS. Where applicable and upon request by CARB or CEC, Awardee must agree to coordinate with other CEC Clean Transportation Program Projects, including the California Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Project (CALeVIP), Communities in Charger (CIC), and Energy Infrastructure Incentives for Zero-Emission Commercial Vehicles (EnergIIZE).
5. Logos: All outreach and education materials, such as fact sheets, infographics, multimedia tools such as videos and websites must display the Clean Mobility Options Pilot Program logo, the California Climate Investments logo, and the California Energy Commission logo (see figures below). In addition, all project vehicles funded by this program must display the California Climate Investments logo. The California Climate Investments logo and name serves to bring under a single brand the many investments whose funding comes from the GGRF. The logo represents a consolidated and coordinated initiative by the State to address climate change by reducing GHGs, while also investing in disadvantaged communities and achieving many other co-benefits. Awardee agrees to acknowledge the California Climate Investments program as a funding source from CARB’s Low Carbon Transportation program whenever projects funded, in whole or in part by this agreement, are publicized in any news media, websites, brochures, publications, audiovisuals, or other types of promotional material. The acknowledgement must read as follows: “[PROGRAM/PROJECT NAME] is part 303
87 of California Climate Investments, a statewide initiative that puts billions of Cap-and-Trade dollars to work reducing greenhouse gas emissions, strengthening the economy, and improving public health and the environment — particularly in disadvantaged communities.” Guidelines for the usage of the CCI logo can be found at www.caclimateinvestments.ca.gov/logo-graphics-request.
In addition, Awardee agrees to acknowledge the CEC’s Clean Transportation Program as an additional funding source whenever projects funded, in whole or in part by this agreement, are publicized in any news media, websites, brochures, publications, audiovisuals, or other types of promotional material. The acknowledgement must read as follows:” The project is funded by the California Energy Commission's Clean Transportation Program, which is investing more than $1 billion to accelerate the deployment of zero-emission transportation infrastructure and support in-state manufacturing and workforce training and development.”
6. Participation in Clean Mobility Equity Alliance (CMEA): Awardee must participate in CMEA events, training, and meetings as required by the Program Administrator or CARB.
7. Data Storage and Security: Awardee is responsible to store all data securely, consistent with the following requirements:
a. Information or data, including but not limited to all participant records and supporting documentation that personally identifies or describes an individual or individuals is and shall be treated and protected as confidential in accordance with California Information Practices Act (California Civil Code Sections 1798, et seq.) and other relevant State or Federal statutes and regulations.
b. Identify and develop measures to keep all participants’ data confidential. i. Observe complete confidentiality with respect to all information or data collected pursuant to the Voucher Agreement, including without limitation, agreeing not to disclose or otherwise permit access to such information by any person or entity in any manner whatsoever unless such disclosure is required by law or legal process. If the Awardee believes disclosure of a confidential record may be required under the California Public Records Act (California Government Code Section 6250 et seq.) or other law, the Awardee shall give CARB at least fourteen (14) calendar days written 304
88 notice prior to any planned disclosure. Awardee shall cooperate with and not object to CARB seeking a court order preventing disclosure should CARB in its sole discretion decide to do so.
ii. Ensure that the Awardee’s Representatives are informed of the confidential nature of such information and ensure by agreement or otherwise that they are prohibited from copying, revealing, or utilizing for any purpose in fulfillment of this grant, the contents of such information or any part thereof, or from taking any action otherwise prohibited under this section.
iii. Awardee shall limit access to information and data gathered pursuant to the Voucher Agreement only to necessary Representatives to perform their job duties. c. Develop a systematic process and schedule to back-up participant reservation database(s) on a daily basis at a minimum.
d. Develop a process for disaster recovery of all relevant software applications, websites, and data.
e. Develop and enforce security measures to safeguard project database(s). i. If the Awardee suspects loss or theft, the Awardee must report any lost or stolen information, data, or equipment developed or collected pursuant to the Voucher Agreement to the Program Administrator immediately.
ii. Awardee agrees to notify the Program Administrator immediately of any security incident involving the information system, servers, data, or any other information developed or collected pursuant to this grant. The Awardee agrees that the Program Administrator has the right to participate in the investigation of a security incident involving its data or conduct its own independent investigation, and that the applicant shall cooperate fully in such investigations. iii. Awardee agrees that it shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the Program Administrator due to security incident resulting from the Awardee’s failure to perform or negligent acts of its personnel, and resulting in an unauthorized disclosure, release, access, review, or destruction; or loss, theft or misuse of information or data developed or gathered pursuant to the Voucher Agreement. If the Awardee experiences a loss or breach of data, the Awardee shall immediately report the loss or breach to the Program Administrator. If the Program Administrator determines that notice to the individuals whose data has been lost or breached is appropriate, the Awardee will bear any, and all costs associated with the notice or any mitigation selected by the Program Administrator. These costs include, but are not limited to, staff time, material costs, postage, media announcements, credit monitoring for impacted individuals, and other identifiable costs associated with the breach or loss of data.
305
89 f. Store all records in a secured and safe storage facility that maintains confidentiality and provides fire and natural disaster protection.
g. Retain files during the term of the Voucher Agreement plus five years and do not transmit to any outside entity during this time except as otherwise approved by CARB. h. Transfer all project records to CARB or its designee at the end of the five-year window described in (f) above unless otherwise instructed by CARB. i. The Awardee must not use any data or information obtained as part of the voucher agreement in the performance of services to others or for the benefit of others in any form whatsoever whether gratuitously or for valuable consideration without CARB’s written consent.
j. Voucher Payments:
i. Payment requests shall be made in accordance with the policies and requirements described in Section J (for Mobility Project Vouchers) and Section T (for Needs Assessment Vouchers) of this manual.
ii. Payment will not be made if the Program Administrator deems a milestone has not been accomplished or properly documented; documentation of work completion has not been provided or does not meet specifications and eligibility criteria set forth in this Implementation Manual or that amounts requested for payment are insufficiently documented, or invalid per the Project Milestone Schedule; or, Awardee has not met other terms of the Voucher Agreement. j. Awardee’s Responsibilities for Work: The Awardee shall be responsible for work and for persons or entities engaged in work, including, but not limited to, all Awardee Representatives, and any providers of services. The Awardee shall be responsible for any and all disputes arising out of its contract for work on the Project, including but not limited to payment disputes with any Awardee Representative, and providers of services. The State will not mediate disputes between the Awardee and any other entity concerning responsibility for performance of work. The Awardee shall only distribute CMO voucher funds on a reimbursement basis. Awardee shall not use voucher funds for advance payments to contractors, subcontractors, service providers, suppliers, subgrantees or other third parties.
i. All subcontracts must be submitted to CARB and/or the Program Administrator upon request for review prior to execution. CARB and/or the Program Administrator may also request them during or after the voucher agreement term and Awardee agrees to provide them within five (5) calendar days. For subcontracts that are listed as “to be determined” in the Budget, the Milestone Schedule or elsewhere in any attachment to this Voucher Agreement, the Awardee must submit a revised Budget to CARB and/or the Program 306
90 Administrator, identifying the subcontractor and specific items of cost expected to be incurred by that subcontractor, which in each instance shall be subject to advance approval by CARB and/or the Program Administrator. In addition, Awardee must have a fully executed subcontract before the subcontractor can incur any costs for which the Awardee will seek reimbursement. ii. The Awardee is required, where feasible, to employ best contracting and procurement practices that promote open competition for all goods and services. Awardee shall obtain price quotes from an adequate number of sources for all subcontracts. Upon request, Awardee will provide CARB and/or the Program Administrator a copy of all solicitations for services or products used or needed to carry out the terms of this Voucher Agreement, including copies of the proposals or bids received.
iii. Awardee is responsible for handling all contractual and administrative issues arising out of or related to any subcontracts it enters into under this Voucher Agreement. Nothing contained in the Voucher Agreement or otherwise creates any contractual relation between the Program Administrator and any subcontractors, and no subcontract may relieve Awardee of its responsibilities under the Voucher Agreement. Awardee is solely liable and responsible for the acts and omissions of its subcontractors or persons directly or indirectly employed by any of them.
iv. The Awardee’s obligation to pay its subcontractors is an independent obligation from Program Administrator’s obligation to make payments to the Awardee. As a result, Program Administrator has no obligation to pay or enforce the payment of any funds to any subcontractor. The Awardee is responsible for establishing and maintaining contractual agreements with and reimbursing each subcontractor for work performed in accordance with the terms of the Voucher Agreement.
8. Suspension of Payments and Early Agreement Termination:
a. The Program Administrator reserves the right to issue a suspension order (stop work order) in the event that a dispute should arise. If issued, a suspension order will be in effect until the dispute has been resolved or the Voucher Agreement has been terminated. Upon issuance of the suspension order, Awardee shall stop all work, unless otherwise specified in the suspension order. Failure to comply with the terms of the suspension order is a material breach of the Voucher Agreement and will subject Awardee to liquidated damages. Awardee shall resume work only upon receipt of written instructions from the Program Administrator indicating work may resume.
307
91 b. An Awardee that chooses to continue to work on the project after a suspension order has been issued will not be paid for completed milestones during the suspension if the Program Administrator terminates the Awardee’s Voucher Agreement.
c. If CARB rescinds the suspension order and does not terminate the Awardee’s Voucher Agreement, Program Administrator will pay completed milestones during the suspension that are payable in accordance with the terms of the Awardee’s Voucher Agreement.
d. In accordance with Termination provision (under the Voucher Agreement General Provisions, below), the Program Administrator reserves the right to terminate the Voucher Agreement without cause upon 30 calendar days written notice to Awardee. Upon termination, all remaining funds must be immediately returned to the Program Administrator.
9. Sectarian Organizations and Non-Public Schools Restrictions: Awardees are prohibited from using voucher funds to aid or support a sectarian purpose pursuant to California Constitution, article XVI, section 5. Awardees are also prohibited from using voucher funds to aid or support a sectarian or denominational school or any school not under the exclusive control of the officers of the public schools pursuant to California Constitution, article IX, section 8. CARB and the Program Administrator reserve the right to obtain additional information from applicants and voucher Awardees to determine compliance with California Constitution, article XVI, section 5 and article IX, section 8. Failure to provide any requested information may result in denial of funding.
10. Voucher Agreement General Provisions:
Note to Awardees: This is not a complete list of terms and conditions. For the full list of voucher agreement’s general provisions please see Voucher Agreement Template, General Provisions section.
a. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act (hereinafter “ADA”) Language. The Awardee must ensure that all products and services submitted to, uploaded, or otherwise provided to or funded by CARB and CEC or made available to the public by the Awardee and/or its contractors, subcontractors or sub-awardees, including but not limited to data, software, plans, drawings, specifications, reports, operating manuals, notes and other written or graphic work prepared in the course of performance of this Agreement, including Status Reports (collectively, the “Work”), comply with Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0, level AA, and any subsequent versions, and otherwise meet the accessibility requirements set forth in California Government Code Sections 7405 and 11135, Section 202 of the federal Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12132), and Section 508 of the federal Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794, subd. (d)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (36 C.F.R. Parts 1193 and 1194) (collectively, 308
92 the “Accessibility Requirements”). For any Work provided to CARB or the public in PDF format, the Awardee, along with its contractors, subcontractors and sub-awardees, shall also provide an electronic version in the original electronic format (for example, Microsoft Word or Adobe InDesign). CARB or the Program Administrator may request from the Awardee documentation of compliance with the requirements described above and may perform testing to verify compliance. The Awardee agrees to respond to and resolve any complaint brought to its attention regarding accessibility of materials provided under the Voucher Agreement.
i. Awardee must bring into compliance, at no cost to CARB and CEC or the Program Administrator, any Work by the Awardee, or its contractors, subcontractors, and sub-awardees, not meeting the Accessibility Requirements. If the Awardee fails to bring the Work into compliance with the Accessibility Requirements within five (5) business days of issuance of written notice from CARB or the Program Administrator, or within the time frame specified in said written notice, then the Awardee will be responsible for all costs incurred by the Program Administrator and/or CARB and CEC in bringing the Work into compliance with the Accessibility Requirements. The Awardee agrees to respond to and resolve any complaint brought to its attention regarding accessibility of deliverables provided under this Agreement for a period of one year following delivery of the final deliverable under the Voucher Agreement.
ii. Deviations from the Accessibility Requirements are permitted only by advance written consent by CARB in each instance.
b. Amendment: No amendment or variation of the terms of the Voucher Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing, signed by authorized representatives of the parties, and approved as required. No oral understanding or agreement not incorporated in the Voucher Agreement is binding on any of the parties. c. Assignment: The Voucher Agreement is not assignable by Awardee, either in whole or in part, without the consent of CARB and the Program Administrator. d. Assurances: The Program Administrator reserves the right, but not the obligation, to seek further written assurances from the Awardee and any of the Awardee’s Representatives or Subawardees that the work performed under the Voucher Agreement will be performed consistent with the terms and conditions of the Voucher Agreement.
e. Availability of Funds: CARB’s and the Program Administrator’s obligations under the Voucher Agreement are contingent upon the availability of funds. In the event funds are not available, the Program Administrator and the State shall have no liability to pay any funds whatsoever to the applicant or to furnish any other considerations under the Voucher Agreement.
309
93 f. Audit: Awardee agrees that CARB, CEC, the Department of General Services, Department of Finance, the California State Auditor (formerly known as the Bureau of State Audits), or their designated representative shall have the right to review and to copy any records and supporting documentation pertaining to the performance of the Awardee and all State funds received. Awardee agrees to maintain such records for possible audit for a minimum of five years after the term of the Voucher Agreement is completed unless a longer period of records retention is agreed to in writing by the Program Administrator and Awardee. Awardee agrees to allow auditor access to such records during normal business hours and to allow interviews of any employees who might reasonably have information related to such records.
Further, Awardee agrees to include a similar right of the State to audit records and interview staff in any Awardees related to performance of the agreement. g. Compliance with law, regulations, etc.: Awardee agrees that it will, at all times, comply with and require its Representatives and Subawardees to comply with all applicable federal and State laws, rules, guidelines, regulations, and requirements. h. Computer software: Awardee certifies that it has appropriate systems and controls in place to ensure that State funds will not be used in the performance of the Voucher Agreement for the acquisition, operation, or maintenance of computer software in violation of copyright or other intellectual property laws. i. Confidentiality: No record which has been designated as confidential by CARB, CEC and/or the Program Administrator, or is the subject of a pending application of confidentiality, shall be disclosed by the Awardee to any third party. j. Conflict of interest: Government Code Section 87104 prohibits public officials of CARB and CEC, which includes any member, officer, employee, or consultant of a CARB advisory body or CEC, from making a formal or informal appearance before, or oral or written communication to CARB or CEC for the purpose of influencing a decision by CARB or CEC on a grant or other entitlement for use, such as a contract, loan, license, or permit. Prohibited communications include grant applications, letters, emails, phone calls, meetings, or any other form of oral or written communication within or outside of a public committee meeting with CARB, CEC, or CARB or CEC staff, for the purpose of influencing a CARB or CEC decision on an application for funding submitted to CARB or CEC. A knowing or willful violation of this section may result in a member being guilty of a misdemeanor and fined up to the greater of $10,000 or three times the amount of an amount unlawfully received.
If a court determines a violation occurred and that the official action might not otherwise have been taken or approved if not for the prohibited communication, the grant may be voided. (See Gov. Code §§ 91000, 91003). 310
94 i. For this reason, CARB and CEC officials, including but not limited to advisory body members, also may not be a signatory, or administrator on a grant application, or on any resulting grant agreement. Such individuals should not be listed on the grant application except as necessary to show their role in the organization.
ii. Note that an advisory body member's organization may continue to be eligible for a grant. However, the grant must not follow any communications for purposes of influence by the advisory body member on CARB's or CEC’s decision on that grant agreement. Additionally, that organization would need to identify a different member of the organization to sign or be the administrator for any applications and awarded grants.
iii. Please also note that applications from organizations affiliated with CARB Board members may require additional review and Board approval. Although CARB will make every effort to obtain required review and approval in a timely manner, this may delay grant execution and/or distribution of funds. iv. The Awardee certifies that it is, and shall remain, in compliance with all applicable California and federal conflict of interest laws during the entire Term of the Voucher Agreement. The Awardee will have no interest, and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which will conflict with its ability to impartially perform under, or complete the tasks described in, this Agreement.
The Awardee must disclose any direct or indirect financial interest or situation which may pose an actual, apparent, or potential conflict of interest with its duties throughout the Agreement Term. CARB or CEC may consider the nature and extent of any actual, apparent, or potential conflict of interest in the Awardee’s ability to perform the Agreement. The Awardee must immediately advise CARB in writing of any potential new conflicts of interest throughout the Agreement Term.
k. Damages for breach affecting tax exempt status: In the event that any breach of any of the provisions of the Voucher Agreement by Awardee shall result in the loss of tax-exempt status for any State bonds, Awardee shall immediately reimburse the State in an amount equal to any damages paid by or loss incurred by the State due to such breach.
l. Disputes: Awardee shall continue with the responsibilities under the Voucher Agreement during any dispute between Awardee and Program Administrator or CARB, unless otherwise directed by CARB. Awardee may work in good faith with CARB and the Program Administrator to resolve any disagreements or conflicts arising from implementation of the Voucher Agreement. However, any disagreement that cannot be resolved at the management level within 30 calendar 311
95 days of when the issue is first raised with CARB staff shall be subject to resolution by the CARB Executive Officer, or the Executive Officer’s designated representative, in the Executive Officer’s sole discretion. Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended to limit any rights or remedies that the parties may have under law. m. Environmental justice: In the performance of the Voucher Agreement, Awardee shall conduct its programs, policies, and activities that substantially affect human health or the environment in a manner that ensures the fair treatment of people of all races, genders, cultures, and income levels, including minority populations and low-income populations of the State. Equal access includes, but is not limited to, ensuring language barriers are fully addressed to the satisfaction of CARB and as otherwise required by local, state, and federal law.
n. Fiscal management systems and accounting standards: Awardee agrees that, at a minimum, its fiscal control and accounting procedures will be sufficient to permit tracing of applicant funds to a level of expenditure adequate to establish that such funds have not been used in violation of local, state, or federal law or the Voucher Agreement. Unless otherwise prohibited by local, state or federal law, Awardee further agrees that it will maintain separate voucher fund accounts as required to manage and administer the Project, and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
o. Force majeure: CARB, CEC, the Awardee, and/or the Program Administrator are not liable for, or deemed to be in default for, any delay or failure in performance under the Voucher Agreement or interruption of services resulting, directly or indirectly, from acts of God, civil unrest, war, fire, flood, earthquakes, or other physical natural disasters. If either Party intends to invoke this clause to excuse or delay performance, the Party invoking the clause must provide written notice to the other Party immediately of the intent to invoke the clause and the reasons why the force majeure event is preventing that Party from, or delaying that Party in, performing its obligations under this Agreement. The Program Administrator may terminate this Agreement immediately, in writing and without penalty, in the event the Awardee invokes this clause, in which case the Awardee shall immediately return all remaining Voucher Funds to the Program Administrator or their designee, cease all expenditure of Voucher Funds, and turn over all documents, records, deliverables, intellectual property and other information in relation to the Voucher Agreement. i. If the Agreement is not terminated by the Program Administrator pursuant to this clause, upon completion of the force majeure event, the Awardee must immediately re-commence the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The Awardee must also provide to the Program Administrator a written proposal to revise the Project Schedule, inclusive of anticipated major 312
96 milestones and timeframes for expending remaining Voucher Funds, while minimizing the effects of the delay caused by the force majeure event. ii. An event of force majeure does not relieve a Party from any of its obligations which arose before the occurrence of the force majeure event nor is any Party relieved from those obligations which survive termination or cancellation of the Voucher Agreement.
p. Governing law and venue: The Voucher Agreement is governed by and shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Program Administrator and the Awardee hereby agree that any action arising out of the Voucher Agreement shall be filed and maintained in the Superior Court in and for the County of Sacramento, California, or in the United States District Court in and for the Eastern District of California. Awardee hereby waives any existing sovereign immunity for the purposes of the Voucher Agreement.
q. Awardee’s responsibility for work: Awardee shall be responsible for work and for persons or entities engaged in work, including, but not limited to, Awardee Representatives and providers of services. Awardee shall be responsible for any and all disputes arising out of its contract for work on the project, including but not limited to payment disputes with Awardee Representatives and providers of services. Neither the State nor the Program Administrator will mediate disputes between an Awardee and any other entity concerning responsibility for performance of work.
r. Indemnification and Hold Harmless: Awardee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the State of California, CARB, the Program Administrator, CEC, and their respective officers, Board members, employees, agents, representatives, and successors-in-interest against, for and from any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of, resulting from, or related to any actions or inactions of the Awardee or any of its Representatives or Subawardees, including but not limited to actions or inactions relating to, arising out of, or resulting from the operation, design, or implementation of any equipment for vehicles purchased, acquired, developed, modified, or used with Voucher Funds, in whole or in part.
s. Independent Contractor: Awardee, and its Representatives and Subawardees, if any, in their performance of the Voucher Agreement, shall act in an independent capacity and not as officers, employees or agents of the State of California, CARB, CEC or the Program Administrator.
t. Nondiscrimination: During the performance of the Voucher Agreement, Awardee and its Representatives shall ensure that no person is, on the basis of sex, race, religious creed, color, ancestry, national origin, ancestry, ethnic group identification, 313
97 age, mental disability, reproductive health decision- making, protected leave usage, physical disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, veteran or military status, gender, gender identity, gender expression, or sexual orientation, unlawfully denied full and equal access to the benefits of, or unlawfully subjected to discrimination under, any program or activity that is conducted, operated, or administered under this Agreement or funded with Voucher Funds. In addition:
i. During the performance of the Voucher Agreement, the Awardee and its Representatives shall not unlawfully discriminate against, harass, or allow harassment against any employee or applicant for employment, refuse to hire or employ any person or to refuse to select any person for a training program leading to employment, or bar or discharge any person from employment or from a training program leading to employment, or discriminate against any person in compensation or in terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ethnic group identification, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, reproductive health decision-making, protected leave usage, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation, or veteran or military status..
ii. Awardee and its Representatives and Subawardees shall ensure that the evaluation and treatment of all persons receiving or applying for Grant Funds or participating in any Grant programs, projects or activities, along with all respective employees and applicants for employment, are free of such discrimination and harassment.
iii. Awardee and its Representatives and Subawardees shall comply with the provisions of the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Gov. Code section 12900 et seq.) and the applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (California Code of Regulations, title 2, section 10000 et seq.). The applicable regulations of the Civil Rights Council (California Code of Regulations, title 2, section 11000 et seq.) are incorporated into this Agreement by reference and made a part hereof as if set forth in full.
iv. Awardee and its Representatives and Subawardees shall give written notice of their respective obligations under this clause to labor organizations with which any may have a collective bargaining or other agreement. The Awardee shall include the nondiscrimination and compliance provisions of this clause in all contracts, subcontracts and agreements where work is performed to fulfill any term or condition of the Voucher Agreement.
314
98 u. No third-party rights: The existence or terms of the Voucher Agreement do not create rights in, or grant remedies to, any third party as a beneficiary of the Voucher Agreement, or of any duty, covenant, obligation or undertaking established herein. v. Ownership: Awardee acknowledges, accepts, and agrees that all rights, including all intellectual property rights, in and to PII, data, information, documentation, materials, or other intellectual property developed, licensed, or acquired in performance of this Agreement shall remain the exclusive property of CARB and/or CEC. The Awardee has a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to access and use such information and property solely for performing its obligations under this Agreement.
Nothing herein shall be construed to confer any license in such information or property, including user tracking and exception data, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, under copyright or other intellectual property rights, to any third party.
Unauthorized use of said information or property by the Awardee or third parties is prohibited. For the purposes of this requirement, the phrase “unauthorized use” means the data mining or processing of data, stored or transmitted by the Awardee or third-party service, for unrelated or commercial purposes, advertising or advertising-related purposes, or for any other purpose other than security or service delivery analysis that is not explicitly authorized by CARB or the Program Administrator. It will be the Awardee’s responsibility to immediately turn over this property and information to CARB no later than 10 business days prior to the termination, cancellation, or expiration of the Voucher Agreement (whichever is sooner) and provide all reasonable and necessary assistance needed to ensure a smooth transition in accordance with the Project Transition Plan. No such information, data, documents, or intellectual property shall be released to any third party without CARB’s advance written approval. Notwithstanding the above, in the event the Awardee is required by deposition, interrogatory, subpoena, or request for documents under the California Public Records Act to disclose information or data received or generated under this Agreement, the Awardee shall provide CARB and/or CEC a prompt written notice prior to disclosure with sufficient time for CARB and/or CEC to challenge or stay any release in an appropriate court of law. w. Personally Identifiable Information: Information or data, including but not limited to personally identifiable information (“PII”) and all records and supporting documentation that personally identifies or describes an individual or individuals is confidential in accordance with California Civil Code sections 1798, et seq. and other relevant State or Federal statutes and regulations. During the Voucher Agreement Term, in the performance of any of the terms or conditions of the Voucher Agreement, Awardee agrees to safeguard all such information, records, applications, PII, and data which comes into their possession or control in perpetuity, and shall not release or publish any such information, data, or records without first obtaining 315
99 in each instance the advance written approval of an authorized representative of CARB.
x. Prevailing wages and labor compliance: If applicable, Awardee agrees to be bound by all the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1771 et seq. regarding prevailing wages. If applicable, Awardee shall monitor all agreements subject to payment from the Voucher Agreement to ensure that the prevailing wage provisions of California Labor Code Section 1720-1861 are being met. y. Professionals: For projects involving installation or construction services, Awardee agrees that only licensed professionals will be used to perform services under the Voucher Agreement where such services are called for and licensed professionals are required for those services under State law.
z. Severability: If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of the Voucher Agreement to be illegal, unenforceable, or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or portions of those provisions, will not be affected and will remain in full force and effect. aa. Termination: The Program Administrator may terminate the Voucher Agreement upon 30 calendar days written notice to Awardee at any time prior to completion of the agreement upon violation by Awardee of any material provision after such violation has been called to the attention of Awardee and after failure of Awardee to bring itself into compliance with the provisions of the Voucher Agreement. The Program Administrator also reserves the right to terminate the Voucher Agreement upon 30 calendar days written notice to Awardee if the Program Administrator determines that the project has not progressed satisfactorily during the previous three months and Awardee and the Program Administrator have been unable to agree on modifications. Upon termination, Awardee must immediately return unused funds to the Program Administrator.
bb. Third Party Beneficiary: Awardee represents, warrants and agrees that the Awardee shall name CARB and the State of California as third party beneficiaries in all contracts, subcontracts, grants, subgrants and other agreements entered into using Voucher Funds, or for the purpose of carrying out any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement during the Term.
cc. Timeliness: Time is of the essence in performance of the Voucher Agreement.
Awardee agrees to proceed with and complete all of its obligations under the Voucher Agreement in an expeditious manner.
dd. Waiver of Rights: Any waiver of rights with respect to a default or other matter arising under the Voucher Agreement at any time by either party shall not be considered a waiver of rights with respect to any other default or matter. Any rights 316
100
and remedies of the Program Administrator, CARB, CEC, or the State provided for in the Voucher Agreement are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law.
ee. Russian Sanctions: On March 4, 2022, Governor Gavin Newsom issued Executive Order N-6-22 (the EO) regarding Economic Sanctions against Russia and Russian entities and individuals. “Economic Sanctions” refers to sanctions imposed by the U.S. government in response to Russia’s actions in Ukraine, as well as any sanctions imposed under state law. The EO directs State agencies to terminate contracts or grants with, and to refrain from entering any new contracts or grants with, individuals or entities that are determined to be a target of Economic Sanctions.
Accordingly, should the State determine the Awardee is a target of Economic Sanctions or is conducting prohibited transactions with sanctioned individuals or entities, that shall be grounds for termination of this Agreement. The State shall provide the Awardee advance written notice of such termination, allowing the Awardee at least 30 calendar days to provide a written response. Termination shall be at the sole discretion of the State.
X. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Awardees must comply with all requirements outlined in the General Insurance Provisions and Grant Insurance Requirements below. After the voucher is awarded, failure to provide the certificate within 60 days from the voucher execution date may result in the termination of the Voucher Agreement. No payments will be made under the Voucher Agreement until the Awardee fully complies with all applicable insurance requirements79. Awardee is responsible to submit the proof of insurance annually until the end of Voucher Agreement term.
1. General Insurance Provisions Applying to All Policies (for both Mobility Project Voucher and Needs Assessment Voucher Awardees)
a. Coverage Term: Coverage needs to be enforced for the complete term of the Voucher Agreement. If insurance expires during the term of the Voucher Agreement, a new certificate must be received by the Program Administrator at least 30 calendar days prior to the expiration of this insurance. Any new insurance must still comply with the original terms of the Voucher Agreement.
b. Policy Cancellation or Termination & Notice of Non-Renewal: Awardee is responsible to notify the Program Administrator within 5 calendar days before the effective date of any cancellation, non-renewal, or material change that affects required insurance coverage.
New certificates of insurance are subject to the approval of the Department of General 79Since the auto-liability for vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility service is required upon procurement of the vehicles, mobility operator’s insurance can be delayed until closer to Operation Launch. However, no payments will be made to the mobility operator until deemed insurance compliant.
317
101
Services and Awardee agrees no work or services will be performed prior to obtaining such approval. In the event the Awardee fails to keep in effect at all times the specified insurance coverage, the State may, in addition to any other remedies it may have, terminate this Voucher Agreement immediately upon the occurrence of such event, subject to the provisions of the Voucher Agreement.
c. Premiums, Assessments and Deductibles: Awardee is responsible for any premiums, policy assessments, deductibles or self-insured retentions contained within their insurance program.
d. Primary Clause: Any required insurance contained in this Voucher Agreement shall be primary, and not excess or contributory, to any other insurance carried by the Program Administrator and/or the State.
e. Insurance Carrier Required Rating: All insurance companies must carry an AM Best rating of at least “A–“with a financial category rating of no lower than VI. If Awardee is self-insured for a portion or all of its insurance, review of financial information including a letter of credit may be required by the Department of General Services. f. Endorsements: Any required endorsements requested by the Program Administrator must be physically attached to all requested certificates of insurance and not substituted by referring to such coverage on the certificate of insurance. For any work or activity performed or carried out in whole or in part using Grant Funds or to carry out any term or condition of this Grant Agreement, each insurance policy must name “the State of California, the California Air Resources Board, the California Energy Commission, the Program Administrator (CALSTART), and each of its and their officers, agents, and employees as additional insureds” by an endorsement that states the names exactly as stated above in the Voucher Agreement. A blanket additional insured endorsement is not acceptable in respect to the Voucher Agreement for Awardee and/or contract with the Fleet Owner. A Waiver of Subrogation or Right to Recover endorsement in favor of the State of California must also be attached to the certificate. g. Inadequate Insurance: Inadequate or lack of insurance does not negate the Awardee’s obligations under the Voucher Agreement
h. Satisfying a Self-Insured Retention (SIR): All policies with an SIR shall be endorsed to allow the State or Program Administrator to satisfy the SIR or Deductible at the State’s discretion. The State or Program Administrator may deduct from any amounts otherwise due to Awardee to fund the SIR/deductible. Policies shall not contain any provision that limits the satisfaction of the SIR / deductible to the Named Insured. The Awardee’s insurer may also eliminate the SIR / deductible in favor of the State’s interests.
318
102
i. Available Coverages/Limits: All coverage and limits available to the Awardee shall also be available and applicable to the State and the Program Administrator as additional insureds.
j. Contractors, Subcontractors, and Consultants: In the case of Awardee’s utilization of contractors, subcontractors, or Consultants to complete the contracted scope of work, Awardee shall include all contractors, subcontractors, and consultants as additional insured under Awardee’s insurance or supply evidence of the contractor, subcontractor and/or consultant’s insurance to the Program Administrator subject to section 2.a below.
Note: Awardee and its contractors, sub-contractors, and consultants may use an umbrella (or excess) liability policy to make up the difference of limits for a given coverage that require a higher limit as long as the Awardee attaches a copy the underlying endorsement from the excess / umbrella policy that shows what policies are covered by the umbrella policy. Awardee should submit the underlying (U/L) endorsement from the umbrella policy showing the general liability policy # listed on that U/L endorsement schedule.
2. Insurance Requirements for Mobility Project Voucher Awardees: Awardee shall display evidence of the following on a certificate of insurance where applicable. Awardee must assure the project fully complies with all applicable insurance requirements before starting the project. The following coverages must be evidenced on the certificate of insurance where applicable, and all endorsements required must be attached:
a. Commercial General Liability: After the voucher is awarded, Awardee shall maintain general liability on an occurrence form with limits not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability combined with a $5,000,000 annual policy aggregate. A “per project aggregate” endorsement is required.
Subcontractors (who are not procuring vehicles) shall maintain general liability on an occurrence form with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability combined with a $2,000,000 annual policy aggregate. The policy shall include coverage for liabilities arising out of premises, operations, independent Awardees, products, completed operations, personal and advertising injury, liability assumed under an insured contract or grant, and expressly including “any electric bikes and scooters in connection with any such work or operations.” This insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought subject to Awardee’s limit of liability.
b. Automobile Liability: Compliance of automobile liability for vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility service is required upon procurement of the vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility service.
319
103
i. Automobile Liability for vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility service (e.g., carshare, vanpool, etc.):
1. Awardee (or the entity that procures the vehicles) shall maintain business automobile liability insurance as broad as Form CA0001 for limits not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit once the vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility program have been procured. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any and all motor vehicles owned, hired or non-owned. “Any Auto” symbol 1 is required. The policy must expressly include “any electric bikes and scooters in connection with any such work or operations.”
2. If Awardee, does not procure the vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility service, then Awardee, by signing the Voucher Agreement, certifies that the Awardee and any Awardee Representatives possess valid automobile coverage in accordance with California Vehicle Code Sections 16450 to 16457, inclusive if vehicles are not procured for the CMO shared mobility service. The State reserves the right to request proof at any time.
3. Auto Physical Damage: Awardee upon procurement of the vehicles used in the CMO shared mobility service, shall maintain auto physical damage and collision coverage with a deductible no higher than $1,000; comprehensive, fire and theft insurance with a deductible no higher than $1,000.
4. In the event when the Fleet Owner or the Mobility Operator maintains business automobile liability insurance, not the Awardee, the policy must name the Awardee in addition to those listed above in the Endorsements provision. ii. Automobile Liability for non-CMO shared service vehicles: Any other vehicle that is not used for the CMO shared mobility service, for example for project planning, rebalancing, marketing, outreach or driving to events shall maintain business automobile liability insurance as broad as Form CA0001 for limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any and all motor vehicles owned, hired or non-owned. “Any Auto” symbol 1 is required.
iii. Electric Bike and Scooter80: If applicable, in addition to the insurance requirements listed above, Awardee (or the entity that procures bikes and scooters) must supply specific coverage for Electric Bikes and Scooters, with a limit of at least $5,000,000. Proof of coverage can be submitted in two ways:
80 Mobility providers must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and requirements for acceptable insurance, including AB 371- Shared mobility devices: insurance and tracking. 320
104
1. If coverage is from an Electric Bike and Scooter insurance carrier, only the certificate of insurance is required showing specific insurance for Electric Bikes and Scooters; OR,
2. If coverage is endorsed to the General Liability policy; insurance company must supply a separate endorsement showing proof of Electric Bike and Scooter Coverage.
In the event when the Fleet Owner or the Mobility Operator supplies coverage for electric bikes and scooters, not the Awardee, the policy must name the Awardee in addition to those listed above in the Endorsements provision. c. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Awardee and its subcontractors shall maintain statutory worker’s compensation and employer’s liability coverage for all its employees, students, interns and/or volunteers who will be engaged in the performance of the project. In addition, employer’s liability limits of $1,000,000 are required. d. Cyber Liability coverage, with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim.
Coverage shall be sufficiently broad to respond to the duties and obligations as is undertaken by Awardee in the Voucher Agreement and shall include, but not be limited to, claims involving infringement of intellectual property, including but not limited to infringement of copyright, trademark, trade dress, invasion of privacy violations, information theft, damage to or destruction of electronic information, release of private information, alteration of electronic information, extortion and network security. The policy shall provide coverage for breach response costs as well as regulatory fines and penalties as well.
e. Self Insurance: If Awardee has elected to be self-insured, they must receive approval of their self-insurance program from the Department of General Services (DGS) Office of Risk and Insurance Management (ORIM). To obtain ORIM approval, the Awardee must submit the following documents to the Program Administrator:
1) Workers’ Compensation – The Awardee will provide a copy of its Certificate of Consent to Self-Insure from the Department of Industrial Relations. 2) All Other – The Awardee’s Risk Manager, or comparable position holder, shall provide a written description of the plan including what is covered, what is not covered, identify the financial limits of the plan and identify the source of funds for financing the plan.
3. Insurance Requirements for Needs Assessment Voucher Awardees: Awardee shall display evidence of the following on a certificate of insurance where applicable. Awardee must assure the project fully complies with all applicable insurance requirements before starting the project. The following coverages must be evidenced on the certificate of insurance where applicable, and all endorsements required must be attached:
321
105
a. Commercial General Liability: Awardee shall maintain general liability on an occurrence form with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability combined with a $2,000,000 annual policy aggregate. A “per project aggregate” endorsement is required. Subcontractors shall also maintain general liability on an occurrence form with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability combined with a $2,000,000 annual policy aggregate. The policy shall include coverage for liabilities arising out of premises, operations, independent Awardees, products, completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract or grant. This insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought subject to Awardee’s limit of liability.
b. Automobile Liability:
i. Awardee shall maintain business automobile liability insurance for all vehicles used in the project, for example for marketing, survey distribution, outreach and educational activities or driving to events. Awardee shall maintain business automobile liability insurance as broad as Form CA0001 for limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any and all motor vehicles owned, hired or non-owned. “Any Auto” symbol 1 is required.
ii. Awardee by signing the Voucher Agreement, certifies that the Awardee and any Awardee Representative possess valid automobile coverage in accordance with California Vehicle Code Sections 16450 to 16457, inclusive. The State reserves the right to request proof at any time.
c. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Awardee shall maintain statutory worker’s compensation and employer’s liability coverage for all its employees, students, interns and/or volunteers who will be engaged in the performance of the project. In addition, employer’s liability limits of $1,000,000 are required. d. Cyber Liability coverage, with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim.
Coverage shall be sufficiently broad to respond to the duties and obligations as is undertaken by Awardee in the Voucher Agreement and shall include, but not be limited to, claims involving infringement of intellectual property, including but not limited to infringement of copyright, trademark, trade dress, invasion of privacy violations, information theft, damage to or destruction of electronic information, release of private information, alteration of electronic information, extortion and network security. The policy shall provide coverage for breach response costs as well as regulatory fines and penalties as well.
322
106
e. Self Insurance: If Awardee has elected to be self-insured, they must receive approval of their self-insurance program from the DGS Office of Risk and Insurance Management (ORIM). To obtain ORIM approval, the Awardee must submit the following documents to the Program Administrator:
1) Workers’ Compensation – The Awardee will provide a copy of its Certificate of Consent to Self-Insure from the Department of Industrial Relations. 2) All Other – The Awardee’s Risk Manager, or comparable position holder, shall provide a written description of the plan including what is covered, what is not covered, identify the financial limits of the plan and identify the source of funds for financing the plan.
Y. OVERSIGHT AND ACCOUNTABILITY
Through administration of longstanding incentive programs, CARB has found that project evaluations and program reviews are essential to ensure that incentive program funds are run in accordance with statutory requirements and that State funds are spent transparently and efficiently. The Program Administrator is responsible for working closely with Awardees and CARB to safeguard voucher funds from misuse as it implements CMO Voucher Pilot Program.
Awardees and their Representatives participating in CMO must provide CARB and CEC or their designees and the Program Administrator access to all requested files and relevant information related to vehicles or equipment purchases involving a CMO voucher fund.
CARB holds the overarching responsibility for CMO voucher fund oversight and program accountability and has final authority and sole discretion over all aspects of CMO, including applicant, project and vehicle eligibility, and all program requirements. As such, CARB is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the Program Administrator’s implementation of the CMO Voucher Pilot Program. The Program Administrator shall allow CARB, CEC, the Bureau of State Audits, or their designated representative the right to review and to copy any records and supporting documentation pertaining to its development or implementation of CMO. The Program Administrator must maintain such records for a possible audit for a minimum of three years after final payment from CARB. The Program Administrator must allow CARB or its designee access to such records during normal business hours and to allow interviews of any employees who might reasonably have information related to such records.
Responsibilities for CMO Voucher Pilot Program oversight are as follows:
1. CARB has primary oversight responsibility for CMO to ensure transparent and efficient implementation, and that California Climate Investments and Clean Transportation Program Investments are spent consistent with the statutory requirements, the Funding Guidelines, Funding Plan for Clean Transportation Incentives, 2021–2023 Investment Plan Update for the Clean Transportation Program, Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program solicitation and grant agreement with the Program Administrator (CARB’s grantee), and this Implementation Manual. CARB and CEC reserve the right to conduct a site visit, evaluation, review, or audit CMO for the life of the grant. 323
107
2. The Voucher Agreement and payment request forms are legally binding and enforceable agreements to meet the requirements of the project. Awardee is responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the information, and all subcontractors’ information on the Voucher Agreement or payment request forms it submits to the Program Administrator.
Submission of false information on any of these forms may result in cancellation of the Voucher Agreement and recapture of funds. In addition, CARB and CEC may seek other remedies available by law.
3. If Awardee detects any actual and/or potentially fraudulent activity by a member of their project team, Awardee shall notify CARB and the Program Administrator as soon as possible and work to determine an appropriate course of action.
4. CARB and CEC staff or their designees have primary responsibility for conducting program reviews and/or fiscal audits of CMO Voucher Pilot Program administration and implementation.
5. Awardees and the Program Administrator and its subgrantees shall allow CARB, CEC, the California Department of Finance, the California Bureau of State Audits, or any authorized designee access, during normal business hours, to conduct CMO Voucher Pilot Program reviews and fiscal audits or other evaluations. Granting of access includes, but is not limited to, reviewing program records, site visits, and other evaluations as needed. Program evaluations or site visits may occur unannounced as CARB, CEC staff or their designees deem necessary.
Z. PROJECT NON-PERFORMANCE
CARB and CEC or their designees have the authority to recoup CMO funds which were received based upon misinformation or fraud, or for which the Program Administrator or its subgrantees, Awardees or their subcontractors, mobility operators, or fleet owners are in significant or continual non-compliance with this Implementation Manual or all applicable federal, State, and local laws. CARB also retains the authority to prohibit any entity from participating in CMO Voucher Pilot Program due to non-compliance with program requirements.
AA.DEFINITIONS
This section provides definitions of key program terms, organized by the following categories:
eligibility criteria and project design; equipment and infrastructure; timelines; applications and vouchers; and organizations and roles.
1. Eligibility Criteria and Project Design
“AB 1550 Designated Low -Income Community and Low-income households” for the purposes of this program means census tracts and households, respectively, that are either at or below 80 percent of the statewide median income, or at or below the threshold designated as lowincome by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD)’s 2021 324
108
income levels for low-income communities and households for each county, as reflected in the Revised State Income Limits for 2021 memorandum released in December 2021, and the U.S.
Census Bureau American Community Survey five-year estimates on statewide median household income for the period from 2015 through 2019. “Additional Transportation Enhancements” for the purposes of this program means activities or services that are directly supportive of, but not essential to, implementing the service model.
Up to 25 percent of the total voucher amount requested can be spent on additional transportation enhancements.
“Bikesharing” or “Scooter-Sharing" for the purposes of this program means systems that make bicycles, electric bicycles (e-bikes), or electric scooters available to members on a short-term rental basis.
“Carpooling” and “Vanpooling” for the purposes of this program means the grouping of drivers and passengers with common origins and/or destinations into a shared vehicle. Carpooling and vanpooling is a “self-serve” system, meaning the driver is a traveler in the pool just like other passengers, as opposed to a hired driver as in shared taxi rides or ride hail services. “Carsharing” for the purposes of this program means a service that provides members with access to an automobile through short-term rentals.
“Clean Vehicle Rebate Project (CVRP)” is a CARB program that provides financial incentives for purchases of light-duty zero emission vehicles in California. “Community Transportation Needs Assessment” for the purposes of this program means a process of meaningful, broad-based community engagement and analysis to inform the design of mobility projects that are responsive to specific transportation needs of the community and to community preferences for mobility solutions.
“Service Model” for the purposes of this program means the mobility service(s) to which most of the voucher funding is dedicated. There are six eligible service models. “Disadvantaged Community” for the purposes of this program means census tracts identified as disadvantaged by the California Environmental Protection Agency per SB 535 designation. “Eligibility Criteria” for the purposes of this program means minimum requirements for project elements that may or may not be included in a project design and associated voucher funding application in order to qualify for voucher funding.
“Existing Service” for the purposes of this program means a transportation service that currently operates in any location in the proposed project area. “Expansion Project” for the purpose of this program means a project that expands the existing service model that is currently in operation or planned to begin operations, by increasing the project area to serve additional residents, increasing vehicle access (e.g., increasing operation 325
109
hours or number of vehicles), or increasing infrastructure equipment that ultimately will result in increasing ridership.
“Fixed Route Transit Service” for the purposes of this program is a service that offers service through a predetermined route and schedule.
“Hybrid and Zero Emission Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Project (HVIP)” is a CARB program that provides financial incentives for purchases of zero-emission and hybrid trucks and buses, and low NOx natural gas engines.
“Infrastructure Improvements” for the purposes of this program means infrastructure improvements that directly support project vehicles and are essential to implementation of the service model(s).
“Innovative Transit Services” or “Microtransit” for the purposes of this program means transit services that are demand-responsive (routes and/or frequency of service are determined dynamically based on customer demand) and capable of serving multiple riders simultaneously (not only a single rider service), including on-demand shuttles and circulators, paratransit services, and private sector transit solutions.
“Low-Income Community” for the purposes of this program means census tracts identified as low-income per AB 1550.
“New Project” for the purposes of this program means a project that operates a different service model from an existing service model that is funded by CARB and is currently operating (or planned to begin development or operations) in the proposed project area. “Project Area” for the purposes of this program means the geographic area where targeted project users (community residents) reside and where most infrastructure is installed. “Public Right-of-Way (ROW)” for the purposes of this program means a property, owned by, or granted through an easement to a public agency, which is made available to the public for travel purposes. ROW may include roadways, parking stalls or lanes, and sidewalks. “Resource Contribution” for the purposes of this program means assets contributed to the project to supplement voucher funding and support long-term sustainability. Assets do not need to be monetary, and applicants are not required to estimate the monetary value of the contributions.
“Ride-on-Demand Services” for the purposes of this program means an eligible service model that includes on-demand rides for individuals, provided by taxi companies and transportation network companies (TNCs).
“Site Control” for the purposes of this program means the ability to utilize a site for vehicles and/or infrastructure, as the owner or as party to a contract with the owner, free from deedrelated restrictions. 326
110
“Solar on Multifamily Affordable Housing (SOMAH) Program” is a State of California program providing financial incentives for installing photovoltaic (PV) energy systems on multifamily affordable housing.
“Unincorporated Community” for the purposes of this program is defined as the area lying within the boundaries of the Counties that is not governed by a local municipal corporation (i.e., no city government represents the Project Area).
2. Equipment and Infrastructure
“Battery-Electric Vehicle (BEV)” for the purposes of this program means any vehicle that operates solely by use of a battery or battery pack, or that is powered primarily through the use of an electric battery or battery pack but uses a flywheel or capacitor that also stores energy produced by the electric motor or through regenerative braking to assist in vehicle operation. “Docking Stations” for the purposes of this program means parking equipment for securing shared bicycles or scooters that includes built-in locking mechanisms and telecommunications technologies.
“Electric Bicycle (E-bike)” for the purposes of this program means a bicycle equipped with fully operable pedals and an electric motor of less than 750 watts that disengages when brakes are applied. Assembly Bill 1096, Statutes of 2015, Chapter 568 defines classes of electric bicycles as follows:
a. Class 1 Electric Bicycle: E-bike with an electric motor that provides assistance only when pedaling and ceases assistance upon reaching 20 miles per hour (mph). b. Class 2 Electric Bicycle: E-bike with a motor controlled by a throttle that may be used exclusively to propel the bicycle and ceases assistance upon reaching 20 mph. “Electric Cargo Bicycle” for the purposes of this program means a bicycle (two – wheeled device) that is equipped to carry cargo or additional passengers. “Electric Cargo Tricycle” for the purposes of this program means a three-wheeled device with a designated place for cargo or additional passengers.
“Electric Tricycle or Pedicab” for the purposes of this program means a three-wheeled device for passenger transport that can transport at minimum 3 additional passengers in addition to the driver.
“Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE)” for the purposes of this program means a portable, pedestal-mounted, or wall-mounted unit that supplies electricity to charge the batteries of electric vehicles or micromobility devices, also known as EV charging equipment. An EVSE may have one or more charging ports and connectors for charging an EV. a. Level 2 EVSE: For the purposes of this program, is defined as EVSE rated up to 240 volts alternating current (AC), up to 60 amperages [amps], and up to 19.2 kilowatts (kW). 327
111
b. Direct Current Fast Charge (DCFC) EVSE: For the purposes of this program, is defined as EVSE that is capable of delivering at least 50 kilowatts (kW) of power through direct current (DC).
“Electric Vehicle Charging Station” is a site with one or more EV charging ports at the same address. Examples include a parking garage or a mall parking lot. “Electric Vehicle Charging Port” provides power to charge only one vehicle at a time even though it may have multiple connectors. The unit that houses EV charging ports is sometimes called a charging post, which can have one or more EV charging ports. EV charging ports are sometimes referred to as electric vehicle support equipment (EVSE) ports. “Electric Vehicle Connector” is what is plugged into a vehicle to charge it. Multiple connectors and connector types (such as CHAdeMO and CCS) can be available on one EV charging port, but only one vehicle will charge at a time. Connectors are sometimes called plugs. A charger may have one or multiple connectors.
“Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle (FCEV)” for the purposes of this program means any vehicle that receives propulsion energy from both an on-board fuel cell power system and either a battery or a capacitor. FCEV is equivalent to “Hybrid fuel cell vehicle.” “Light-Duty Vehicle” for the purposes of this program is defined as any motor vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of 8,500 pounds or less.
“Medium/Heavy-Duty Vehicle” for the purposes of this program is defined as any motor vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating more than 8,500 pounds and up to 26,000 pounds (vehicle classes 3 through 6 as categorized by the Federal Highway Administration and EPA Emissions Classifications) or under 30 feet in length.
“Micromobility Device” for the purposes of this program, is defined as mobility option including, but is not limited to, standard bicycles, electric bicycles (Class 1 or Class 2 per California Assembly Bill 1096), standard scooters, electric scooters, cargo bicycles, electric tricycles, and pedicabs.
“Neighborhood Electric Vehicle” for the purposes of this program is defined as a low-speed, zero-emission battery electric vehicle, typically designed to travel less than 35 miles per hour at a loaded weight of less than 3,000 pounds.
“Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)” for the purposes of this program is defined as a motor vehicle that combines a conventional gasoline-powered engine with a battery that can be recharged from the electrical grid.
“Quick-Build Infrastructure” for the purposes of this program is defined as a project that does not require major street construction and can be implemented by local agency staff crews. “Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Equipment” for the purposes of this program means panels and related equipment for converting sunlight into electricity. 328
112
“Vehicle Telematics” for the purposes of this program means equipment that enables monitoring of vehicle performance and location using telecommunications technologies. “Zero Emission Vehicle (ZEV)” for the purposes of this program is defined as motor vehicle equipped with clean technologies consistent with the State of California’s zero emission vehicle regulations and standards, including battery-electric vehicles (BEVs), hydrogen fuel cell electric vehicles (FCEVs), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).
3. Timelines
“Application Submission Window” for the purposes of this program means the period during which voucher applications may be submitted to the Program Administrator for funding consideration. The period is defined by a start date/time and an end date/time. “Operations Launch” for the purposes of this program is defined as the day that voucherfunded mobility projects begin operating mobility services available to local residents. This is the date when participants start using the service.
“Operations Period” for the purposes of this program defined as the period between the Operations Launch date and the end of the Voucher Agreement Term (at least 4 years). “Planning and Construction Period” for the purposes of this program is defined as the period between the official kick-off meeting date and the Operations Launch date (up to 15 months). “Voucher Agreement Term” for the purposes of this program is defined as the 5-year period in which Mobility Project Voucher projects must be built and operated, including a minimum 4 years of operations. For the Needs Assessment projects, the Voucher Agreement Term is 12 months.
“Voucher Funding Term” for the purposes of this program is defined as the period in which all project activities are eligible for payment through the Clean Mobility Options program. For the Mobility Project Voucher, this period is at least 4 years from the voucher agreement execution date, and for the Needs Assessment Voucher, this period is 12 months from the voucher agreement execution date.
4. Applications and Vouchers
“Approved Application” for the purposes of this program is defined as a qualified application that is awarded a voucher.
“Community Outreach Plan” for the purposes of this program is defined as a narrative plan that describes the targeted strategy to engage the identified community residents through outreach and education about the project.
“Financial Sustainability Plan” for the purposes of this program is defined as a narrative plan that shows how the project can be sustainable after State funding is spent or after termination of the Voucher Funding Term. This plan is part of the Mobility Project Voucher application. 329
113
“First-come, First-served” for the purposes of this program means the approach used by the Program Administrator to approve eligible applications based on the order in which they were received, starting at the beginning of the application submission window. “Notice of Intent to Award” for the purpose of this program means a written notice by the Program Administrator notifying the successful applicant that the Program Administrator intends to award the project contingent upon executing the agreement and submitting any outstanding documents.
“Notice to Proceed” for the purpose of this program means a written notice by the Program Administrator that directs the successful MPV Phase 1 applicant to proceed with submitting their Final Application.
“Operating Contingency Plan” for the purposes of this program is defined as a narrative plan that describes how the project approach will be adjusted in the case of unexpected challenges around infrastructure development and site control.
“Qualified Application” for the purposes of this program is defined as an application that meets all minimum eligibility requirements and application requirements contained in the Program Implementation Manual.
“Randomization” for the purposes of this program is defined as a process to equalize application submission by deploying a random number generator to reorder application submissions, using a chance method, only if the funding amount is oversubscribed during the first day of the submission window.
“Voucher Agreement” for the purposes of this program is defined as a “promise to pay” that enables Awardees to develop partnerships and incur costs with assurance that all eligible and approved activities will be paid by the Program Administrator. a. Mobility Project Vouchers are intended to support planning, development and implementation of clean mobility options projects.
b. Needs Assessment Vouchers are intended to support communities in identifying their transportation needs and evaluating gaps through a community transportation needs assessment process.
“Voucher Redemption” for the purposes of this program is defined as the process by which the Program Administrator provides payment to Awardee for incurred expenses after the Voucher Agreement is executed.
“Voucher Expiration” for the purposes of this program is defined as the process by which a voucher becomes invalid, and the Voucher Agreement is terminated when schedule requirements are not met.
330
114
“Voucher Renewal” for the purposes of this program is defined as the process by which the Program Administrator may approve an extension of schedule requirements to keep a voucher from expiring.
5. Organizations and Roles
“Awardee” for the purposes of the program is a primary organization who enters into an agreement with the Program Administrator assuming responsibility for managing a clean mobility options project or a community needs assessment project, meeting project milestones, and achieving the goals of CMO.
“Clean Mobility Provider Directory” for the purposes of this program, means an informational resource that summarizes offerings from mobility operators in order to support CMO applicants and Awardees in identifying partners suitable for their communities in an informed and timely fashion.
“Community-based Organization (CBO)” for the purposes of this program is defined as an organization that meets at least two of the following:
a. Is place-based, with an explicit geographic focus area that includes the proposed Project Area.
b. Has staff members, volunteers, or Board members that reside in the community where the project is located.
c. Has a demonstrated track record of at least one year providing services in the proposed Project Area.
“Experienced Partner” for the purposes of this program is defined as an organization on the project team with at least one year of experience operating mobility services. “Fleet Owner” for the purposes of this program is defined as an organization or the person registered as the owner or lessee of a vehicle by the California Department of Motor Vehicles, as evidenced on the vehicle registration document carried in the vehicle. “Lead applicant” for the purposes of this program is defined as an entity that submits an application to the Program Administrator to assume responsibility for managing a clean mobility options project or a community transportation needs assessment project, meet project milestones, and achieve the goals of CMO.
“Mobility Operator” for the purposes of this program is defined as an entity that is leading the development and implementation of systems for operating a mobility service (e.g., carshare, bikeshare), bringing together back-end systems such as user databases and payment platforms with front-facing activities such as vehicle fleet maintenance and day-to-day service provision. “Program Administrator” for the purposes of this program means the team led by CARB’s grantee, CALSTART that is responsible for administration of the program on behalf of CARB. 331
115
“Registered Vendor” for the purposes of this program is defined as a vendor that may receive direct payment from the Program Administrator, upon request by the Awardee and approval by the Program Administrator.
“Representative” or “Representatives” of Awardees: for the purposes of this program means and includes, individually and collectively, Awardee’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, affiliates, agents, representatives, assigns, employees, officers, directors, members, or partners.
A “subgrant” or “subaward” is a grant or award provided by the Awardee pursuant to the Voucher Agreement to a “subgrantee” or “subawardee” that is used to support a project that the subgrantee/subawardee carries out in support of their own program. The subgrantee/subawardee has responsibility for programmatic decision-making and does not make a profit or otherwise receive reimbursement in excess of its actual costs. In contrast, the Awardee hires a “contractor” or “subcontractor” under a contract to provide goods and services for items the Awardee itself needs to carry out the Voucher Agreement. “Subapplicant” for the purposes of this program is defined as entities that enter into a partnership with the lead applicant and other eligible organizations to apply for CMO.
BB. LIST OF ACRONYMS
AB
AC
ADA
AQIP
BEV
CALeVIP
BIA
CARB
CBO
Assembly Bill
Alternating Current
Americans with Disabilities Act
Air Quality Improvement Program
Battery Electric Vehicle
California Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Project
Bureau of Indian Affairs
California Air Resources Board
Community-Based Organization
332
116
CEC
CEQA
CFR
CHAdeMO
CMIS
CMO
CVRP
DAC
DC
DCFC
EnergIIZE
EVSE
FCEV
FY
GGRF
GHG
GPS
GVWR
HSC
HVIP
KBB
kW
kWh
LCFS
MaaS
MOU
NEV
OEM
PHEV
PTO
PV
SAE CCS
SB
SOMAH
STEP
TNC
U.S. EPA
WAV
ZEV
California Energy Commission
California Environmental Quality Act
Code of Federal regulations
Charge de Move (equivalent to move using charge)
Clean Mobility in Schools
Clean Mobility Options
Clean Vehicle Rebate Project
Disadvantaged Community
Direct Current
Direct Current Fast Charger
Energy Infrastructure Incentives for Zero-Emission Commercial Vehicles Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment
Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle
Fiscal Year
Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund
Greenhouse Gas
Global Positioning System
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Health and Safety Code
Hybrid and Zero-Emission Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Project Kelley Blue Book
Kilowatts
Kilowatt-hour
Low Carbon Fuel Standard
Mobility as a Service
Memorandum of Understanding
Neighborhood Electric Vehicle
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Permission to Operate
Photovoltaic
Society of Automotive Engineers - Combo Charging System Senate Bill
Solar on Multifamily Affordable Housing Program
Sustainable Transportation Equity Project
Transportation Network Company
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Wheelchair Accessible Vehicle
Zero-Emission Vehicle
APPENDIX A- Mobility Project Voucher Application Overview To apply for a Mobility Project Voucher, please complete and submit an application using the CMO online application portal. You may also contact CMO hotline at 626-744-5670 or via email to [email protected], if you wish to receive a paper copy of the application materials. The Mobility Project Voucher application consists of two phases. Phase 1 is the Basic Eligibility and is open to all applicants. Phase 2 is a Final Application only for qualified 333
117
applications approved during Phase 1. The Program Administrator will notify applicants approved during Phase 1 to apply to Phase 2. The application materials will be made available prior to the opening of the application window at the application website, and consist of following:
PHASE 1: Basic Eligibility
PROJECT TEAM PROFILE
● Lead applicant and potential sub-applicant general contact information and organization type.
● Organization background and qualifications, such as history of local engagement, key areas of expertise, experience working with disadvantaged and low-income communities or tribes, and how this background enables the organization to implement this project efficiently and effectively.
● Name of organization on the team with at least one year of experience operating mobility services (experienced partner), and what role they play (if available).
PROJECT NARRATIVE
● Description of the project proposal.
● Designation of service model(s) included in the project. ● Description of infrastructure in the proposal, if any.
COMMUNITY TRANSPORTATION NEEDS ASSESSMENT
● Description and analysis of at least one resident survey and 3 data sources and indicators used to develop a Transportation Access Data Analysis, including a copy of the resident survey used in the analysis.
● Description of the community’s main travel patterns and transportation gaps based on the Transportation Data Analysis.
● Description of at least two meaningful, representative, community engagement activities that have been conducted to assess the community’s transportation needs (The response must include at least two types of engagement activities). For more information on community engagement activities see Section O.2 of this manual. ● Description of the main transportation and mobility needs identified by the community engagement activities outlined.
● Description of how the proposed project contributes to addressing the needs and preferences for transportation solutions expressed by the community in the needs assessment.
● Explanation of when the needs assessment activities described above was completed. ● Inclusion of the Final Report of the community transportation needs assessment.
PROJECT AREA PROFILE
334
118
● Description of how the Project Area is located within an eligible geography. ● Description of the boundaries of the Project Area in one of the following ways:
○ If Project Area boundaries are the same as census tract boundaries, list the census tracts.
○ Describe the boundaries using street names and cross streets. ○ Provide a map showing the geographic boundaries and attach it to the application. ● Description of the population size of the project area with source. ● Indication of whether submission includes application(s) for project area(s) that are located entirely inside unincorporated areas (i.e., no city government represent the area)
TOTAL REQUESTED VOUCHER AMOUNT
● Provide estimated budget amount in accordance with project type (new, existing or combination)
ATTACHMENTS
● Applicable supportive documents to determine eligibility (e.g., non-profit corporation documents)
● Community transportation needs assessment documents (surveys, summery report of findings)
PHASE 2: Final Application
(Only for applicants who have received the notice to proceed from the Program Administrator)
PROJECT NARRATIVE and TEAM PROFILE DETAIL
● Description of the key activities to be conducted for project planning, development, and operations.
● If the project includes an additional transportation enhancement component should be described.
PROJECT MILESTONE SCHEDULE
• An estimated timeline for the life of the project, including all project activities and interim steps needed to implement the project and operate the service for a minimum of 4 years. The schedule should include milestones for the planning and construction, operation, and reporting of the project's implementation. Applicants may submit a draft project milestone schedule with their application and an updated version 1 month after voucher execution (recommended for projects that are still in the development stages).
COMMUNITY OUTREACH PLAN
335
119
● Description of plan to engage community residents through outreach and education to prepare for the launch of the project and throughout the project’s operations, with consideration of key project stages in which outreach will occur, identification of key partners, their roles for outreach and education, and their knowledge and experience within the community that will enable them to do successful outreach. ● Description of plan to engage with other community stakeholders affected by the project.
COMMUNITY RESOURCE CONTRIBUTION
● Description of at least five types of Community Resource Contributions that are being provided to meet the requirements described in Section G.2 of this manual with supporting documentation.
MOBILITY PROJECT VOUCHER BUDGET WORKSHEET AND PLAN FOR FINANCIAL SUSTAINABILITY • Description of total estimated project costs during the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term, itemized by project cost components.
• Indication of service model, according to the criteria in Section D.2 of this manual. • Description of strategies for maintaining the proposed service(s) for a minimum of 4-year operation period.
• Descriptions of strategies for ensuring vehicles and equipment continue to serve the community if operation discontinues after the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term.
REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS
● Mobility Project Voucher Budget Worksheet that quantifies the financial requirements needed to develop and implement the project throughout the 5-year Voucher Agreement Term.
● Letters of Commitment and Support.
336
120
APPENDIX B- Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher Application Overview
To apply for a Mobility Project Voucher, please complete and submit an application using the CMO online application portal. You may also contact CMO hotline at 626-744-5670 or via email to [email protected] if you wish to receive a paper copy of the application materials. The application consists of only one phase (unlike with the Mobility Project Voucher, which contains two phases). The application materials will be made available prior to the opening of the application window at the application website, and consists of following:
PROJECT TEAM PROFILE
● Lead applicant and potential sub-applicant general contact information and organization type.
PROJECT NARRATIVE
● Explanation of why a transportation needs assessment is needed for the community, including history of environmental and social/economic challenges, areas of investment/disinvestment, and populations that have historically been underrepresented in community or transportation planning. ● Summary of any existing regional, local, or community-level transportation needs assessment efforts and identify gaps that this needs assessment voucher will fill. ● Description of potential transportation needs and solutions that the needs assessment will address (such as certain types of trips residents may not be able to make, or certain types of mobility services residents may prefer or have already been using). ● Description of who the project will engage with, their basic demographics (e.g., income, household size, age, race, gender, languages spoken), and other important characteristics of the community and audience you are trying to reach. ● Description of planned approach and key activities including the timeline for conducting a community transportation needs assessment in accordance with project requirements.
● Description of plan to ensure that the needs assessment activities are representative of and reach the whole community, including those who are not typically served well by existing transportation services or existing public feedback processes.
PROJECT AREA PROFILE
● Description of how the Project Area is located within an eligible geography. ● Description of the boundaries of the Project Area in one of the following ways:
337
121
o If Project Area boundaries are the same as census tract boundaries, list the census tracts.
o Describe the boundaries using street names and cross streets. o Provide a map showing the geographic boundaries and attach it to your application.
● Description of the population size of the project area with source. ● Indication of whether submission includes application(s) for project area(s) that are located entirely inside unincorporated areas (i.e., no city government represent the area)
BUDGET SUMMARY
• Description of total estimated project costs during the 12-month Voucher Agreement Term, itemized by project cost components.
REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS
● Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher Budget Worksheet ● Letters of Commitment and Support
● Applicable supportive documents to determine eligibility (e.g., non-profit corporation documents)
338
122
APPENDIX C- Clean Mobility Provider Directory
The Program Administrator has developed a Clean Mobility Options Mobility Provider Directory (Directory) to facilitate partnerships with CMO Voucher applicants. The Directory serves as an informational resource to:
a. Support lead applicants and Awardees in identifying operators and other applicable services suitable for their communities in an informed and timely fashion. b. Ensure that voucher Awardees who did not include a partner in their application with the required one year of experience operating a mobility service can identify an experienced operator in a streamlined manner by selecting one from the Directory. c. Allow the CMO Program Administrator to effectively communicate and share information about offerings from interested operators and service providers. d. Provide statewide exposure for eligible operators and service providers interested in joining project teams.
The organization must meet two minimum qualification criteria to be included in the Directory:
1. Organizations must have at least one year of experience operating mobility services.
2. Organization must be registered to conduct business in California and in good standing with the California Secretary of State.
The Directory is updated with new providers on a regular basis. The current version can be downloaded at www.cleanmobilityoptions.org.
This list is provided to applicants as a resource for project development. Please note that being on the Directory list does not necessarily reflect the views and policies of the California Air Resources Board, nor does the mention of trade names or commercial products as a result of being on the directory constitute endorsement or recommendation for use. 339
123
APPENDIX D- CEQA Compliance and Permitting Requirements Each proposed infrastructure installation (e.g., electric vehicle supply equipment or hydrogen refueling station) may be subject to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) compliance, as well as permitting and other requirements. Such proposals must adhere to the requirements specified in this Appendix.
CEQA COMPLIANCE INFORMATION
The California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000 et seq.) requires public agencies to identify the significant environmental impacts of their discretionary actions and to avoid or mitigate them, if feasible. Under CEQA, an activity that may cause either a direct or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment is generally considered a project. An activity funded by a grant may be considered a project under CEQA if it will cause a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. Agencies must comply with CEQA before they are discretionally approved for a project. For projects that are exempt from CEQA, agencies may prepare a Notice of Exemption (an example is provided for reference).
Before applicants submit a Mobility Project Voucher Application, applicants must be certain that the project is eligible for a CEQA exemption. Due to the limited expenditure timeframes involved in this program, projects that are not exempt from CEQA will not be eligible for CMO Voucher Pilot Program funding. Applicants must submit a Notice of Exemption or Resolution of Public Agency or Agenda Item approving Exemption within 12 months of the Voucher Agreement execution date or prior to the first payment request associated with infrastructure costs, whichever is sooner. The Program Administrator must ensure that any applicable requirements of the CEQA have been met by the Awardee, as well as any applicable permitting requirements before any funding be disbursed by the Program Administrator.
Applicants must submit a CEQA Worksheet (Appendix D - Attachment 1) to the Program Administrator for each proposed infrastructure installation as part of their payment request for infrastructure. The applicant shall provide a detailed description of the project and all of its components, as well as any direct physical changes and reasonably foreseeable indirect changes to the surrounding environment. In order to minimize or avoid adverse environmental impacts, this funding program may only accept applications for proposed projects to be sited where similar infrastructure already exists (e.g., installing electric vehicle supply equipment where electrical infrastructure already exists, or installing a hydrogen refueling station at an existing fueling station or industrial facility).
Prior to receiving voucher funds, the applicant must provide definitive documentation from the local lead agency showing the CEQA process has been completed. If no CEQA review is required by a local lead agency, provide definitive documentation from the local lead agency explaining why not.
340
124
The applicant must provide the following information as it pertains to the proposed project prior to receiving any voucher funds associated with infrastructure costs:
A. Proposed Station Location: The applicant must provide the specific address or equivalent location information for the proposed station, equipment, fill system(s), and/or dispensing unit(s).
B. Permits: The applicant must identify the permits necessary for the project with the proposal narrative.
C. Project Impacts: The applicant must describe the direct physical changes and reasonably foreseeable indirect changes to the surrounding environment that may result from the project.
D. CEQA Lead Agency: The lead agency is the public agency that has the greatest responsibility for carrying out or approving a project and for preparing environmental review documents under CEQA. Where the applicant (potential Awardee) is a public agency, the lead agency is typically the applicant. If there are multiple public agencies acting in concert for one project, then the agency which acts first on the project will normally be the lead agency. Where the applicant is a private entity, the lead agency is the public agency that has the greatest responsibility for approving the project as a whole. When issuing contracts, grants, or loans, CARB is typically a Responsible Agency under CEQA, which means that it must make CEQA findings based on review of the lead agency’s environmental documents. If CARB is the only public agency with responsibility for approving the project, then CARB may act as the lead agency and prepare its own environmental documents (based on analysis provided by the applicant). The lead agency will be identified using the following process.
1. Where the proposed project would require a discretionary approval from another permitting agency, the applicant must identify the CEQA lead agency in the application and include documentation demonstrating that contact has been made with the lead agency with jurisdiction over the project for purposes of complying with CEQA. The documentation may be in the form of a letter from the lead agency that is stamped as received by the local agency.
2. If CARB is the only agency with discretionary approval over the proposed project, then CARB will act as the lead agency and will work with the applicant to satisfy CEQA requirements.
Regardless of which agency is the lead agency for a proposed project, the applicant shall be responsible for all costs associated with preparation of environmental review documents. The applicant may also be required to retain a consultant to perform environmental studies as appropriate. The Program Administrator may pay the applicant for these activities. The applicant shall also be responsible for all costs associated with defending any legal challenge against the Voucher Agreement or the environmental review documents prepared in support of entering into the Voucher Agreement.
341
125
A. CEQA Compliance Where the Proposed Project Would require a Discretionary Approval From Another Permitting Agency (i.e., another permitting agency serves as the Lead Agency):
3. Exempt Projects: If the lead agency determines that the proposed project is exempt from CEQA or not a “project” for purposes of CEQA, the applicant must submit proof of such a determination as well as a legally adequate, properly filed Notice of Exemption or proof that more than 180 calendar days have elapsed since the agency’s decision to carry out or approve the project to the Program Administrator within 9 months of the Voucher Agreement execution date or prior to the first payment request associated with infrastructure costs, whichever is sooner.
Additionally, the applicant must provide detailed information on why the project meets the applicable statutory or categorical exemption and why no exceptions to the categorical exemptions apply (see CEQA guidelines Section 15300.2). The applicant shall provide substantial evidence, as that term is defined under CEQA guidelines section 15384, that support the lead agency’s conclusion. For example, for a Class One Categorical Exemption (California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 14 Section 15301), the applicant should provide documentation showing that the project is located at an existing facility that involves negligible or no expansion of an existing use.
i. Ministerial or “Common Sense” Exemptions: If the lead agency exempts a proposed project under the “ministerial” or “common sense” exemptions (CCR, Title 14, Section 15268 and Section 15061, subd. (b)(3), respectively), the applicant shall provide details on whether the project meets some other statutory or categorical exemption. For example, the applicant should not simply state that a 100 percent renewable hydrogen project is exempt under the commonsense exemption.
4. In accordance with CEQA requirements, CARB may review each project application and consider the facts and circumstances of each project application (including the project’s reasonably foreseeable direct and indirect impacts) before determining whether the lead agency’s CEQA review findings and documentation are adequate.
B. CEQA Compliance Where the Proposed Project Would Not Require a Discretionary Approval from Another Permitting Agency: If CARB is the only agency with discretionary approval over the proposed project, then CARB will act as the lead agency and will work with the applicant to satisfy CEQA requirements. The applicant must provide CARB with detailed information regarding the project description why the project would qualify for any CEQA exemptions, and why no exceptions would apply pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15300.2. In accordance with CEQA requirements, CARB will review each project application, and consider the facts and circumstances of each project application (including the project’s reasonably foreseeable direct and 342
126
indirect impacts) before determining the level of required environmental review. As noted above, the applicant shall be responsible for all costs associated with preparation of environmental review documents. The applicant may also be required to retain a consultant to perform environmental studies as appropriate. The Program Administrator may pay for these activities.
C. Other Relevant CEQA Information: The applicant shall submit any other relevant CEQA documentation or information that will assist CARB or the Program Administrator in confirming CEQA compliance.
Within a proposal, the applicant is encouraged to fully document efforts completed or underway to achieve CEQA compliance. This includes, but is not limited to, CEQA compliance documentation, completed or scheduled pre-application meetings with the local CEQA lead agency, or documentation of contact with CEQA lead agency.
PERMITTING
The Applicant must include information in their application that describes their plans to obtain permits for each proposed infrastructure installation. The Governor’s Office of Business and Economic Development is available to provide permitting assistance. Contact information is available below:
Mr. Tyson Eckerle
Phone: 916-322-0563
Email: [email protected]
PHOTOGRAPHIC EVIDENCE OF THE LOCATION LAYOUT
The application must provide photographic images with both date and time stamps of all intended locations. The images must show the station ingress and egress.
EXAMPLE NOTICE OF EXEMPTION
To: County Clerks, Counties of Sonoma, Marin, and Napa
From: San Andreas Transit Agency
Project Title: Electric Vehicles and Data Collection Project Project Location: The following locations have been identified at existing facilities in California for participation in this proposed technology demonstration project: 1) 123 Sample Lane, Glen Ellen, CA, Sonoma County; 2) 321 Environmental Court, Mill Valley, CA, Marin County; 3) 467 Sky St., St. Helena, CA, Napa County.
Description of Nature, Purpose, and Beneficiaries of Project: The San Andreas Transit Agency has partnered with an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) to test and deploy heavy duty battery electric vehicles (HDBEV) and zero emission on-road and off-road equipment and install 343
127
onsite energy efficiency measures at five warehouse or freight facilities. The project is expected to include the following activities at the five facilities:
123 Sample Lane, Glen Ellen, CA: 1) Test and deploy four Smith heavy duty battery electric vehicles (HDBEVs), two battery electric vehicle (BEV) yard tractors, and 10 BEV forklifts; and 2) install one megawatt (MW) of solar panels, one 150-kilowatt (kW) charger, two 50 kW chargers, 12 Level 2 chargers for equipment, and one new transformer and electrical conduit and conduct minor trenching and restoration of any disturbed surface as necessary. 321 Environmental Court, Mill Valley, CA, Marin County: 1) Test and deploy seven commercial Class 8 HDBEVs for rental; and 2) install one 150 kW charger, two 50 kw chargers, one 80 kw mobile charger, and one new transformer and electrical conduit and conduct minor trenching and restoration of any disturbed surface as necessary.
467 Sky St., St. Helena, CA, Napa County: 1) Test and deploy one Smith HDBEV (pilot), eight commercial Class 8 HDBEVs for rental, and one Class 3 BEVs; and 2) install one 150 kw charger, four 50 kW chargers, two 80 kW mobile chargers, five Level 2 workplace chargers, and one new transformer and electrical conduit and conduct minor trenching and restoration of any disturbed surface as necessary.
The locations affected by the proposed project are at existing facilities located in industrial and commercial areas, which have already been graded, disturbed, paved, and have existing structures. The HDBEV and zero emission on-road and off-road equipment will replace service currently provided by diesel powered equipment. Installation and deployment of the charging infrastructure would require limited alteration activities such as minor trenching for electrical conduit, delivery and placement of prefabricated electric vehicle (EV) charging equipment, and minor paving and concrete activities to restore the disturbed surfaces and installation of solar panels will occur on top of existing facilities. Additionally, onboard data collectors will collect data (vehicle miles travelled, hours of operation, battery performance, etc.) on each truck and equipment. The information collected through the project will measure performance and provide data to help further research into electric vehicles and supporting infrastructure.
Public Agency Approving Project: San Andreas Transit Agency Agency Carrying Out Project: San Andreas Transit Agency Exempt Status:
CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) – Activities Covered by General Rule CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(a) – Existing Facilities
CEQA Guidelines Section 15303(d) – New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures CEQA Guidelines Section 15304(f) – Minor Alterations to Land CEQA Guidelines Section 15306 – Information Collection
Reasons why project is exempt: San Andreas Transit Agency staff has reviewed the proposed project pursuant to: 1) CEQA Guidelines Section 15002(k) - General Concepts, the three-step 344
128
process for deciding which document to prepare for a project subject to CEQA; and 2) CEQA Guidelines Section 15061 - Review for Exemption, procedures for determining if a project is exempt from CEQA. In addition, San Andreas Transit Agency staff contacted planning staff at each planning department with jurisdiction over the EV Charging sites and each treat these installations as ministerial (e.g., exempt from CEQA review). San Andreas Transit Agency staff has determined that it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the proposed project to develop and demonstrate zero emission heavy-duty trucks, freight handling equipment, EV infrastructure and renewable energy may have a significant adverse effect on the environment. Therefore, the project is considered to be exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) – Activities Covered by General Rule. The project is also considered to be categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(a) – Existing Facilities, because the proposed project involves only minor physical modifications or alterations to existing facilities involving electrical conveyances. Further, because implementation of the project may also involve improvements to electrical extensions and installation of solar panels on top of existing facilities requiring new construction or the conversion of small structures, the project is also considered to be categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15303(d) – New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures. Similarly, because the project may involve minor trenching and backfilling where the surface will be restored, as well as solar panel installation on top of existing facilities, the project is also considered to be categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15304(f) – Minor Alterations to Land. Finally, because the overarching purpose of the project is to conduct research for the purpose of collecting data on the use of electric vehicles and EV charging units, the project is also considered to be categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15306 – Information Collection. Further, staff has determined that there is no substantial evidence indicating that any of the exceptions to the categorical exemptions apply to the proposed project pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15300.2 – Exceptions. Therefore, the proposed project is exempt from CEQA.
Date of Project Approval: San Andreas Transit Agency Governing Board Hearing: March 18, 2019
CEQA Contact Person:
Phone Number:
Email:
Fax:
Rule Contact Person:
Phone Number:
Email:
Fax:
Date Received for Filing:
Signature: Giulia Patton, San Andreas Transit Agency, CEQA Section 345
129
ATTACHMENT 1. California Environmental Quality Act Worksheet This attachment must be submitted for proposed infrastructure installation as part of the payment request for infrastructure (e.g., electric vehicle supply equipment, bicycle storage units) if applicable.
The California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code Sections 21000 et seq.) requires public agencies to identify the significant environmental impacts of their actions and to avoid or mitigate them, if feasible. Under CEQA, an activity that may cause either a direct physical change in the environment or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment is called a “project” (Public Resources Code Section 21065). Agency compliance with CEQA may include preparing a Notice of Exemption or conducting an Initial Study and preparing a Negative Declaration, a Mitigated Negative Declaration, or, if there are significant impacts, an Environmental Impact Report.
Before applicants submit a Mobility Project Voucher Application, applicants must be certain that the project is eligible for a CEQA exemption. Due to the limited expenditure timeframes involved in this program, projects that are not exempt from CEQA will not be eligible for CMO Voucher Pilot Program funding.
The Lead Agency is the public agency that has the greatest responsibility for preparing environmental documents under CEQA, and for carrying out, supervising, or approving a project. Where the applicant (potential Awardee) is a public agency, the Lead Agency is typically the applicant. Where the applicant is a private entity, the Lead Agency is the public agency that has the greatest responsibility for supervising or approving the project as a whole.81 When issuing contracts, grants, or loans, the California Air Resources Board (CARB) is typically a “Responsible Agency” under CEQA, which means that it may make its own CEQA findings based on review of the Lead Agency’s environmental documents. If CARB is the only public agency with responsibility for approving the project, then CARB may act as the Lead Agency and prepare its own environmental documents (based on analysis provided by the applicant).
This worksheet will help CARB determine what kind of CEQA review, if any, is necessary, and which agency will be performing that review as a Lead Agency. The Program Administrator must ensure that any applicable requirements of the CEQA have been met by the applicant, as well as any applicable permitting requirements before any funding be disbursed by the Program Administrator.
See this page for the worksheets. Make copies as necessary to submit with the payment request.
81 14 CCR sections 15050, 15051. The Lead Agency typically has general governmental powers (such as a city or county), rather than a single or limited purpose (such as an air pollution control district). 346
130
Please answer all questions in the worksheet below as completely as possible. The Program Administrator or CARB may request additional information in order to clarify responses provided on this worksheet.
1. Please provide a detailed summary below of the proposed project and project location (use additional sheets if necessary)
2. What are the physical aspects of the project? (Check all that apply and provide a brief description of work, including any size or dimensions of the project.) Additionally, provide site layout figure(s) showing locations of new or modified infrastructure, trenching, grading, paving, etc. Such figure(s) need not be engineering-grade; they simply should show the locations of the anticipated project components at the site. (Attach additional sheets as necessary.)
347
131
348
132
3. Where is the project located or where will it be located? Additionally, specify where on the referenced property address the project components will be located by providing site layout figure(s) showing locations of new or modified infrastructure, trenching, grading, paving, etc. Such figure(s) need not be engineering-grade; they simply should show the locations of the anticipated project components at the site. (Attach additional sheets as necessary.)
4. Will the project potentially have environmental impacts that trigger CEQA review? (Check a box and explain the answer for each question. Additionally, please provide a complete description of any direct physical changes and reasonably foreseeable indirect changes to the environment that may result from the project. Please provide as much detail as possible. You may provide additional information on supplemental pages as necessary.) 349
133
5. Will the project require discretionary permits or determinations, as listed below? 350
134
6. Of the agencies listed in #4, have you identified and contacted the public agency who will be the lead CEQA agency on the project?
☐ Yes. Provide the name and contact information for the lead agency. ☐ No. Explain why no contact has been made and/or a proposed process for making contact with the lead agency.
7. If you identified an agency with discretionary approval authority over the project (see Item 4 above), has the public agency prepared environmental documents (e.g., Notice of Exemption, Initial Study/Negative Declaration/Mitigated Negative Declaration, Environmental Impact Report, Notice of Determination) under CEQA for the proposed project?
☐ Yes. Please complete the following and attach the CEQA document to this worksheet. (For “Not a project,” the title of the document may be an e-mail, resolution, or letter.) 351
135
☐ No. Explain why no document has been prepared. Propose a process for obtaining lead agency approval and estimated date for that approval (must occur before CARB will approve the grant).
352
136
Certification: I certify to the best of my knowledge that the information contained in this worksheet is true and complete. I further certify that I am authorized to complete and sign this form on behalf of the proposing organization.
Name:
Title:
Signature:
Phone Number:
Email:
Date:
353
137
APPENDIX E- Hydrogen Refueling Station Requirements
I. MINIMUM TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible under this program, applications that include a hydrogen refueling station to be funded as part of the project must, at a minimum, meet each of the following minimum technical requirements. Applications that include hydrogen refueling infrastructure must be located where similar infrastructure already exists (e.g., installing a hydrogen refueling station at an existing fueling station or a commercial or industrial facility). Applications including the use of an existing hydrogen station for refueling project vehicles must provide assurances that the station can meet all refueling needs of the project vehicles in terms of refueling pressure, vehicle storage, hydrogen quality, safe refueling, and other requirements described herein.
A. Hydrogen Quality
Hydrogen dispensed at the station shall meet the requirements adopted by the Department of Food and Agriculture Division of Measurement Standards, and found in Title 4, Division 9, Chapter 6, Article 8 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Automotive Products Specifications. The regulation adopts by reference the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) International J2719: “Hydrogen Fuel Quality for Fuel Cell Vehicles,” most recent version (www.sae.org). Hydrogen dispensed at the station shall also comply with Compressed Gas Association (CGA) G-5.3-2017 specification guidelines for gaseous and liquid hydrogen for fuel cell applications developed by the Compressed Gas Association. A hydrogen refueling station must undergo and pass the hydrogen purity test under all the following circumstances: before being considered operational; every 6 months thereafter; and when the hydrogen lines are potentially exposed to contamination due to maintenance or other activity. The applicant must employ and provide a narrative of the best practices that ensure continued adherence to hydrogen purity standards.
B. Fueling Protocols
The station/dispenser(s) shall meet the appropriate SAE International standards for the vehicles being fueled, which for light duty vehicles, includes SAE J2601, “Fueling Protocols for Light Duty Gaseous Hydrogen Surface Vehicles, most recent version; and for medium duty vehicles, includes SAE J2601/2, “Fueling Protocol for Gaseous Hydrogen Powered Heavy Duty Vehicles,” most recent version (www.sae.org). The applicant must describe how the fueling protocol and equipment at the station match project vehicle requirements.
C. Fire and Safety Awareness, Prioritization, and Adherence 354
138
To the extent practicable and with consideration of local ordinances, applicants should meet the requirements of the following California Fire Code sections: Chapter 23 – Hydrogen Motor Fuel Dispensing and Generation Facilities; Chapter 53, Section 5301.1 – Compressed Gasses; and Chapter 58, Section 5801.1 – Flammable Gasses and Flammable Cryogenic Fluids, all of which incorporate by reference National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2: Hydrogen Technologies Code: most recent edition, http://www.nfpa.org, as a guideline for hydrogen refueling station design.
D. Dispenser Pressure
Each hydrogen refueling station identified for the project that dispenses gaseous hydrogen into onboard storage tanks of light duty vehicles shall dispense fuel at 700 bar, shall follow the appropriate SAE International fueling protocol (e.g., SAE J2601, Fueling Protocols for Light Duty Gaseous Hydrogen Surface Vehicles”, most recent version), and shall comply with the most recent version of CSA Group (formerly Canadian Standards Association, CSA) Hydrogen Gas Vehicle (HGV) 4.3 Test Methods for Hydrogen Fueling Parameter Evaluation. Dispensing hydrogen at 350 bar is optional, but it is required to match the fueling requirements of project vehicles. The applicant must describe how the station will accommodate refueling all project vehicles and describe how they will document compliance with the appropriate SAE standard (J2601 and, if applicable, J2601/2).
E. Hydrogen Dispensing
For applications including a hydrogen station that intends to sell gaseous hydrogen by the kilogram, the applicant must:
1. Demonstrate that the hydrogen dispensers conform to the specifications and tolerances specified in CCR, Title 4, Division 9 Measurement Standards, Chapter 1. Tolerances and Specifications for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices, Article 1, National Uniformity, Exceptions and additions, Sections 4001, Exemptions, and 4002. Additional Requirements, Subsection 4002.9 Hydrogen Gas Measuring Devices (3.39); and
2. Satisfy the technical requirements of U.S. Department of Commerce/National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), specifications Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices as adopted by the 102nd National Conference on Weights and Measures 2017, NIST Handbook 44, 2018.
In addition, for a hydrogen station that intends to sell hydrogen by the kilogram, the application must describe how payment will be accepted at the point of sale, acceptable payment methods, and how sales transactions will be recorded.
Applications with hydrogen stations that do not intend to sell gaseous or liquid hydrogen by the kilogram must explain how they will quantify hydrogen fuel dispensed and the estimated degree of accuracy. Hydrogen stations funded through this program will be required to quantify hydrogen dispensed on a quarterly basis.
355
139
F. Hydrogen Dispensers
The station/dispenser(s) shall be capable of meeting or exceeding the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2: Hydrogen Technologies Code, most recent edition, www.nfpa.org.
Hydrogen connectors, nozzles and receptacles must meet all requirements of SAE J2600:
Compressed Hydrogen Surface Vehicle Fueling Connection Devices and pass all J2600 testing to be considered SAE J2600 compliant.
G. Vehicle to Station Communications
The station shall meet the requirements of SAE J2799: Hydrogen Surface Vehicle to Station Communications Hardware and Software, 2014.
H. Station Design Requirements
Hydrogen stations for light-duty vehicles, trucks and SUVs up to 14,000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating must comply with CSA HGV 4.9 Hydrogen Fueling Station standards, which specify design, installation, operation and maintenance of brick-and-mortar and modular gaseous hydrogen fueling stations for light-duty vehicles. Hydrogen refueling stations must have a plan in place for continued refueling of project vehicles in the event that the existing station goes off-line. The applicant must provide a detailed plan, equipment list, and performance specifications to show they are able to obtain and contract for temporary fueling from an experienced supplier.
I. Release Reporting
Hydrogen stations shall comply with the hazardous materials release reporting requirements contained in California Health and Safety Code Section 25510(a).
J. Renewable Hydrogen
Applications must demonstrate compliance with the minimum Renewable Hydrogen Requirements and the data collection requirements detailed in Section III of this Appendix. This compliance may be met considering all stations and fuel dispensed included in the application for which the applicant is applying for funding under this program.
II. MOBILE REFUELERS REQUIREMENTS
Mobile refuelers may be used to provide additional capacity on a temporary basis to support high use areas, remote areas, or as a backup for outages. Applications that request funding for mobile refuelers must meet US Department of Transportation (DOT) standards for moving flammable gases (the primary relevant regulation is 49 CFR 173.301.). 82[1], 83[2]. For planning to
comply with DOT standards, the Compressed Gas Association TB25 “Design Considerations for 82[1] https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/regulations/hazardous-materials/how-comply-federal-hazardous-materials-regulations 83[2] 49 CFR 173.301 “General requirements for shipment of compressed gases and other hazardous materials in cylinders, UN pressure receptacles and spherical pressure vessels.” This regulation incorporates CGA – TB25 “Design Considerations for Tube Trailers” by reference, highlighted here for its direct application to mobile fuelers. 356
140
Tube Trailers” which has been incorporated by reference into 49 CFR 173.01, offers a solid starting point to be used for performing analysis or performance testing. For composite tanks commonly used to store hydrogen, DOT standards will require a full range of testing to verify integrity.
It is recommended that manufacturers of mobile refuelers contact the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) at DOT prior to testing to ensure tests and methods meet all requirements.
The hydrogen dispenser(s) shall be capable of meeting or exceeding the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2: Hydrogen Technologies Code, most recent edition, www.nfpa.org. Hydrogen connectors, nozzles and receptacles must meet all requirements of SAE J2600: Compressed Hydrogen Surface Vehicle Fueling Connection Devices and pass all J2600 testing to be considered SAE J2600 compliant.
III. RENEWABLE HYDROGEN REQUIREMENTS
The hydrogen refueling station(s) funded under this program shall dispense renewable hydrogen to comply with the requirements specified in the California Air Resources Board Low Carbon Fuel Standard regulation, of the California Code of Regulations Title 17, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 10, Article 4, Subarticle 7, Section 95481(a)(124) “Definitions - Renewable Hydrogen;” and Section 95486.2(a)(4)(F) “Hydrogen Refueling Infrastructure (HRI) Pathways – Requirements to Generate HRI Credits.”
Applications that request funding for proposed hydrogen refueling station(s) must provide a plan for ensuring that dispensed hydrogen is generated using at least 33 percent eligible renewable resources (i.e., feedstocks or electricity) as detailed below. This plan must detail the process used to generate the hydrogen, the location where the hydrogen will be generated (i.e., at the proposed hydrogen station site or at an off-site production facility), the eligible renewable resources used to generate the hydrogen, and how the applicant will track and provide verifiable evidence that the dispensed hydrogen is generated from at least 33 percent eligible renewable resources.
A. Eligible Renewable Feedstocks
Eligible renewable feedstocks include:
● Biomethane or biogas such as biomass, digester gas, landfill gas, sewer gas, or municipal solid waste gas.
● Other feedstocks may be eligible if the Application demonstrates that the proposed feedstock is sustainably produced, reduces greenhouse gas emissions compared to the petroleum baseline, and achieves the Sustainability Goals of the Alternative and Renewable Fuel and Vehicle Technology Program Regulations (20 CCR 3101.5).
B. Eligible Renewable Electricity Sources
357
141
Eligible renewable electricity sources include facilities that use the following:
● Fuel cells using renewable fuels
● Geothermal
● Small hydroelectric (30 megawatts or less)
● Ocean wave
● Ocean thermal
● Tidal current
● Photovoltaic (PV)
● Solar Thermal
● Wind
● Biomass digester gas
● Municipal solid waste conversion (non-combustion thermal process) ● Landfill gas
C. Required Information
For hydrogen produced directly from eligible renewable feedstocks, applications must include information about the source of the feedstock(s); how the feedstocks will be processed into fuel; and how the fuel will be transported, stored, and ultimately dispensed at the proposed station(s). For hydrogen generated from electricity (e.g., electrolysis), applicants must describe source(s) of eligible renewable electricity that satisfy the conditions outlined below in Section D.
Once a project hydrogen station is operational, the Lead applicant will be responsible for ensuring that data is provided to the Program Administrator on a quarterly basis regarding hydrogen production, delivery, and dispensing for the purposes of carrying out the project.
Data collection will include but not be limited to:
● For all stations – performance data including quantity of fuel produced and dispensed, energy used for hydrogen production, storage, cooling, compression, and dispensing, estimated cost to produce fuel, fueling times, station down time, servicing and maintenance information, and driver/operator feedback on refueling. ● For a station generating hydrogen from electrolysis – documentation of electricity and water used for hydrogen generation, power generated from on-site sources and attributed to onsite hydrogen production, and if applicable, power obtained through other eligible sources.
358
142
● For a station producing hydrogen from eligible renewable feedstocks – amount of biogas or other renewable feedstock (in mega joules), total amount of fossil natural gas from the pipeline (in mega joules) or other fuel used for hydrogen generation and steam production, and total electricity and water usage for hydrogen generation, storage, compression and dispensing.
All data will be recorded on the NREL Data Collection Tool,84 or another format as specified by CARB or the Program Administrator.
D. Renewable Electricity Requirements
Renewable electricity used for hydrogen generation may be:
1. Generated from one or more eligible electricity sources (listed above- Appendix E. III. B) that meet the requirements under California Public Utilities Code section 399.12, and are co-located with the refueling station site or located on property owned by the hydrogen producer, and produce no additional renewable attributes such as renewable energy certificates; or
2. Obtained through a program with eligibility requirements that match or are more stringent than the Green Tariff Shared Renewables program under the California Public Utilities Code sections 2831-2833.
E. Biogas Requirements
Biogas or biomethane used for hydrogen generation may be:
(1) Physically supplied directly to the hydrogen production facility; or (2) Injected as certified Renewable Natural Gas (RNG) into a common carrier pipeline in North America (and thus commingled with fossil natural gas) and reported as an input to hydrogen production, provided the following conditions are met:
a. The quantity of RNG (and all associated environmental attributes) injected into the pipeline must be accompanied by documents linking the environmental attributes of the injected RNG to the corresponding quantities of natural gas withdrawn for hydrogen production. Documents include monthly invoices showing quantities of RNG sourced and the contracted price per unit, and the contract by which the hydrogen producer obtained the environmental attributes. b. The quantity of RNG (and all associated environmental attributes) injected into pipeline in one calendar quarter must match the quantity of pipeline natural gas sold as RNG for hydrogen production no later than the following calendar quarter. 84 The NREL Data Collection Tool is Attachment 11 of GFO-15-605 – Light Duty Vehicle Hydrogen Refueling Infrastructure located on the California Energy Commissions Contracts webpage. http://www.energy.ca.gov/contracts/GFO-15-605/. 359
143
F. Verification
CARB will verify, based on the information provided in the application, whether the renewable hydrogen requirement is met.
G. SB 1505 Disclaimer
The 33 percent Renewable Hydrogen Content requirement is a condition to participate in this program. This is separate and distinct from CARB’s sole authority to regulate the renewable hydrogen content requirements for hydrogen refueling stations under Health and Safety Code, Section 43869 (commonly referred to as Senate Bill 1505 or SB 1505). Fulfilling the 33 percent Renewable Hydrogen Content requirement in this program does not guaranty or warranty in any way that hydrogen refueling stations funded under this program will meet any standards or regulations that CARB may adopt in the future for hydrogen refueling stations pursuant to the authority in SB 1505. The applicant will be solely responsible for complying with such standards and regulations as applicable, including funding its compliance with them. 360
144
APPENDIX F- Data Collection Requirements
The Program Administrator team is conducting a project evaluation for both Mobility Project Voucher and Community Transportation Needs Assessment Voucher across a series of indicators. This evaluation intends to assess the Awardee’s perceptions of the administrative process, capacity building, overall program, and improvement of mobility equity, climate resilience, and accessibility in program communities. The Program Administrator will provide each Awardee with an evaluation framework document during orientation activities. This framework includes all measured indicators and, for Mobility Project Awardees, will consist of a site-specific logic model based on the Awardee’s application and proposed project design. The Program Administrator may also request Awardee support to arrange community interviews or focus groups to collect data for the program evaluation process.
Awardee is responsible to collect, monitor, and report required project data for the duration of the Voucher Agreement Term. Awardee is responsible for obtaining telematics devices that collect the data requirements in this section. The Program Administrator will coordinate with the Awardee to obtain these data, administer surveys to participants to collect usage data and other information as specified in this document, and confirm a process for reporting. The Program Administrator will also provide all reporting forms and survey templates with required questions.
The program evaluation consists of the following components:
A. Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emission Reductions Estimates (See Section F-1) The Program Administrator will calculate an initial estimated GHG emission reduction for each project based on data provided by the Mobility Project Voucher Awardee, using CARB's most updated quantification methodology. The Program Administrator team will provide forms with prefilled data when available for Awardee completion and confirmation during orientation.
Data for GHG emissions must be completed and submitted by the first quarterly status data reporting or Operations Launch, whichever occurs first. If a project includes more than one service model, separate estimations are required for each service.
B. User Surveys (See Section F-2)
Awardees must administer user surveys throughout the Voucher Agreement Term. For Mobility Project Vouchers, all surveys will be provided by the Program Administrator with consistent language across all projects. The Program Administrator will host the survey on a secure third-party platform. A no-cost license for the platform will be provided to the Awardee.
There are four required types of surveys to be deployed for Mobility Project Vouchers, and there are two required types of surveys to be deployed for Community Transportation Needs Assessments. The Program Feedback Survey is required to be responded to by all awardees as requested by the Program Administrator as part of project status reporting. The final Program 361
145
Feedback Survey must be completed at the end of the Voucher Agreement Term or project completion (whichever occurs first) as part of the final project status report. Sample question topics for each survey are listed below. Questions are subject to change, given updates and refinements to the evaluation framework.
1. Intake/Sign-Up Surveys: Deployed either during planning and construction phase or beginning at Operations Launch as residents begin to use the services
2. Post-Trip Surveys: After a designated intake period, post-trip surveys will be deployed to capture travel activities, service feedback and satisfaction throughout the Operations Period
3. User Surveys: Beginning at least 1 year from Operations Launch and 6 months before the end of the Voucher Agreement Term a user survey will be deployed to capture behavior change and service feedback and satisfaction
4. Community Engagement Survey: During or after a community engagement event Awardees are encouraged to request feedback from attendees, otherwise the required questions will be included in the intake/sign-up surveys and/or user surveys deployed throughout the Voucher Agreement Term
5. Program Feedback Survey (Awardees Only): A survey will be issued to all awardees on a regular basis to gather feedback across specific indicators. Survey responses should be submitted at the same time as project status reporting.
C. Project Status Reporting (See Section F-3)
Awardees must submit project data with their Quarterly Status Reports as required throughout the Voucher Agreement Term. There are five project data reports required:
1. Vehicle and Infrastructure Equipment Specifications
2. Vehicle and Infrastructure Equipment Operations
3. Job Creation and Workforce Development
4. Membership/Participation Data
5. Community Engagement and Outreach
Any data collected that contains personally identifiable information (PII), such as the names, personal phone numbers, and home addresses, should be secured and protected. All information and data collected as a response to the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program’s data collection requirements is the property of CARB and will become a public record. As such, any information or data that contains PII should only be reported in aggregate, with PII removed, or only retained for contact purposes. All data trip information collected via telematics and surveys is subject to availability. If installation of telematics hardware is found to be infeasible, the applicant may request an exemption from this requirement and propose an 362
146
alternative approach to collecting necessary location and usage data to the Program Administrator, who will consider such requests on a case-by-case basis as detailed and agreed to by the Awardee in Terms and Conditions Chapter III.V.1.e. If this is found to be the case an explanation and plan to satisfy data collection requirements must be provided to the Program Administrator at least 60 days before Operations Launch.
Sections F-1 through F-3, below, list the data elements requested to complete a program evaluation for all the projects receiving voucher funds under the Clean Mobility Voucher Pilot Program. All data is required with the following exceptions: To ensure PII is not compromised, if applicable and requested by the Program Administrator data should be aggregated in such a way as to not reveal PII. The Program Administrator will work with the Awardee to ensure PII collection is limited to only necessary information to conduct appropriate data analysis. The Program Administrator reserves the right to require additional data elements beyond what is presented below.
Section F-1. Minimum Items for GHG Emissions Reductions Estimates A. Operational Data for GHG estimations (all services)
a. Estimated average occupancy per vehicle in year 1 and last year of Voucher Agreement
b. Estimated average number of vehicles in year 1 and last year of Voucher Agreement c. Estimated average number of vehicle trips in year 1 and last year of Voucher Agreement
d. Estimated average trip length
e. Estimated annual average number of fares
f. Estimated annual average number of subsides
g. Estimated average value of each subsidy (per subsidy) B. Public Transit Data (only for bicycle, carpool, vanpool, ride-on-demand services) a. Length of average passenger trip on public transit
b. Estimated increase in public transit in Year 1 and final year C. Bike Infrastructure (only for projects implementing quick-build or bike lanes) a. Existing bikeway class
b. New bikeway class
c. One-way facility length
d. Current average daily traffic (vehicles trips per day) e. University Town with population <250,000 (yes/no)
363
147
b. Number of key destinations within ¼ mile
c. Number of key destinations within ½ miles
Section F-2 Minimum Items for Surveys
A. Intake/Sign-Up Survey
a. Transportation barriers/constraints (e.g., financial, personal mobility limitations, distance, time)
b. Basic demographic information (e.g., age, gender, race/ethnicity, primary language spoken, disability status, HH income, HH population, employment status, zip code, cross streets geographical classification)
c. Unmet transportation and mobility needs (current and predicted) d. Travel destinations (current and predicted) (e.g., work commute, grocery shopping, medical appointments, school commute.)
e. Travel patterns (e.g., frequency of use, average trip length, travel time) f. Vehicle access and fuel type
g. Previous incentive program use
h. Average annual auto miles traveled per year
i. Perceived accessibility measures and mobility challenges j. Availability, reliability, and safety measures (e.g., vehicle availability, perceived comfort and safety of travel, use and access to vehicles and charging equipment) k. Perception of GHG emission and climate-related variables l. Perception of community and personal economic well-being m. Feedback from participants regarding the effectiveness of outreach efforts and materials (e.g., Engagement meetings attended, acknowledgment of views, perception of meeting diversity, satisfaction with event locations and times, language of materials)
B. Post Trip Survey
a. Service satisfaction
b. Mode replacement
c. Travel Type, Destination/Origin
d. Number of passengers
e. General feedback
364
148
C. User Survey
a. User experience (e.g., availability, capacity to meet travel needs, perceived safety, and any barriers)
b. Basic demographic information (e.g., age, gender, race/ethnicity, primary language spoken, disability status, HH income, HH population, Employment status, zip code, cross streets to residence, geographical classification, etc.) c. Transportation barriers/constraints (e.g., financial, personal mobility limitations, distance, time)
d. Unmet transportation and mobility needs (current and predicted) e. Travel destinations (current and predicted) (e.g., work commute, grocery shopping, medical appointments, school commute.)
f. Travel patterns (e.g., frequency of use, average trip length, travel time) g. Vehicle access
h. List of unmet transportation and mobility needs
i. Primary purpose of using the service (e.g., work commute, grocery shopping, medical appointments, school commute)
j. Perceived accessibility measures and mobility challenges k. Availability, reliability, and safety measures (e.g., vehicle availability, perceived comfort and safety of travel, use and access to vehicles and charging equipment) l. User experience of the advanced technology vehicles and equipment, e.g., vehicle availability, power, perceived safety, refueling/recharging experience, and any barriers
m. User experience of how the service increased their accessibility n. Perception of GHG emission and climate related variables o. Perception of community and personal economic well-being D. Community Engagement Survey (post-event)
a. Feedback from participants regarding effectiveness of outreach efforts and materials i. Number of meetings attended
ii. Perspectives and views acknowledged
iii. Satisfaction of input
iv. Satisfaction of report back to the community
v. Perception of meeting diversity
365
149
vi. Event time and location satisfaction
vii. Language of events and materials satisfaction
E. Program Feedback Survey (for Awardees only)
a. Overall program satisfaction
b. Ease of voucher payments and reporting requirements
c. Technical Assistance Feedback
d. Clean Mobility Equity Alliance attendance, ratings, and usefulness e. Satisfaction with tools and resources provided
Section F-3 Minimum Items for Project Status Reporting
A. Vehicle and Infrastructure Equipment Specifications (also required for capital acquisition payments)
a. Vehicle specifications, e.g., new or used, manufacturer, model, model year, gross vehicle weight rating, fuel type, battery/fuel capacity (kWh/gallons/kg), charging equipment requirements
b. Unique Vehicle ID (per vehicle)
c. Age and current mileage for used vehicles
d. Purchase/lease date, purchase/lease amount
e. Registration date and date of next renewal (for vehicles) f. Insurance information and date of next renewal (for vehicles) g. Odometer reading for new and used vehicles
h. First date of operation (for both vehicles and charging equipment) i. Unique Charging equipment ID (per piece of equipment) j. Charging equipment specifications (e.g., manufacturer, model, model year, serial number, charging power level, nameplate capacity of the installed equipment in amperage and kW for chargers, etc.)
k. Site location for charging equipment (street address, if available, location types such as street, parking lot, hotel, multi-family housing, etc.) l. Number of EVSE or hydrogen refueling stations installed m. Number of charging ports85
85 A charging port provides power to charge only one vehicle at a time even though it may have multiple connectors. 366
150
B. Vehicle and Infrastructure Equipment Operations
a. Number of vehicles in service
b. Number of trips taken in total
c. Average miles per kWh per vehicle
d. Number of trips per vehicle
e. Number of riders and passengers reported for each vehicle trip depending on mode f. Passenger ID, if applicable
g. Vehicle usage (e.g., hours of operation per day, days of operation per year, vehicle downtime)
h. Origin and destination location data or zone geography data including (data should be submitted aggregated to limit in such a way as to not reveal PII exposure of users):
i. Trip start and end location
ii. Trip start and end time
iii. Trip length
i. Fare associated with each trip (if applicable)
j. Vehicle miles traveled (VMT) for each vehicle trip and total miles traveled k. Number of charging or refueling sessions per port
l. Average kWh or kg dispensed per session and enumerated by charging power level (e.g. kWh dispensed at 50 kW charging port)
m. Normal operating hours, average uptime, downtime, and explanations of variations n. Description of any accidents, incidents or events for vehicles and infrastructure including collisions, scheduled or corrective maintenance, and fueling/charging incidents, property crime (including vandalism), power grid loss, communication failures, or force majeure events.
o. Time out of service due to event listed above (as available) p. Identified problems or concerns and proposed solutions (if applicable) C. Job Creation and Workforce Training
a. Employment Category (e.g., full-time, part-time, youth) b. Job Category (e.g., construction, procurement, consultant, administrative) c. Number of new workers who reside in priority populations 367
151
d. Full-time equivalent hours
e. Location of job (inside or outside priority population area) f. Date of job creation (start date)
g. Workforce Training Sector (e.g., EVSE installation, Solar PV installation, bicycle maintenance)
h. Date(s) of training
i. Total number of participants at a training event
j. Number of participants who reside in priority populations) k. Expected wages participants would receive as a result of the training D. Membership/ Participation Data86
a. Number of participants and their membership type (e.g., standard, community, trial, student, senior)
b. Total number of withdrawn memberships and reason, if available c. Number of fares per category
d. Total amount of subsidies given
e. Number of subsidies by type
f. Total farebox revenue
g. Total operating expenses
h. Basic demographic information (e.g., age, gender, race/ethnicity, primary language spoken, disability status, HH income, HH population, Employment status, zip code, geographical classification, etc.) if collected during membership sign-up E. Community Engagement and Outreach
a. Schedule of community outreach and education conducted, materials used, and number of people contacted
b. Method of outreach (e.g., online, flyer, door-to-door notice) c. Location, dates, and times of events
d. Type of event (e.g., workshop, in-person meeting, webinar, educational forum) e. Purpose of event
f. Approximate number of attendees
86 Membership/participation data may be reported directly from reservation and fare collection information. The Program Administrator will coordinate with the Awardee to establish the reporting process. 368
152
g. Representativeness of the community
h. Number of speakers or other active participants
i. Title of event
j. A summary of key takeaways from the event
k. Use of feedback
l. Engagement of community leaders
369
910 Calle Negocio
2nd Floor
San Clemente, California
www.san-clemente.org
AGENDA REPORT
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE
CITY COUNCIL MEETING
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE 1
Meeting Date: March 4, 2025 Agenda Item: 10A.
Submitted By: Community Development
Prepared By: Adam Atamian, Community Development Director Subject:
..titl e
CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION ADOPTING A LOCAL HAZARD MITIGATION PLAN, AND UPDATE ON WILDFIRE MITIGATION ACTIONS ..body
Fiscal Impact:
The funding for the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan (LHMP) was previously approved and appropriated by the City Council through the City’s general fund. There is no direct fiscal impact that will occur from the adoption of the LHMP. However, the lack of a current LHMP will leave the City ineligible for certain state and federal pre-disaster funding and post-disaster reimbursement.
Further, certain mitigation actions in the plan will include costs for their implementation, which City staff will present to the City Council for any approval of funding required prior to the implementation of those actions. It is also anticipated that the City will obtain some grant funding to assist in carrying out multiple mitigation actions.
Summary:
In June 2024, the City engaged Michael Baker International, Inc. to write an update to the City’s LHMP. Previously, the City prepared a Multi-Hazard Mitigation Plan in 2004 to implement a hazard mitigation strategy within the community. That plan expired on September 3, 2009. Thus, this 2024 iteration of the plan serves as a comprehensive hazard mitigation plan update, and reestablishes the City’s eligibility for certain state and federal pre-disaster funding and postdisaster reimbursement.
The LMHP, which complies with the Robert T. Stafford Act Relief and Emergency Act (Stafford Act) and Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (DMA 2000), along with the appropriate sections of Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), including Parts 201, 206, and 322, was submitted to the California Governor's Office of Emergency Services (CalOES) and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) for their review and both determined that the plan is eligible for final approval pending its adoption by the City Council by resolution. Formal adoption documentation must be submitted to FEMA Region 9 within one calendar year of the date of their notification letter (February 10, 2025) or the entire plan must be updated and resubmitted for review. FEMA has indicated that they will award final approval of the plan upon receipt of the documentation of formal adoption.
Additionally, this report provides information on two of the mitigation actions contained within the LHMP related to wildfire preparedness. The first is an update on the City’s current efforts to acquire grant funding to support the development of a Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP), initiated in response to the availability of funding from the U.S. Forest Service through the Community Wildfire Defense Fund. The second is information in response to a City Council 370
Meeting Date: March 4, 2025 Agenda Item: 10A.
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE 2
request made at the February 4, 2024 City Council meeting for staff to provide an overview of the Firewise USA (“Firewise Communities”) Program with recommendations to implement such in San Clemente.
Background:
The federal Stafford Act, as amended by the DMA 2000 and supported by various regulations, directs hazard mitigation planning activities such as this plan. The Stafford Act requires State, local, and tribal governmental entities that wish to be eligible for federal hazard mitigation grant funds to submit a hazard mitigation plan that outlines the processes for identifying the natural and manmade hazards, risks, and vulnerabilities of each jurisdiction (United States Code [USC] Title 42, Section 5156[a]). FEMA has promulgated CFR Title 44, Part 201 to carry out the hazard mitigation planning requirements in the Stafford Act. These regulations direct the planning process, plan content, and FEMA approval of hazard mitigation plans.
As discussed in the City’s General Plan, the City strives to improve local reliability and resilience through capital improvement projects, innovative planning, and emergency management practices. To carry out the objectives outlined in the Safety Element of the General Plan, formalize existing efforts related to natural hazards and hazard mitigation planning, establish a clear understanding of potential hazards, and coordinate a plan to address these risks, the City developed this LHMP.
Discussion:
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
The LHMP does not supersede any internal or current City plans or strategies. Rather, the LHMP enhances the ability to identify, inform, and mitigate hazard risks that are unique to the City of San Clemente, and to carry out the provisions of the Safety Element of the City’s General Plan.
Information in this plan will be used to help guide and coordinate mitigation activities and serve as a tool for San Clemente decision-makers to specifically direct mitigation activities and resources.
It should be noted that during this process, staff conducted public outreach for the LHMP.
Outreach included a dedicated webpage, social media posts (Instagram and Facebook), a community survey that was open from August 1, 2024 to October 18, 2024, interactive pop-up booths at three separate community events, and a presentation to the Public Safety Committee.
The purpose of the community outreach events was to communicate components and benefits of ongoing safety and mitigation projects of the LHMP. In addition, informational and comment cards were passed out and made available at locations throughout the City.
The City released the Draft LHMP for the required 15-day public review period, which began on November 15, 2024 and ended on December 2, 2024. The draft LHMP was posted on the City’s website and notification was also posted on the City’s social media account. No public comments were received on the draft LHMP during the public review period. Should the Council approve the LHMP, the final LHMP will be posted on the City’s website.
Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP)
A Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP) is a planning and funding prioritization tool created by the Healthy Forests and Restoration Act (HFRA) of 2003 as an incentive for communities to engage in comprehensive forest and fire hazard planning and to help define and prioritize local 371
Meeting Date: March 4, 2025 Agenda Item: 10A.
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE 3
needs. This plan focuses on protections for existing development, and may address wildfire response, hazard mitigation, community preparedness, and/or structure protection. A local CWPP is one of the most effective ways to influence where and how federal agencies implement fuel reduction projects on federal lands, and how additional federal funds may be distributed for projects on nonfederal lands. CWPP’s are not required by the State or Federal government, but a CWPP development or update process can be leveraged to meet multiple local, tribal, regional, state, and federal priorities and requirements.
The LHMP includes Mitigation Action No. 50, which states that the City will, “Consider developing a Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP) to further reduce wildfire risk and enhance resilience.”
In response to the heightened need to address wildfire preparedness and the current availability of grant funding offered through the U.S. Forest Services’ Community Wildfire Defense Fund Grant, City staff is currently developing a grant application to cover the costs of creating a CWPP.
This grant is due on March 14, 2025 and provides no-match funding of up to $250,000 specifically for the creation of a CWPP. If the City is successful in this application process, City staff anticipates initiating this process immediately thereafter with the assistance of consultants contracted though the appropriate Request For Proposals (RFP) process. Should the need arise to acquire other grant funds if this application is not successful, City staff are aware of other opportunities available and would begin the process to apply for those funds.
Firewise Communities Program
The Firewise USA program, led by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), offers a structured approach for communities to enhance their wildfire resilience in California. This initiative promotes collaborative efforts among residents, local fire departments, and other key stakeholders to bolster the fire resistance of homes and their surroundings. Integral to California’s wildfire preparedness strategy, the program is supported by CAL FIRE’s Community Wildfire Preparedness & Mitigation Division, aiding communities in achieving Firewise designation.
Achieving Firewise USA recognition is a collaborative and ongoing process. Each step is designed to empower residents and stakeholders to work together to enhance their local area’s wildfire resilience. This program allows neighborhoods and HOAs, between 8 and 2,500 homes, to apply for this designation.
The LHMP includes Mitigation Action No. 37, which states: “To assist neighborhoods and HOAs with becoming a Firewise USA community, prepare a City-wide Community Wildfire Risk Assessment utilizing approved Firewise approaches and methodologies. Include action plan templates for neighborhoods to reduce ignition risks, such as community-level actions, educational activities, and suggested homeowner improvements. Promote the Community Wildfire Risk Assessment as a tool for use in applying to become a Firewise USA community.” As part of the CWPP, the City will prepare a City-wide Community Wildfire Risk Assessment, which is in integral step in the City’s effort to assist neighborhoods and HOAs with becoming Firewise USA communities. City staff anticipates carrying out Mitigation Action No. 37 subsequent to the completion of the City-wide Community Wildfire Risk Assessment portion of the CWPP. However, individual neighborhoods and HOAs are able to embark on the process to 372
Meeting Date: March 4, 2025 Agenda Item: 10A.
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE 4
become a recognized Firewise Community beforehand, and City staff will be putting information on the City’s website to inform the public about this process in the near term.
Council Options:
Approve Resolution No. 25-23 to adopt the FEMA and CalOES-approved LHMP, and receive and file the informational portion of this report related to the CWPP and Firewise Communities Program.
Continue the item and direct staff to provide additional information about the LHMP, or provide staff alternative direction on carrying out activities related to the CWPP and Firewise USA program.
Do not approve the attached Resolution No. 25-23, which will result in the City not adopting the LHMP and remaining ineligible for state and federal pre-disaster funding and post-disaster reimbursement.
Environmental Review/Analysis:
Not a “project” pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15378 (14 CCR § 15378). The action has no potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. Individual mitigation actions described in the plan will be evaluated though the appropriate environmental review process, as may be necessary, prior to their implementation.
Recommended Actions:
Staff Recommendation ..recommendation
Staff recommends that the City Council approve Resolution No. 25-23 adopting the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan (LHMP), and receive and file the informational portion of this report related to the Community Wildfire Protection Plan and Firewise USA Program. ..end
Attachments:
1. Resolution No. 25-23
2. Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
Link: City of San Clemente LHMP_Public Review Draft & Appendix.pdf Notification:
The draft LHMP was posted on the City’s website and notification was also posted on the City’s social media account for the required 15-day public review period. 373
Attachment 1
RESOLUTION NO. 25-23
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
SAN CLEMENTE AUTHORIZING THE ADOPTION OF THE
2024 SAN CLEMENTE LOCAL HAZARD MITIGATION
PLAN
WHEREAS, the City of San Clemente recognizes the threat that natural hazards pose to people and property within our community; and
WHEREAS, undertaking hazard mitigation actions will reduce the potential for harm to people and property from future hazard occurrences; and WHEREAS, the U.S. Congress passed the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 ("Disaster Mitigation Act") emphasizing the need for pre-disaster mitigation of potential hazards; and
WHEREAS, the Disaster Mitigation Act made available hazard mitigation grants to state and local governments; and
WHEREAS, an adopted Local Hazard Mitigation Plan is required as a condition of future funding for mitigation projects under multiple FEMA pre- and post-disaster mitigation grant programs; and
WHEREAS, on June 4, 2024 the City Council approved Resolution No. 24-80, which approved a professional services agreement for consulting services to provide assistance in the drafting of the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan; and WHEREAS, the City of San Clemente fully participated in the FEMA-prescribed mitigation planning process to prepare this local hazard mitigation plan; and WHEREAS, the California Office of Emergency Services and Federal Emergency Management Agency, Region IX officials have reviewed the 2024 San Clemente Local Hazard Mitigation Plan and approved it contingent upon an official adoption by City Council; and
WHEREAS, adoption by the City Council of San Clemente demonstrates the jurisdiction' s commitment to fulfilling the mitigation goals and objectives outlined in this Local Hazard Mitigation Plan; and
WHEREAS, adoption of this legitimizes the plan and authorizes responsible agencies to carry out their responsibilities under the plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of San Clemente does hereby find, determine and resolve as follows:
Section 1. The above recitals are true and correct and incorporated fully herein by 374
Resolution No. 25-23 Page 2
reference.
Section 2. The City of San Clemente adopts the 2024 San Clemente Local Hazard Mitigation Plan as presented to the City Council on March 4, 2025 as an official plan.
Section 3. That City staff is authorized and directed to execute such documents and take such actions as may be necessary and proper to carry out the purposes of this resolution and implement the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan, including applying for grants to fund mitigation actions contained in the plan.
Section 4. That the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution and enter it into the book of original resolutions.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this _____ day of ____________________, _______.
ATTEST:
___________________________ __________________________
City Clerk of the City of Mayor of the City of San
San Clemente, California Clemente, California
375
Resolution No. 25-23 Page 3
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF ORANGE ) §
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE )
I, LAURA CAMPAGNOLO, City Clerk of the City of San Clemente, California, do hereby certify that Resolution No. 25-23 was adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of San Clemente held on the _______ day of _______________________, _________, by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the City of San Clemente, California, this _____ day of _________________, ________. __________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of
San Clemente, California
Approved as to form:
____________________________
Elizabeth A. Mitchell, City Attorney
376
$SSURYDEOH3HQGLQJ$GRSWLRQ
)HEUXDU\
City of San Clemente, California
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
Prepared By:
$WWDFKPHQW
377
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Contents Page i
SECTION 1.0: Introduction and Purpose............................................................................. 1-1
1.1 Plan Purpose................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Plan Authority ................................................................................................................ 1-2
1.3 Plan Adoption ................................................................................................................ 1-2
1.4 Plan Organization.......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.5 Mitigation Goals............................................................................................................. 1-3
1.6 Changes in Hazard Mitigation Priorities ......................................................................... 1-3 SECTION 2.0: Planning Process .......................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 Organizing Resources ................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Assess Risks ............................................................................................................... 2-13
2.3 Develop Mitigation Plan............................................................................................... 2-14 SECTION 3.0: Community Profile ........................................................................................ 3-1
3.1 Physical Setting............................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 History ........................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.3 Demographics and Socioeconomic Factors................................................................... 3-3
3.4 Land Uses and Existing Development ........................................................................... 3-6
3.5 Development Trends and Future Development............................................................ 3-11
3.6 Infrastructure Systems................................................................................................. 3-13
3.7 Critical Facilities........................................................................................................... 3-14
3.8 Socially Vulnerable Populations and Determination..................................................... 3-19 SECTION 4.0: Hazards Assessment .................................................................................... 4-1
4.1 Hazard Identification and Prioritization........................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Climate Change Considerations .................................................................................... 4-6
4.3 Vulnerability/Risk Assessment....................................................................................... 4-7
4.4 Hazard Profiles.............................................................................................................. 4-8
4.5 Coastal Erosion ............................................................................................................. 4-9
4.6 Dam/Reservoir Failure................................................................................................. 4-17
4.7 Drought ....................................................................................................................... 4-27
4.8 Expansive Soils ........................................................................................................... 4-35
4.9 Flood Hazards ............................................................................................................. 4-41
4.10 Human-Caused Hazards ........................................................................................... 4-51 378
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Contents Page ii
4.11 Landslide and Slope Failure ...................................................................................... 4-71
4.12 Seismic Hazards ........................................................................................................ 4-84
4.13 Severe Weather Hazards ........................................................................................ 4-101
4.14 Tsunami ................................................................................................................... 4-113
4.15 Wildfire and Urban Fire ............................................................................................ 4-122
4.16 Summary of Federally Declared Disasters Affecting the Planning Area ................... 4-134
4.17 Summary of Vulnerability ......................................................................................... 4-135 SECTION 5.0: Mitigation Strategy ........................................................................................ 5-1
5.1 Hazard Mitigation Overview ........................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Hazard Mitigation Actions .............................................................................................. 5-6
5.3 Capabilities Assessment .............................................................................................. 5-20 SECTION 6.0: Plan Maintenance .......................................................................................... 6-1
6.1 Purpose of the LHMP and Authority ............................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Method and Schedule for Updating the Plan within Five Years ...................................... 6-2
6.3 Local Adoption ............................................................................................................... 6-4
6.4 Implementation through Existing Programs and Planning Mechanisms ......................... 6-4
6.5 2004 LHMP Past Integration Efforts ............................................................................... 6-5
6.6 Continued Public Involvement ....................................................................................... 6-6
6.6 Point of Contact ............................................................................................................. 6-6 SECTION 7.0: References ..................................................................................................... 7-1
APPENDIX
Appendix A, City of San Clemente Adoption Resolution
Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation
Appendix B.1, LHMP Planning Team Meetings
Appendix B.2, Community Outreach
Appendix B.3, Public Review Documentation
379
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 1, Introduction and Purpose Page 1-1
The City of San Clemente (City) strives to reduce hazards and improve resilience through capital improvement projects, innovative planning, and emergency management practices. The City has developed this 2024 City of San Clemente Hazard Mitigation Plan (LHMP) update in an effort to reduce future loss of life and property damage, resulting from natural or human-caused hazards.
Natural and human-caused hazards can cause significant damage to communities, businesses, public infrastructure, and the environment. The impacts to residents and businesses within communities can be immense, and infrastructure damage can result in regional, economic, and public health consequences. Municipal buildings and critical infrastructure are vulnerable to a variety of hazards that can result in damaged structures, loss of power, disruption to operations and services, contaminated natural resources, and revenue losses. By planning for natural and human-caused hazards, and implementing projects that mitigate risk, cities can reduce costly damage and improve reliability of service following a disaster incident.
Previously, the City prepared the 2004 LHMP to implement a hazard mitigation strategy within the community. This LHMP expired on September 3, 2009. Thus, this 2024 iteration of the plan serves as a comprehensive hazard mitigation plan update.
No community can be protected against all potential impacts from natural or human-caused hazards, and hazard events often result in periods of emergency response and recovery before returning to “normal” operations. However, communities can reduce potential impacts by taking actions to become more resilient. This LHMP provides a blueprint for the City to reduce threats posed by hazards that may impact people, infrastructure, or operations. Proper planning, prior to a natural or human-caused disaster, will allow the City to return to “normal” sooner, with fewer impacts and disruption to the community.
The purpose of this LHMP is to provide City staff and City leaders with clear direction for hazard mitigation action planning. This LHMP identifies natural and human-caused hazards that threaten City infrastructure, operations and people. This LHMP also provides resources, information, and strategies to reduce these risks.
Hazard mitigation plays an important role in reducing disaster impacts by identifying effective and feasible actions to reduce the risks posed by potential hazards before an occurrence. This plan has been developed and updated to be consistent with current standards and regulations, ensuring the understanding of hazards facing the community reflects the best available information and present-day conditions.
The LHMP does not supersede any internal plans or strategies. Rather, the LHMP enhances the ability of the City to identify, inform, and mitigate hazard risks unique to San Clemente. Information in this LHMP will be used to help guide and coordinate mitigation actions and serve as a tool for City decision-makers to specifically direct mitigation activities and resources.
This LHMP incorporates the latest policy guidance from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Local Mitigation Planning Policy Guide, released April 19, 2022 and effective April 19, 2023. Specifically, this LHMP responds to updated policy guidance relating to climate change, socially vulnerable populations, and equity.
380
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 1, Introduction and Purpose Page 1-2
Federal
The federal Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Act (Stafford Act), as amended by the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (DMA 2000) and supported by various regulations, directs hazard mitigation planning activities, including creation of this plan. The Stafford Act requires State, local, and tribal governmental entities that wish to be eligible for federal hazard mitigation grant funds to submit a hazard mitigation plan, identifying the natural and man-made hazards, risks, and vulnerabilities of each jurisdiction (United States Code [USC] Title 42, Section 5156[a]).
FEMA has promulgated Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 44, Part 201 to carry out the hazard mitigation planning requirements in the Stafford Act. These regulations direct the planning process, plan content, and FEMA approval of hazard mitigation plans. This LHMP complies with the Stafford Act and DMA 2000, along with the appropriate sections of Title 44 of the CFR, including parts 201, 206 and 322.
State
California Government Code Section 8685.9 (Assembly Bill [AB] 2140) limits the State of California’s share of disaster relief funds paid out to local governments to 75 percent of the funds not paid for by federal disaster relief efforts, unless the jurisdiction has adopted a valid hazard mitigation plan consistent with DMA 2000. This LHMP is consistent with current standards and regulations, as outlined by Cal OES. It uses the best available information, and its mitigation actions reflect best practices and community values. This LHMP meets the requirements of current State and federal guidelines and ensures the City of San Clemente is eligible for all appropriate benefits under State and federal law and practices. This LHMP has been prepared to meet FEMA and Cal OES requirements, thus making the City eligible for funding and technical assistance from State and federal hazard mitigation programs.
Following FEMA approval of the LHMP, the San Clemente City Council will formally adopt the LHMP. Copies of the resolution are provided in Appendix A, City of San Clemente Adoption Resolution.
The LHMP is organized into seven sections to reflect the logical progression of activities undertaken to develop a hazard mitigation strategy, and includes all relevant documentation required to meet the necessary criteria for FEMA approval. Each section is described briefly below.
Section 1.0: Introduction and Purpose describes the background and purpose of the LHMP, as well as the authority established for its development.
Section 2.0: Planning Process describes the LHMP planning process, as well as the meetings and outreach activities undertaken to engage City officials and staff, stakeholders, and members of the public.
Section 3.0: Community Profile provides the history, geography, demographics, and socioeconomics of the City of San Clemente, including land use and development trends. This 381
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 1, Introduction and Purpose Page 1-3
section also evaluates social vulnerability through a variety of environmental justice indices and identifies applicability to the planning area.
Section 4.0: Hazards Assessment identifies and profiles the natural and human-caused hazards affecting the City, identifies the vulnerability and risk associated with each hazard, and provides a vulnerability assessment to critical facilities in relation to each of those hazards.
Section 5.0: Mitigation Strategy identifies the mitigation strategy and actions to reduce potential risks to the City’s critical facilities, residents, and business owners and assesses the City’s capabilities to implement and achieve the objectives of the mitigation actions.
Section 6.0: Plan Maintenance and Capabilities discusses implementation of the Plan, including the process to monitor, evaluate, update, and maintain the LHMP, and identifies opportunities for continued public involvement.
Section 7.0: References identifies the various resources utilized throughout the LHMP.
The City has adopted the following goals for reducing disaster risk:
1. Implement activities that assist in protecting lives by making homes, businesses, infrastructure, critical facilities, and other property more resistant to losses from natural and human caused hazards;
2. Reduce losses and repetitive damages from chronic hazard events while promoting insurance coverage for catastrophic hazards;
3. Improve hazards assessment information to make recommendations for discouraging new development in high hazard areas and encouraging preventative measures for existing development in areas vulnerable to natural hazards;
4. Develop and implement education and outreach programs to increase public awareness of the risks associated with natural hazards;
5. Provide information on tools; partnership opportunities, and funding resources to assist in implementing mitigation activities.
Due to the length of time between the previous iteration of the 2004 LHMP, the current LHMP incorporates changes and updates in hazard mitigation risk, vulnerability and priorities to reflect current trends and challenges. At the time of the previous 2004 LHMP writing, several master planned communities were in phased development and the City population grew by over 13,000 residents between the years 2000 and 2010. This period represented a significant change in land use, development and population patterns that ultimately changed risk and vulnerability to natural and human-caused hazards in the City of San Clemente.
Some components of the 2004 LHMP were retained in this update. The LHMP Planning Team felt that the overall hazard mitigation goals from the previous plan remained accurate for current planning purposes. These goals are listed above in the previous section. In addition, several hazards previously addressed and profiled are carried over into this update, including wildfire, landslide, and seismic hazards.
382
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 1, Introduction and Purpose Page 1-4
Changes to the LHMP planning process were driven largely by the 2023 FEMA policy update.
This LHMP update relied on the input of a cross section of representatives who participated on the LHMP Planning Team, including representatives from internal City departments and external stakeholders (neighboring jurisdictions, nonprofits/NGOs, public safety agencies, and others).
This diverse representation on the LHMP Planning Team produced mitigation actions that consider a variety of perspectives across the planning area.
Similarly, the recent FEMA policy update requires additional consideration for socially vulnerable populations (SVPs) within the planning area. Organizations that represent and serve SVPs were included as part of the LHMP Planning Team (as discussed in Section 2.0) and hazard specific impacts are discussed in both Section 3.0 and Section 4.0. Mitigation actions targeted to reducing vulnerability and risk associated with SVPs are included in Section 5.0.
A significant change in this LHMP update includes consideration for human-caused hazards, including dam failure, civil unrest, pandemic, terrorism and cyberattacks. The previous plan included consideration for the active San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station (SONGS). In 2013, SONGS was decommissioned and therefore this LHMP update reflects changes in risk and vulnerability now that nuclear generation is not an active power generating station though waste remains in storage onsite at SONGS.
This LHMP update enhanced many hazard profiles, such as coastal erosion and landslide, where recent severe weather and heavy rains has increased vulnerability to critical facilities and private property and the City’s coastline.
Mitigation actions from the 2004 LHMP are discussed and reviewed in Section 5.0. Mitigation actions from the 2004 LHMP were identified as either completed or no longer relevant to the LHMP update. New mitigation actions are also highlighted in Section 5.0 and are generally organized by hazard type.
383
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-1
This section describes each stage of the planning process used to develop the LHMP. This LHMP follows a prescribed series of planning steps which includes organizing resources, assessing risk, developing the mitigation strategy, drafting the plan, reviewing/revising the plan, and adopting and submitting the plan for approval. Each step is further described in this section.
Hazard mitigation planning in the United States is guided by statutory regulations described in the Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (DMA 2000) and implemented through Title 44 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Parts 201 and 206. FEMA hazard mitigation plan guidelines outline a fourstep planning process for the development and approval of hazard mitigation plans. Table 2-1, DMA 2000 CFR Crosswalk, lists the specific CFR excerpts that contain the requirements for approval, and identifies the applicable section of this LHMP.
Table 2-1
DMA 2000 CFR Crosswalk
DMA 2000 (44 CFR 201.6) 2024 LHMP Plan Section
(1) Organize Resources Section 2
201.6(c)(1) Organize to prepare the plan
201.6(b)(1) Involve the public
201.6(b)(2) and (3) Coordinate with other agencies
(2) Assess Risks Section 4
201.6(c)(2)(i) Assess the hazard
201.6(c)(2)(ii) and (iii) Assess the problem
(3) Develop the Mitigation Plan Section 5
201.6(c)(3)(i) Set goals
201.6(c)(3)(ii) Review possible activities (actions)
201.6(c)(3)(iii) Draft an action plan
(4) Plan Maintenance Section 6
201.6(c)(5) Adopt the plan
201.6(c)(4) Implement, evaluate, and revise
The first step in the planning process involved organization of resources, including identifying the LHMP Project Management Team, convening the LHMP Planning Team, and reviewing background materials and documents.
The LHMP Project Management Team was responsible for day-to-day coordination of the LHMP work program, including forming and assembling the LHMP Planning Team; scheduling meetings; preparing, reviewing, and disseminating meeting materials; coordinating, scheduling, and participating in community engagement activities and meetings; and coordinating document review. The LHMP Project Management Team was led by Adam Atamian, Director of the City of San Clemente’s Community Development Department.
384
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-2
The LHMP Project Management Team worked with the LHMP Consultant Team throughout the development of the LHMP. The LHMP Consultant Team consisted of hazard mitigation/planning professionals from Michael Baker International. The LHMP Consultant Team provided guidance and support to the City through facilitation of the planning process, data collection, community engagement, and meeting materials and document development.
The LHMP Project Management Team worked with the LHMP Consultant Team to identify stakeholders to participate in the LHMP. Stakeholders included representatives from internal city departments, along with several external entities including neighboring jurisdictions, utilities, professional organizations, community-based organizations, schools/academia, and other nonprofits/NGOs.
The LHMP Project Management team carefully selected stakeholders to represent a cross section of relevant community lifelines. Community lifelines are defined by FEMA as a fundamental service in the community that, when stabilized, enable all other aspects of society. When disrupted, decisive intervention (e.g., rapid service re-establishment or employment of contingency response solutions) is required. Community lifelines are categorized as follows:
x Safety and Security: Law Enforcement/Security, Fire Service, Search and Rescue, Government Service, Community Safety.
x Food, Hydration, Shelter: Food, Hydration, Shelter, Agriculture. x Health and Medical: Medical Care, Public Health, Patient Movement, Medical Supply Chain, Fatality Management.
x Energy: Power Grid, Fuel.
x Communications: Infrastructure, Responder Communications, Alerts Warnings and Messages, Finance, 911 and Dispatch.
x Transportation: Highway/Roadway/Motor Vehicle, Mass Transit, Railway, Aviation, Maritime.
x Hazardous Materials: Facilities, HAZMAT, Pollutants, Contaminants. x Water Systems: Potable Water Infrastructure, Wastewater Management.
Stakeholders were notified via email, advising of the City’s efforts to prepare an updated LHMP and requesting their involvement in preparation of the Plan, including an invitation to attend the LHMP Planning Team meetings. The list of stakeholders included in this notification effort are summarized in Table 2-2, LHMP Planning Team and Community Lifelines below.
Table 2-2
LHMP Planning Team and Community Lifelines
Agency or Utility Name Community Lifeline
Local and Regional Agencies Involved in Hazard Mitigation Activities California State Parks Government Service
City of San Clemente Government Service
County of Orange/OCSD OEM Safety and Security; Government Service Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton Safety and Security; Government Service Orange County Fire Authority Safety and Security; Government Service Orange County Toll Roads Transportation
385
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-3
Agency or Utility Name Community Lifeline
Local and Regional Agencies Involved in Hazard Mitigation Activities Orange County Transportation Authority Transportation
Orange County Water District Food, Hydration, Shelter; Water Systems Santa Margarita Water District Food, Hydration, Shelter; Water Systems South Coast Water District Food, Hydration, Shelter; Water Systems Agencies with the Authority to Regulate Development
City of San Clemente Government Service
Agencies of Neighboring Communities
Rancho Mission Viejo
(unincorporated Orange County) Government Service
City of Dana Point Government Service
Representatives of Business, Academia, and other Private Organizations Hoag Medical Services Health and Medical
Representatives of Nonprofit Organizations/Community Based Organizations San Clemente Rotary Safety and Security; Food, Hydration, Shelter Age Well Safety and Security; Food, Hydration, Shelter
Family Assistance Ministries (FAM) Safety and Security; Food, Hydration, Shelter *Indicates an LHMP Planning Team member that provides services to socially vulnerable populations or other “high-risk” populations within the planning area. Refer to Section 3.8.2 for further discussion.
In addition to external stakeholders, the LHMP Planning Team included City of San Clemente staff members, representing a diverse cross-section of departments and responsibilities.
Members of the LHMP Planning Team represented the following City departments and divisions:
x City Manager
x Beaches, Parks & Recreation
x Public Works & Utilities
x Finance and Administrative Services
x Community Development
x Engineering Division
x Human Resources Division
x Maintenance Division
x Code Compliance Division
x Planning Division
The LHMP Planning Team worked together to ensure the success of the planning process and is responsible for its implementation and future maintenance. The committee’s key responsibilities included:
x Participation in LHMP Planning Team meetings
x Collection of valuable local information and other requested data x Decision on plan process and content
x Development and prioritization of mitigation actions for the LHMP x Review and comment on plan drafts
x Coordination and involvement in the public engagement process 386
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-4
Table 2-3, LHMP Planning Team, identifies both LHMP Project Management Team and LHMP Planning Team members, along with their roles in plan development.
Table 2-3
LHMP Planning Team
Name Title/Role Organization LHMP Planning Team Role
LHMP Project Management Team
Adam Atamian
Community
Development
Director/Project
Manager
City of San Clemente
City Project Manager – Organization of LHMP
Planning Team and meetings, development of
and participation in community outreach,
hazard identification, capabilities assessment,
mitigation actions and prioritization, plan
coordination and review.
Andy Hall City Manager City of San Clemente
Project goals and objectives identification,
hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment.
Dave
Rebensdorf
Public
Works/Utilities City of San Clemente
Project goals and objectives identification,
hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment.
Brian Brower
Finance and
Administrative
Services
City of San Clemente
Project goals and objectives identification,
hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment.
Leslea
Meyerhoff
Coastal
Administrator/
Summit
Environmental
City of San Clemente
Project goals and objectives identification,
hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment.
Meredith Scott
Community
development
Coordinator
City of San Clemente Project goals and objectives identification, hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment.
Rachel Perez Public Works
Administration City of San Clemente
Project goals and objectives identification,
hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment.
LHMP Planning Team
Zak Ponsen Assistant City
Engineer City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment
Maile Stivers Public
Information City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions
Samantha
Wylie
Beaches, Parks,
and Recreation
Director
City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment
387
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-5
Name Title/Role Organization LHMP Planning Team Role
Jake Rahn Finance
Department City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions
Elora Dutra Human
Resources City of San Clemente
Critical facilities review, risk assessment/
vulnerability discussion, draft LHMP
review/comment
Robert
Ferguson
Building and
Safety Division City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions, draft LHMP
review/comment
Jonathan
Lightfoot
Planning
Division City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions, draft LHMP
review/comment
Niki Beach Environmental
Programs City of San Clemente
Critical facilities review, risk assessment/
vulnerability discussion, mitigation actions, draft
LHMP review/comment
Dustin
Burnside
Utilities
Department City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions, draft LHMP
review/comment
Danielle
Sorahan
Code
Compliance
Division
City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions, draft LHMP
review/comment
Jake Ohana GIS, Public
Works City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions, draft LHMP
review/comment
Laura
Campagnolo City Clerk City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment
Amir
Ilkhanipour Principal civil
engineer City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, draft LHMP review/comment
Mark Iverson Superintendent
for Water
Operations
City of San Clemente
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Jim Biel OCTA Capital Programs Manager
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Scott Kibbey Superintendent California State Parks, Orange Coast District
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Jammal
Osamah
Resiliency
Manager
Marine Corps Base Camp
Pendleton
Critical facilities review, risk assessment/
vulnerability discussion, mitigation actions
James
Christian Captain Orange County Sheriff Department
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
388
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-6
Name Title/Role Organization LHMP Planning Team Role
Cheyne Maule Division Chief Orange County Fire Authority Critical facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability discussion, mitigation actions
Kyle Gough Transmission
Main Manager South Coast Water District
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Eric Smith Governmental
Liaison Santa Margarita Water
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Chris Lopez Safety Officer Santa Margarita Water
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Steve Fritzsch OEM/Emergenc
y Manager City Dana Point
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Beth Apodaca Director Age Well
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion, mitigation actions
Ana Conti CEO Family Assistance Ministries (FAM)
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Laura Bard Co-President San Clemente Rotary
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Tom Millington
Environmental
Compliance
Director
Rancho Mission Viejo
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Roxanna
Bryant
Senior Principal,
Regulatory
Compliance
Hoag Medical Services
Hazard identification and prioritization, critical
facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability
discussion
Shawn Ryan City Planner City of San Clemente Risk assessment/ vulnerability discussion, mitigation actions, draft LHMP review/comment
Hanne
Throdahl
Human
Resources
Manager
City of San Clemente Critical facilities review, risk assessment/ vulnerability discussion, mitigation actions
A series of LHMP Planning Team meetings and smaller focus group meetings were hosted during the LHMP update process. The LHMP Planning Team Meeting #1 was hosted during July 2024 to introduce the LHMP, outline the planning process, and discuss priority natural hazards for the plan. Stakeholders on the LHMP Planning Team were then invited to participate in focus group meetings, hosted during October 2024. Focus groups were either held with a single stakeholder or a group of stakeholders with similar responsibilities or interests. The meeting series was concluded with the LHMP Planning Team Meeting #2, hosted on November 5, 2024. The purpose of the conclusion meeting was to present vulnerability/risk assessment findings and present mitigation actions. The meeting series is summarized below in Table 2-4, LHMP Planning Team and Focus Group Meeting Summary.
389
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-7
Meetings were held both in-person and virtually via Microsoft Teams, to accommodate stakeholders near the City, distributed throughout the region, and remote staff serving on the LHMP Consultant team. Meeting materials, including PowerPoint presentations, sign-in sheets, agendas, notes, and other relevant handouts, are provided in Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation.
Table 2-4
LHMP Planning Team and Focus Group Meeting Summary
Date/Time Meeting Attendees Discussion Items
July 3, 2024
11:30 AM – 12:30
PM
LHMP Kickoff
Meeting LHMP Planning Team (all)
x Project Background
x Purpose & Requirements of the
LHMP
x Project Goals, Objectives and
Expectations
x Hazard Identification and
Prioritization
July 29, 2024
10:30 AM – 11:00
AM
LHMP
Planning Team
Meeting #1
LHMP Planning Team (all)
x Critical Facilities Review
x Risk/Vulnerability Discussion
x Mitigation Action Discussion
October 7, 2024
1:30 PM – 2:00 PM
Focus Group
Meeting #1
Adam Atamian – City of San Clemente
Meredith Scott – City of San Clemente
Leslea Meyerhoff – City of San Clemente
Robert Ferguson – City of San Clemente
Jonathan Lightfoot – City of San Clemente
Danielle Sorahan – City of San Clemente
x Critical Facilities Review
x Risk/Vulnerability Discussion
x Mitigation Action Discussion
October 7, 2024
2:00 PM – 2:30 PM
Focus Group
Meeting #2
Adam Atamian – City of San Clemente
Meredith Scott – City of San Clemente
Rachel Perez – City of San Clemente
Niki Beach – City of San Clemente
Dustin Burnside – City of San Clemente
Jake Ohana – City of San Clemente
Shawn Ryan – City of San Clemente
x Critical Facilities Review
x Risk/Vulnerability Discussion
x Mitigation Action Discussion
October 7, 2024
3:00 PM – 3:30 PM
Focus Group
Meeting #3
Adam Atamian – City of San Clemente
Meredith Scott – City of San Clemente
Andy Hall – City of San Clemente
Brian Brower– City of San Clemente
Maile Stivers – City of San Clemente
Jake Rahn – City of San Clemente
Hanne Throdahl – City of San Clemente
Elora Dutra – City of San Clemente
x Critical Facilities Review
x Risk/Vulnerability Discussion
x Mitigation Action Discussion
October 14, 2024
1:00 PM – 2:00 PM
Focus Group
Meeting #4
Adam Atamian – City of San Clemente
Meredith Scott – City of San Clemente
Laura Bard – San Clemente Rotary
Roxanna Bryant – Hoag Medical Group
x Critical Facilities Review
x Risk/Vulnerability Discussion
x Mitigation Action Discussion
November 5, 2024
11:00 AM – 12:30
PM
LHMP
Planning Team
Meeting #2
LHMP Planning Team (all) x Draft Plan Review
x Mitigation Action Finalization
390
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-8
The draft LHMP was electronically circulated to the LHMP Planning Team on November 1, 2024, for an internal, two-week review period concluding on November 12, 2024. At the conclusion of the internal two-week review period, minor comments, edits, and points of clarification were requested in the LHMP. Documentation of this process is included in Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation.
A public outreach and engagement strategy was developed to maximize public involvement in the LHMP planning process. The LHMP public outreach strategy included a dedicated webpage, community survey, a community outreach event and public review draft distribution, as described below; refer to Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation. The LHMP public outreach process was specifically designed to maximize participation and input from all community members, including underserved groups and vulnerable populations.
Webpage
A dedicated webpage was developed on the City’s website for the LHMP planning process. The webpage provided information on the LHMP, and how the public can get involved in the planning process. Contact information was included for comments or questions via email. A link to complete the community survey was posted to encourage participation. The website was updated throughout the planning process and provided notifications and access to LHMP materials. The draft LHMP was also made available for public review on this webpage, available here:
https://www.san-clemente.org/government/city-departments/public-works/emergency-planning.
Virtual outreach on the City’s website posted for the entirety of the LHMP development process allowed for maximum audience reach, including underserved and vulnerable populations.
Traditionally, virtual outreach has the ability to reach community members who may be unable to attend in-person meetings or hearings. Individuals can access all information at their own convenience and have the ability to communicate directly with City staff regarding questions or comments.
Community Survey
A community survey was developed to obtain input from the community about various hazard mitigation topics. In addition to basic demographic information (e.g., zip code and age), the survey asked residents to identify specific safety concerns, including identifying what hazards they felt were most likely to impact their neighborhood or property. Participants were also asked what actions they had taken to be more resistant to hazards, and preferences for future communication methods from the City. A survey link was posted on the LHMP webpage and a QR code was distributed on a printed handout at the Rhythm and Resin Festival, San Clemente Coffee Chats, San Clemente Farmers’ Market outreach events (below). Members of the LHMP Planning Team also distributed the survey link to colleagues and constituents within their jurisdiction.
The survey was opened on August 1, 2024, and closed on October 18, 2024. A total of 30 responses were received. Of the 30 participants, approximately 43 percent provided contact information and requested notification when the draft LHMP becomes available for public review.
Input received was generally similar with feedback from the Rhythm and Resin, San Clemente Coffee Chats, and the San Clemente Farmers Market pop-up event, as outlined below. Survey input directly influenced the final hazard rankings, provided in Section 4.0, Hazard Assessment. 391
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-9
Further details received allow the City to better target future outreach and engagement activities regarding the LHMP. The survey specifically provides outreach with underserved and vulnerable populations who may not have the capacity or ability to attend in-person outreach events or hearings. A detailed community outreach summary is included in Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation.
Pop-Up Community Outreach
The City of San Clemente hosted three interactive
pop-up booths focused on LHMP outreach and
content from August to September. The first event,
the Rhythm and Resin Festival, was held on
September 7, 2024 from 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM. The
second event was hosted at the San Clemente
Senior Center’s Coffee Chat on Friday, August 30
from 8:00 AM to 9:30 AM. The last event was the
San Clemente weekly Farmers’ Market held on
Sunday, October 6, 2024 from 9:00 AM to 1:00 PM.
The intent of these outreach events was to use the
“Whole Community” approach and meet
stakeholders/constituents at a convenient location
during a regularly scheduled and free event.
The LHMP Consultant, Michael Baker International,
and Meredith Scott, Community Development
Coordinator, set up several informational boards
regarding the LHMP update process and
information about key community lifelines.
Participants were given sheets of five dot stickers to
place on the list of San Clemente hazards indicating which of the hazards were a top concern or priority. Results from these outreach events, along with the board illustrations are documented in Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation. Feedback was generally consistent with the results from the community survey exercise, with top hazard of concern remaining the same amongst all pop-up events. City staff was available to answer questions from the public regarding hazard mitigation and resilience related to the City. Approximately 30-50 participants took part in the natural hazard ranking activity during each of the three pop-up events.
In addition to the activities and informational boards, staff passed out an informational postcard describing the LHMP Update process containing the Community Survey QR Code to provide them the opportunity to give additional input. An illustration of this handout is included below as Figure 2-1, Postcard Handout from San Clemente Outreach Events and photos from the event are included as Figure 2-2, Pictures from the Rhythm and Resin Festival Pop-Up Event, Figure 2-3, Pictures from the Senior Center Coffee Chats Pop-Up Event, and Figure 2-4, Pictures from the Farmers’ Market Pop-Up Event.
Definitions:
Whole Community: engaging the full
capacity of private and nonprofit sectors,
including businesses, faith-based and
disability organizations, and the general
public, in conjunction with the
participation of local, tribal, state and
Federal governmental partners (FEMA)
Social Vulnerability: characteristics of a
person or group that affect their capacity
to anticipate, cope with, resist, and
recover from the impact of a discrete
and identifiable disaster in nature or
society.
392
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-10
Figure 2-1
Postcard Handout from San Clemente Outreach Events
Figure 2-2
Pictures from the Rhythm and Resin Festival Pop-Event
393
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-11
Figure 2-3
Pictures from the Senior Center Coffee Chat Pop-Event
LHMP Outreach
San Clemente Senior Center
Coffee Chat
August 30, 2024
394
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-12
Exhibit 2-4
Pictures from the San Clemente Farmers Market
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT LHMP
A draft of the LHMP was made available on the LHMP webpage for the public to review and comment for a two-week period beginning November 15, 2024 and ending on 'HFHPEHU , 2024. Notification of the draft LHMP availability for review and comment was distributed via the City’s website and email listservs. The LHMP received QR comments on the draft LHMP.
Documentation of this process is included in Appendix B, LHMP Planning Team Documentation.
The LHMP Planning Team referenced a variety of plans, studies, data, and technical reports available from local, State, and federal sources to prepare the LHMP update. Primary sources were reviewed and incorporated as part of the LHMP planning process, and are listed in Table 2- 5, Existing Plans, Studies, Reports, and Other Technical Data/Information. A complete list of references is included in Section 7.0, References.
Table 2-5
Existing Plans, Studies, Reports, and Other Technical Data/Information Existing Plans, Studies, Reports, Planning Process /
Area of Document Inclusion
2014 City of San Clemente Centennial General Plan Multiple Plan Elements Palisades Dam Emergency Action Plan Hazard Profiles
2019 San Clemente Emergency Action Plan Hazard Profiles 2004 City of San Clemente Natural Hazard Mitigation
Plan Multiple Plan Sections; Hazard Profiles
2018 Certified Local Coastal Program (LCP) Land Use
Plan (LUP) Hazard Profiles / Mitigation Strategies
395
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-13
Existing Plans, Studies, Reports, Planning Process /
Area of Document Inclusion
2018 San Clemente Tsunami Playbook Hazard Profiles
2018 Orange County Tsunami Annex Hazard Profiles
2014 San Clemente Climate Action Plan Hazard Profiles
2019 San Clemente Sea Level Rise Vulnerability
Assessment Hazard Profiles
2020 San Clemente Urban Water Management Plan Hazard Profiles 2019 San Clemente Tsunami Communication Drill Hazard Profiles 2020 San Clemente Water Shortage Contingency Plan Hazard Profiles 2021 San Clemente Capital Improvement Plan Multiple Plan Sections; Mitigation Strategy 2021 San Clemente Coastal Resiliency Plan Hazard Profiles 2023 San Clemente Erosion Hot Spots Report Hazard Profiles 2023 San Clemente Nature-Based Coastal Resiliency
Project Feasibility Study Hazard Profiles
2024 San Clemente Quarterly Fire Service Report Hazard Profiles San Clemente Nuclear Emergency Transportation
Access Points Document Hazard Profiles
2019 San Clemente Jurisdictional Runoff Management
Program Hazard Profiles
2021 San Clemente Safety Element Update Multiple Plan Sections In accordance with FEMA requirements, the LHMP Planning Team identified and prioritized the hazards affecting the City and assessed vulnerability from those hazards. Results from this phase of the LHMP planning process aided subsequent identification of appropriate mitigation actions to reduce risk from these hazards; refer to Section 5.0, Mitigation Strategy.
Based on a review of past hazards, as well as a review of existing plans, reports, and other technical studies, data, and information, the LHMP Planning Team determined which specific hazards could affect the City. Content for each hazard profile is provided in Section 4.0, Hazard Assessment.
Hazard profiling exposes the unique characteristics of individual hazards and begins the process of determining which areas within the City are vulnerable to specific hazards. The vulnerability assessment included input from the LHMP Planning Team and a GIS overlaying method to map hazard risk assessments. Using these methodologies, critical facilities impacted by hazards were identified and potential loss estimates were determined, where available. Detailed information on the vulnerability assessments for each hazard is provided in Section 4.0, Hazard Assessment. 396
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 2, Planning Process Page 2-14
The LHMP Planning Team reviewed mitigation goals from the previous 2004 LHMP and made minor editorial edits for clarification. Hazard mitigation goals were discussed during Meeting #1, before finalization and incorporation into the LHMP. The Mitigation Goals are included in Section
1.0, Introduction.
A capabilities assessment is a comprehensive review of all mitigation capabilities and tools currently available to the City for mitigation action implementation, prescribed in the LHMP. The LHMP Planning Team identified the planning and regulatory; administrative and technical; financial; and education and outreach capabilities to implement mitigation actions, as detailed in Section 5.0, Mitigation Strategy.
As part of the LHMP planning process, the LHMP Planning Team worked to identify and develop mitigation actions, after which mitigation actions were prioritized as high, medium, or low. A detailed discussion of the identification and prioritization of mitigation actions, and the creation of the implementation strategy is provided in Section 5.0, Mitigation Strategy.
This plan will be submitted to Cal OES and FEMA for review. Upon receiving “approvable pending adoption” notification from FEMA, this plan will be presented to the City for consideration and approval by the San Clemente City Council. If approved, a copy of the resolution will be provided in Appendix A, City of San Clemente LHMP Adoption Resolution.
Plan maintenance procedures, found in Section 6.0, Plan Maintenance and Capabilities, include the measures the City will take to ensure the LHMP’s continuous long-term implementation. The procedures also include the manner in which the LHMP will be regularly monitored, reported upon, evaluated, and updated to remain a current and meaningful planning document. 397
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-1
The City of San Clemente, also known as the “Spanish Village by the Sea,” is the southernmost city in Orange County and home to 64,232 residents1
. The City covers a land area of 18.45 square
miles and is bordered by the Pacific Ocean to the southwest, Camp Pendleton to the south, the City of Dana Point to the northwest, and the unincorporated County of Orange and Cleveland National Forest to the northeast.2 The topography of San Clemente includes beaches and coastal plains, rolling hills, and steep canyons and bluffs. Its coastline features notable beaches such as the main beach, San Clemente Pier Beach, which surrounds its namesake, and San Clemente State Beach, known for its geological formations and surf conditions.3 In the more inland regions of the City, the terrain transitions into hills and valleys, part of the Peninsular Ranges mountain range group.4
The City of San Clemente experiences a Mediterranean climate characterized by mild winters and warm, dry summers. Average annual temperatures range from 50°F in the winter to 79°F in the summer. Precipitation averages around 12-14 inches annually, with most rainfall occurring between November and March.5
Prior to settlement in the area now known as San Clemente, the Acjachemen (also known as Juañeno) people were the Indigenous people of San Clemente. One of the largest Acjachemen villages, Panhe, was located approximately three miles south of the modern-day City of San Clemente and existed over 8,000 years ago.6 Additionally, the Luiseño indigenous people are also known to be native to the area.7
The first known European contact with the region was in 1602 when Spanish explorer Sebastián Vizcaíno sailed along the California coast and named a nearby island “San Clemente” after Saint Clement of Rome.8 Settlement in the area came in 1776, when Father Junipero Serra established Mission San Juan Capistrano in what is now the City of San Clemente. Following the establishment of the Mission, Native Americans and Spanish settlers established villages nearby.
In 1925, Ole Hanson, a former mayor of Seattle, envisioned a red-roofed Spanish village by the sea. He purchased 2,000 acres and designed the community he named San Clemente, which 1 US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, DP05 Demographic and Housing Estimates. Accessed November 5, 2024.
2 City of San Clemente, Information About San Clemente, https://www.san-clemente.org/about-us/city-information/about-sanclemente, accessed September 30, 2024. 3 California State Parks, San Clemente State Beach, https://www.parks.ca.gov/?page_id=646, accessed September 30, 2024. 4 USGS, Landscapes from the Waves – Marine Terraces of California, https://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2018/3002/fs20183002.pdf, accessed September 30, 2024.
5 City of San Clemente, Information About San Clemente, https://www.san-clemente.org/about-us/city-information/about-sanclemente, accessed September 30, 2024. 6 California State Parks, San Onofre State Beach, https://www.parks.ca.gov/?page_id=647, accessed September 30, 2024. 7 ACHP, San Clemente, California, https://www.achp.gov/preserve-america/community/san-clementecalifornia#:~:text=San%20Clemente%2C%20California%2C%20(population,original%20%E2%80%9COle%20Hanson%E2%80%9 D%20structures., accessed September 30, 2024.
8 San Clemente Historical Society, History of San Clemente, https://www.sanclementehistoricalsociety.org/timeline, accessed October 1, 2024.
398
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-2
was incorporated in 1928. Hanson’s vision included schools, parks, a city hall, pier, public beaches, a church, and other public amenities, all designed with a Spanish theme. Construction in the City began quickly on the first 2,000 acres between El Camino Real and the Pacific Ocean, with the average lot selling for approximately $300. By 1928, the City’s population had already reached 1,200 residents.9
During the Great Depression in the 1930s, however, development and growth in San Clemente came to a near halt. Following many foreclosures, the bank (Bank of America) owned most of the City. The bank eliminated the previous Spanish-style architecture requirement and allowed the development of the first non-Spanish architecture in town. The post-World War II era led to rapid growth and the loss of many original “Ole Hanson” structures. A historic preservation ordinance has since been established, which has helped to protect what remains.
The City of San Clemente formed a partnership with the Casa Romantica Cultural Center and Gardens to restore and develop historic Casa Romantica, Ole Hanson’s home, into a cultural center. Casa Romantica, which had been closed to the public and was in danger of being demolished, is now operated by a non-profit organization that provides multi-cultural programs to the public.10
In 1969, President Richard Nixon purchased a Spanish mansion in the southern part of town called La Casa Pacifica, famously known as the “Western White House”. The Western White House served as a key location for both personal retreats and official business for the former president.11 After his resignation from the presidency in 1974, Nixon lived in his San Clemente residence for six more years before relocating to New York City.12 Development in the modern era has included the establishment of two new master-planned communities: Talega and Sea Summit. Talega is a large master-planned community located in the hills of San Clemente, spanning over 3,500 acres and including approximately 3,500 homes.13 It was developed in the early 2000s and includes a mix of residential, commercial, and recreational spaces. Sea Summit is a newer master-planned community located along the coast of San Clemente.14 It was developed in the mid-2010s, spans over 240 acres, and includes 309 homes.
Modern infrastructure projects have also been initiated to support growing electrical needs, including the Pico Substation Project and transmission line upgrades by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC).15,16
9 San Clemente Historical Society, History, https://www.sanclementehistoricalsociety.org/history/, accessed October 1, 2024. 10 ACHP, San Clemente, California, https://www.achp.gov/preserve-america/community/san-clementecalifornia#:~:text=San%20Clemente%2C%20California%2C%20(population,original%20%E2%80%9COle%20Hanson%E2%80%9 D%20structures., accessed September 30, 2024.
11 Richard Nixon Foundation, Memories Of President Nixon’s Western White House, https://www.nixonfoundation.org/2013/09/memories-president-nixons-western-white-house/, accessed October 1, 2024. 12 Richard Nixon Foundation, Visit the Nixon Library, https://www.nixonfoundation.org/visit-nixon-library/, accessed October 1, 2024. 13 CEQA, Talega Specific Plan, https://ceqanet.opr.ca.gov/1999031048/4, accessed October 1, 2024. 14 CPUC, Notice to Proceed Request No. 7,
https://ia.cpuc.ca.gov/environment/info/ene/socre/attachment/SOCRE_20210204_NTP-7%20Final.pdf, accessed October 1, 2024. 15 CPUC, Pico Substation Project, https://ia.cpuc.ca.gov/environment/info/pico.htm, accessed October 1, 2024. 16 CPUC, Notice to Proceed Request No. 7,
https://ia.cpuc.ca.gov/environment/info/ene/socre/attachment/SOCRE_20210204_NTP-7%20Final.pdf, accessed October 1, 2024. 399
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-3
Population, education, employment, and housing data for San Clemente is described in the following sections.
Table 3-1, City of San Clemente and State of California Population and Housing Data (2023), provides and overview of City and state demographics.
Table 3-1
City of San Clemente and State of California Population and Housing Data (2023) Category Description City of San Clemente State of California Total population 64,232 38,965,193
Percent of Residents that are children (under 18 years) 21.8% 21.7% Percent of Residents that are senior citizens (65 and over) 19.5% 16.2% Median Age (years) 44.2 37.9
Median Household Income $134,730 $91,551
Median House Value (Owner-occupied housing units) $1,161,000 $659,300 Occupied Housing Units 23,646 14,627,041
Percent of Renter-Occupied Housing Units 35.1% 44.2%
Percent of Owner-Occupied Housing Units 64.9% 55.8%
Average Household Size 2.7 2.94
Source: US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, DP05 Demographic and Housing Estimates.
US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, DP04 Selected Housing Characteristics.
US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, S0101 Age and Sex US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, S1101 Households and Families US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, S2503 Financial Characteristics The City of San Clemente has an estimated population of 64,232 according to 2022 American Community Survey (ACS) 5-year estimates. San Clemente residents 65 and older make up 19.5 percent of the City’s population, while residents under the age of 18 account for only 21.8 percent of the population. The remaining 58.7 percent of the population is between the ages of 18 and 65, with a median age of 37.9 years. The median age of City residents is 44.2 years of age.
Comparatively, State of California age demographics are composed of 16.2 percent of residents 65 and over, with 21.7 percent of residents under the age of 18. Overall, these metrics show that San Clemente has an older population when compared to the State of California.
The City has a higher median household income and median house value compared to the State of California. The median household income in San Clemente is $134,730, which is approximately 32 percent higher than that of the state at $91,551. Similarly, the median home value in the City is roughly 43 percent higher than that of the state. The City has an average household size of 2.7 persons per household, and the average household size across the state is 2.94 persons per household. The percentages of owner-occupied and renter-occupied housing units between the City and the state are as follows: the state’s percent of renter-occupied housing units stands at
44.2 percent and owner-occupied housing units at 55.8 percent compared to San Clemente’s renter -occupied housing units at 35.1 percent and owner-occupied housing units at 64.9 percent. 400
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-4
Table 3-2, City of San Clemente and State of California Racial and Ethnic Composition (2023), provides an overview of the City and state’s racial and ethnic demographics.
Table 3-2
City of San Clemente and State of California Racial and Ethnic Composition (2023) Race or Ethnicity City of San Clemente State of California Population Percentage Population Percentage
Hispanic or Latino (of any race)* 10,964 17.1% 15,732,184 40.3% White 56,668 77.1% 22,088,290 56.6%
Black or African American 1,735 1.6% 2,829,724 7.3%
American Indian and Alaska Native 1,528 0.3% 1,252,083 3.2% Asian 4,824 4.8% 7,067,135 18.1%
Native Hawaiian and other Pacific Islander 324 0.1% 337,475 0.9% Some Other Race alone 7,355 4.3% 13,401,642 34.3%
Total Population 64,232 100% 39,029,342 100%
Source: US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, DP05 Demographic and Housing Estimates. * Note: The “Hispanic or Latino (of any race) category encompasses a wide range of racial backgrounds. People who identify with this ethnic category may be of any race, including White, Black, Indigenous, Asian, or other backgrounds of Middle Eastern descent. For this reason, the sum of the race or ethnicity percentages may exceed 100%.
The largest ethnic group in San Clemente is the White population, accounting for 77.1 percent of the City’s total population. The City’s remaining ethnic makeup consists of Hispanic or Latino at
17.1 percent, American Indian and Alaska Native at 0.3% percent, Asian at 4.8 percent, Black or African American at 1.6 percent, and Native Hawaiian and other Pacific Islander at 0.1 percent with a total estimate of 324 individuals. Persons identifying as some other race account for 4.3 percent of the population, while those identifying as two or more races make up 11.7 percent of the population.
The racial/ethnic makeup of the State of California consist of White at 56.6 percent, Hispanic or Latino at 40.3 percent, Asian at 18.1 percent, Black or African American at 7.3 percent, American Indian and Alaska Native at 3.2 percent, and Native Hawaiian and other Pacific Islander at 0.9 percent. Persons identifying as some other race alone account for 34.3 percent of the population, while those identifying with two or more races making up 4.3 percent of the population.
The population of San Clemente has significantly less racial/ethnic diversity compared to that of the State of California. The City has a racially and ethnically concentrated population, with racial ethnic groups outside of the White population composing very little of the City’s population.
Educational attainment is analyzed based on the population of individuals aged 25 and over.
Refer to Table 3-3, City of San Clemente and State of California (2023). 401
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-5
Table 3-3
City of San Clemente and State of California Educational Attainment (2023) Educational Attainment (Age 25 and Over) City of San Clemente State of California Population Percentage Population Percentage
Less than 9th Grade 1,483 3.2% 2,376,805 8.8%
9th to 12th Grade, no diploma 1,153 2.5% 1,738,878 6.5% High School Graduate 6,074 13.3% 5,506,855 20.5%
Some College, No Degree 9,713 21.2% 5,192,854 19.3%
Associate degree 4,474 9.8% 2,115,440 7.9%
Bachelor’s Degree 13,800 30.1% 6,056,169 22.5%
Graduate or Professional Degree 9,111 19.9% 3,879,772 14.4% Total 45,808 100% 26,866,773 100%
Source: US Census Bureau, 2022: American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, S1501 Educational Attainment.
Of San Clemente’s population aged 25 years and older, 19.9 percent attained a graduate or professional degree, 30.1 percent attained a bachelor’s degree, and 9.8 percent attained an associate degree. About 59.8 percent of the City’s population has completed a higher education degree. In comparison, the State of California’s higher education degree attainment is as follows:
14.4 percent attained a graduate or professional degree, 22.5 percent attained a bachelor’s degree, and 7.9 percent attained an associate degree for a total of 44.8 percent. Therefore, the City of San Clemente has a slightly higher average level of educational attainment than that of the state. Approximately 5.7 percent of adults in San Clemente have not completed high school, compared to approximately 15.3 percent of adults in the State.
According to 2022 ACS 5-year estimates, there are 52,191 residents over 16 years of age in San Clemente and 32,923 residents in the labor force.17 Out of the 32,923 people in the labor force, 30,951 were employed (59.3 percent) and 1,715 were unemployed (3.3 percent). The educational services and healthcare/social services industry employed the largest number of City residents (18.3 percent); followed by professional, scientific, and management, and administrative management services (17.4 percent); retail trade (10.2 percent); manufacturing (10.1 percent); finance and insurance, and real estate/rental/leasing (10.0 percent); arts, entertainment, and recreation and accommodation and food services (9.6 percent); construction (6.4 percent); other services except for public administration (4.5 percent); public administration (4.1 percent); wholesale trade (4.1 percent); transportation, warehousing and utilities (2.9 percent); information (2.0 percent); and agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting, and mining (0.5%).
The median household income in the City was $134,730. While 19.3 percent of employees work from home, a majority of residents commute for work with 72.7 percent of residents driving alone.
The average travel time to work for local residents is 28.8 minutes.18 17 United States Census Bureau, American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, DP03 Selected Economic Characteristics, 2022, https://data.census.gov/table/ACSDP5Y2022.DP03, updated 2023, accessed May 8, 2024. 18 Ibid.
402
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-6
According to 2022 ACS 5-year estimates, there are 26,576 housing units in San Clemente.19 Of the total housing units, approximately 23,646 percent are occupied. There are a total of 23,646 households in the City, with an average household size of 2.7 persons per household.20 The most common household size is the 2-person household representing 9,299 housing units (39.3 percent), followed by 4-or-more households at 6,038 units (25.5 percent), 1-person households at 4,812 units (20.4 percent), and 3-person households at 3,497 units (14.8 percent).21 Single family households make up the majority of housing units, accounting for 71.2 percent of the housing stock in San Clemente. 60.8 percent of family households are classified as “married couple families”, and 28.8 percent of the City’s total housing units are nonfamily households.22 The housing vacancy rate in San Clemente is approximately 11.02 percent in 2023.23 Housing growth within San Clemente is discussed in Section 3.5, Development Trends and Future Development, below.
The 2014 City of San Clemente Centennial General Plan (amended in December 2016) is the principal policy document regulating land use in the City. Table 3-4, City of San Clemente Centennial General Plan Land Use Designations, identifies the type and distribution of land uses in the City below. Additionally, land use in the coastal zone (area generally between the Pacific Ocean and the I-5 freeway) is governed by the City’s Certified 2018 Local Coastal Program (LCP) Land Use Plan (LUP). The 2018 LCP LUP is intended to implement the requirements of the California Coastal Act and is approved and certified by the California Coastal Commission (CCC).
The LCP LUP serves as an additional level of land use control and regulatory approval to ensure development does not yield adverse impacts on the City’s coastline. It is noted that the plan is not technically complete in its entirety, as the implementation plan is in progress. This plan is available on the City’s website under the “Coastal Planning” tab. 19 US Census Bureau, American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates Data Profiles, Table DP04 Selected Housing Characteristics, 2022, https://data.census.gov/table/ACSDP5Y2022.DP04?g=050XX00US53009, published 2022, accessed May 8, 2024. 20 US Census Bureau, American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates Data Profiles, Table S1101, Household and Families, 2022, https://data.census.gov/table/ACSST5Y2022.S1101?q=HOUSEHOLD&g=050XX00US53009, published 2023, accessed May 8, 2024.
21 US Census Bureau, American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates Date Profiles, Table S2501, Occupancy Characteristics, 2022, https://data.census.gov/table/ACSST5Y2022.S2501?g=040XX00US53_050XX00US53009, updated 2023, accessed May 13, 2024.
22 Ibid
23 US Census Bureau, American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates Data Profiles, Table DP04 Selected Housing Characteristics, 2022,
403
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-7
Table 3-4
City of San Clemente Centennial General Plan Land Use Designations General Land Use Designation Maximum Density/Intensity (FAR) Intention Residential
Residential Very Low (RVL) 1 unit per 20 gross acres or per parcel, whichever is smaller
Single-family detached homes,
typically in an estate setting
Residential Low (RL) 4.5 units per gross acre; 7.0 units per net acre Single-family detached homes
Residential Medium Low (RML) 7.0 units per gross acre; 10.0 units per net acre
Single-family detached and attached
homes, including clustered homes
and townhomes
Residential Medium (RM) 15.0 units per gross acre; 24.0 units per net acre
Single-family detached and attached
homes, including clustered homes
and townhomes, and multifamily
apartments
Residential High (RH) 24.0 units per gross acre; 36.0 units per net acre
Single-family attached homes,
including townhomes and
condominiums, and multifamily
apartments
Commercial
Neighborhood Serving (NC)
NC 1.1: 0.35 Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
NC 1.2: 0.35 FAR
NC 1.3: 0.35 FAR
NC 2: 0.50 FAR
NC 3: 0.75 FAR
Local-serving retail commercial,
personal service, professional office,
lodging, cultural facilities and eating
and drinking uses
Community Commercial (CC)
CC 1: 0.50 Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
CC 2: 0.50 FAR.
CC 3: .70 FAR
CC 4: .50 FAR
More intense development of local
serving retail commercial; personal
service; professional office; medical
offices, congregate care, and
related uses; lodging; cultural uses
and eating and drinking uses
Regional Commercial (RC) .35 FAR of project lot area
Regional-serving retail commercial,
entertainment, dining, financial and
professional offices
Regional Medical Facilities (RMF) 2.0 FAR
Regional-serving hospital with
accessory uses, and other
integrated medical facilities
Coastal and Recreation Serving
(CRC) 1.00-1.50 Floor Area Ratio (FAR) Coastal-oriented retail commercial, recreation, dining, and lodging Industrial
Light Industrial (LI) 0.50 FAR
A mixture of business park,
research and development,
professional offices, light industrial
uses such as light assembly and
manufacturing, and supportive retail.
Limited retail and service
commercial uses supporting these
areas are allowed
404
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-8
General Land Use Designation Maximum Density/Intensity (FAR) Intention Heavy Industrial (HI) 0.75 FAR
Industrial uses including vehicle
storage, manufacturing,
warehousing, and wholesaling
Mixed Use
MU 1
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects: 1.00 FAR
Mixed use projects: 2.00 FAR
A vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC) and Community Serving
Commercial (CC), and multifamily
housing on the second floor or
higher
MU 2
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects:
0.50 Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
Mixed Use: 1.5 FAR
A vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC), Community Serving
Commercial (CC), and multifamily
housing
MU 3.0
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects:
1.00 Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
Mixed use projects: 2.00 FAR
Applies to Downtown Core. A
vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC) and Community Serving
Commercial (CC). Attached and
multifamily housing is permitted on
the second floor or higher.
MU 3.1
Stand-alone residential use or residential
maximum for mixed use projects:
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects: 1.00 FAR
Mixed use projects: 2.00 FAR
A vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC), Community Serving
Commercial (CC), and multifamily
housing. Also, standalone
residential uses are allowed
MU 3.2
10 units per gross acre
24.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects:
1.00 Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
Mixed use projects: 1.50 FAR
A vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC) and multifamily housing
MU 3.3
Stand-alone residential use or residential
maximum for mixed use projects:
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects:
1.00 Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
Mixed use projects: 2.00 FAR
Applies to Downtown Core. A
vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC) and Community Serving
Commercial (CC). Attached and
multifamily housing is permitted on
the second floor or higher. Also,
stand-alone residential uses are
allowed
MU 4
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial or mixed use projects:
1.00-2.00 FAR
A vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC) and Community Serving
Commercial (CC). Multifamily
housing is permitted on the second
floor or higher
405
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-9
General Land Use Designation Maximum Density/Intensity (FAR) Intention MU 5
Commercial projects: 0.35 FAR
Residential projects: 24.0 units per gross
acre
36.0 units per net acre
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC) commercial uses or
multifamily housing
Public and Institutional
Civic Center (CVC) 0.35 Floor Area Ratio (FAR) Government offices Institutional (INST) FAR/density not specified Private institutions and religious facilities
Public (P) Public (P) Government offices, utilities,
schools, public and private parking
Open Space
Open Space (OS 1) (Public) N/A
Publicly owned existing and
dedicated parklands, passive open
space areas, recreational facilities,
and golf courses. Refer to Beaches,
Parks, and Recreation Element, and
Coastal Element. Refer to Open
Space zoning standards for
processes when land use map
designation boundaries vary from
recorded open space easements.
Open Space (OS 2) (Private) N/A
Privately owned parklands,
recreational facilities, passive open
space areas and golf courses. Refer
to Beaches, Parks, and Recreation
Element, and Coastal Element.
Refer to Open Space zoning
standards for processes when land
use map designation boundaries
vary from recorded open space
easements.
Overlays
Architectural Design (-A) As specified in underlying land use designation.
Spanish-styled architecture that
follows specific Design Guidelines
and standards pursuant to the
Urban Design Element, Design
Guidelines and Zoning Code
Housing (-H) As specified in underlying land use
designation.
Refer to goals and policies of the
Housing Element
Coastal (-CZ) As specified in underlying land use
designation.
Refer to goals and policies of the
Coastal Element and standards in
the Local Coastal Plan (LCP)
Emergency Shelter (-ES) As specified in underlying land use designation.
Allows emergency shelters to meet
State goals and policies for
homeless service needs, pursuant
to limitations in the Zoning Code
406
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-10
General Land Use Designation Maximum Density/Intensity (FAR) Intention Medical Office Overlay (-MO)
Medical office uses:
North of Mira Costa: 1.0 Floor Area Ratio
(FAR).
South of Mira Costa: .75 FAR.
Requires Master Plan
Provides additional medical office
capacity with Master Plan. Ancillary
retail and service uses allowed.
Community Commercial uses are
still permitted as underlying land use
(Community Commercial).
Mixed Use Overlay (-MU)
24.0 units per gross acre
36.0 units per net acre
Commercial projects: 1.00 FAR
Mixed use projects: 2.00 FAR
A vertical or horizontal mix of
Neighborhood Serving Commercial
(NC), Community Serving
Commercial (CC), and multifamily
housing. The Overlay provides an
option for such uses, while allowing
existing industrial uses and
development to remain conforming.
Pedestrian (-P) As specified in underlying land use
designation.
Promotes the development of
pedestrian-oriented land uses,
building and site designs. Refer to
the Urban Design Element, Design
Guidelines, and Zoning Code
Planned Residential District (-PRD) As specified in underlying land use designation.
Provides flexible land use
regulations to foster creative design,
environmental sensitivity, variety,
innovation, and amenities
Professional Business Overlay (-
PBO)
Office and institutional uses:
.75 Floor Area Ratio (FAR) with Master
Plan
Provides additional office capacity
and institutional uses (e.g., small
university, college, or trade school)
with Master Plan. Ancillary retail and
service uses allowed. Community
Commercial uses are still permitted
as underlying land use (Community
Commercial).
Source: City of San Clemente, Centennial General Plan, https://www.san-clemente.org/department-services/planning-services/general-plan, accessed September 30, 2024.
Note: Land uses densities and standards within adopted Specific Plan areas are guided by the Specific Plans. The General Plan Land Use Plan for these areas is only intended for graphic purposes. Refer to Zoning Code (San Clemente Municipal Code Title 17) for allowances to have certain architectural details project above the height limit and the applicable review processes required. 407
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-11
Since the previous iteration of the 2004 LHMP, major growth has caused substantial changes to population patterns, development, and land use within the planning area. At the time of the previous 2004 LHMP writing, several master-planned communities were in phased development - including Talega and Sea Summit, which span nearly 4,000 acres and 4,000 new residential units. Between the 2000 US Decennial Census and the 2010 US Decennial Census, the City grew from 49,936 individuals to 63,522 individuals representing a growth of 13,586 individuals.
Because of the land use patterns and development trends resulted in a 27 percent increase of the City population, vulnerability to natural hazards also increased during this period.
Within the past five years, the City’s population has remained relatively stable due to limited changes in land use and development patterns within the planning area. The 2020 US Decennial Census reports the San Clemente population of 64,293 individuals and the population estimate from 2023 reports a population of 62,313, representing a decline of 3.1 percent. The decline in population trend within the last few years can partially be attributed to the COVID-19 pandemic, where the Orange County region experienced a population decrease of 1.6 percent. In addition, development and redevelopment slowed during the COVID-19 pandemic, due to supply chain issues and economic challenges. Overall, the small population decrease in San Clemente could also be attributed to high housing costs driving residents to move to more affordable locations and an overall decline in birth rates, a trend affecting both the state of California and the United States.
Therefore, while vulnerability has significantly increased due to population growth in the City of San Clemente since the 2004 LHMP, risk and vulnerability for most listed hazards has largely remained the same within the last five years. Any differences are further discussed within the hazard profiles in Section 4.0 on a hazard-by-hazard basis.
The City of San Clemente is largely built out, and future development is heavily constrained by existing infrastructure and other environmental features. While the population in San Clemente experienced a small decline over the last five years, the State of California requires all local jurisdictions to plan land use and development to accommodate projected population growth. For San Clemente, it is anticipated this growth would likely occur in the form of redevelopment or increasing in the density of current developments.
A key indicator of projected growth is the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) Regional Housing Need Allocation (RHNA). The RHNA represents the minimum number of housing units the City is required to provide adequate sites for zoning, and is one of the primary threshold criteria to achieve State approval of the Housing Element. For the 2021-2029 Housing Element cycle, the City of San Clemente is required to accommodate 982 residential units.24 A breakdown of the required housing units by income group, as presented in the San Clemente Housing Element (2021), is included in Table 3-5, City of San Clemente RHNA Allocation, below.
24 City of San Clemente, 2021-2029 Housing Element, https://www.hcd.ca.gov/housing-elements/docs/san-clemente-6thadopted092222.pdf, accessed October 2, 2024. 408
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-12
Table 3-5
City of San Clemente RHNA Allocation
Income Group Total Housing Units
Allocated Percentage of Units
Extremely/Very Low 282 28.7%
Low 164 16.7%
Moderate 188 19.1%
Above Moderate 348 35.4%
Total 982 100.0%
Source: CDHUD, City of San Clemente 2021-2029 Housing Element, https://www.hcd.ca.gov/housing-elements/docs/san-clemente-6thadopted092222.pdf, accessed October 1, 2024.
Note: The City has a RHNA allocation of 282 very low-income units (inclusive of extremely low-income units. Pursuant to State law (AB 2634), the City must project the number of extremely low-income housing needs based on Census income distribution or assume 50 percent of the very low income units as extremely low. Assuming an even split, the City’s RHNA allocation of 282 very low-income units may be divided into 141 very low and 141 extremely low income units. However, for purposes of identifying adequate sites for the RHNA allocation, State law does not mandate the separate accounting for the extremely low income category.
The City is required to demonstrate the availability of sites, zoning provisions and development standards that facilitate and encourage housing development. The majority of identified sites are located outside of major hazard areas, where possible. The City anticipates accommodating these housing units through a variety of methods, including RHNA credits for projects already in progress and accessory dwelling units. New State laws passed since 2017 have substantially changed the development standards and procedures for the construction of Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). In March 2019, the City amended the ADU ordinance to comply with new State law, including allowing for Junior ADUs. The City permitted 19 ADUs in 2018, four ADUs in 2019, and 20 ADUs in 2020, for an average of 15 ADUs annually.25 The City anticipates the permitting of ADUs will increase over time. Based on annual averages and increased City efforts, the City conservatively anticipates 15 units per year or 120 ADUs during the eight-year planning period between 2021 and 2029. Affordability of the potential ADUs, shown in Table 3-6, is based on SCAG’s Regional Accessory Dwelling Unit Affordability Analysis as approved by HCD. The City will continue to ensure proposed projects comply with the latest building and safety requirements and mitigate environmental impacts to the maximum extent feasible.
Table 3-6
City of San Clemente Potential ADUs
Income Level ADUs SCAG ADU
Affordability Remaining RHNA
Extremely/Very Low 18 15% 123
Low 12 10% 129
Moderate 52 43% 112
Above Moderate 2 2% 346
Total 120 100.0% 862
Source: City of San Clemente, 2020; SCAG Regional Accessory Dwelling Unit Affordability Analysis, 2021.
While it remains unlikely that all projected residential growth listed above will be approved and constructed within the five-year active period of this LHMP, it is reasonable to assume that some 25 Ibid
409
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-13
level of residential development will occur. Any residential growth within the planning area is generally associated with population growth. Discussions related to how projected growth could impact risk and vulnerability is discussed on a hazard-by-hazard basis within Section 4.0.
Infrastructure systems within the City such as roadways, water and wastewater facilities, electricity, and natural gas provide vital community and individual functions. The ability for infrastructure systems to remain operational during hazard events and emergencies will contribute to the City’s ability to withstand and quickly recover from hazard events.
San Clemente is integrated into several key transportation networks. The Interstate 5 (I-5) Freeway runs through the City, serving as a major north-south route along the coast. Rail connectivity is provided by the Metrolink system, with the Orange County Line and Inland EmpireOrange County Line offering commuter rail services to Los Angeles, San Bernardino, and other destinations.26 Additionally, the Amtrak Pacific Surfliner stops at the San Clemente Pier, facilitating intercity rail travel from San Diego to San Luis Obispo.
The City of San Clemente has several public transportation options, including the San Clemente Trolley, the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) bus system, and the previously mentioned Metrolink train station. Updated Trolley and Truck Transportation Route Maps can be found on the City’s website.27
The City of San Clemente draws water from several sources, including groundwater from City wells, imported water from the Metropolitan Water District through the City’s wholesaler (Municipal Water District of Orange County), and recycled water. The majority of the community’s potable water supply is imported through purchases from the City’s wholesaler, Municipal Water District of Orange County. Three water districts serve different areas of the City—the City of San Clemente Water Utility serves the majority of the City, the Santa Margarita Water District provides water and wastewater services to the Talega community, and the South Coast Water District provides water and wastewater services to a small portion of north San Clemente. Desalinization treatment facilities and other regional supply sources are being evaluated which could play an important role in meeting San Clemente’s future needs.
Wastewater collection and treatment are important components of protecting public and environmental health. The City of San Clemente owns and operates a water treatment plant, located within the City. In 2014, the City completed a major expansion of its recycled water distribution system. With this improvement, recycled water provides a key tool in the community’s strategy for reducing imported water and using our water resources efficiently.
The City currently has a 2020 Urban Water Management Plan that evaluates the City’s water supply reliability over a 20–25-year horizon, assessing present and future water supply sources 26 Metrolink, Inland Empire-Orange County Line Schedule Update, https://metrolinktrains.com/schedules/scheduleupdate/scheduleupdate-ieoc/, accessed October 2, 2024. 27 City of San Clemente, Traffic and Transportation, https://www.san-clemente.org/departments-services/public-works/traffic-andtransportation, accessed October 2, 2024. 410
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-14
and demands within the City’s service area.28 Additionally, the City has a 2020 Water Shortage Contingency Plan, which outlines how the City intends to react in the event of water shortage conditions.29
As the community continues to change and grow, new strategies are needed to reduce solid waste generation, encourage recycling and reuse, and meet future waste collection and landfill needs. Although the City contracts for solid waste and recycling collection services with a private company, the City’s contracts, practices, and codes affect solid waste and recycling throughout the community. The City can influence the community to help reduce the creation of solid waste and divert more solid waste away from landfills.
Proper management of solid waste and recycling has environmental and economic benefits.
Reducing solid waste benefits the environment by decreasing pressure on the landfills serving the region and by decreasing costs associated with the transport, disposal, and recycling of solid waste.
Whether it is fuel to operate automobiles or electricity to light, heat, and cool buildings, energy is constantly being used to meet the City’s daily needs. Generating the energy to meet California’s increasing demand calls for sustainable energy resources. In addition, with the passage of state legislation to decrease reliance on fossil fuels and mitigate the impacts of global climate change, cities are facing complex mandates to address energy management issues.
San Diego Gas and Electric (SDG&E) provides electricity and maintains a distribution network for San Clemente. The electrical grid in the City is a mix of above ground and underground power lines. The Southern California Gas Company (The Gas Company) provides natural gas for San Clemente. To reduce costs, the City will periodically evaluate and is currently purchasing third party deregulated electricity.
The LHMP identified 114 critical facilities in San Clemente for incorporation into the vulnerability assessment and associated hazard analysis; refer to Figure 3-1, City of San Clemente Critical Facilities Map and Table 3-7, City of San Clemente Critical Facilities. These facilities provide essential services to the community such as basic government functions, water and power service, and schools. Some of these facilities can also serve additional roles during an emergency, including as a shelter for displaced residents, a staging area for emergency response and recovery activities, or a location for important City administration functions. Damage to these facilities can impair response and recovery operations and may lead to a disruption of vital services for San Clemente residents.
28 City of San Clemente, Urban Water Management Plan, https://www.san-clemente.org/about-us/city-information/waterinformation, accessed October 2, 2024. 29 City of San Clemente, Water Shortage Contingency Plan, https://www.san-clemente.org/about-us/city-information/waterinformation, accessed October 2, 2024. 411
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-15
Figure 3-1
City of San Clemente Critical Facilities Map
412
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-16
Table 3-7
City of San Clemente Critical Facilities
ID Name Critical Facility Type Community Lifeline
1 Animal Shelter Government Service Safety and Security 2 Baron Von Willard Dog Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 3 Beach Restrooms/Concessions - NB Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 4 Beach Restrooms - Linda Lane Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 5 Beach Restrooms/Concessions -
T-Street North Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 6 Beach Restrooms - T-Street South Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 7 Base of Pier Restrooms Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 8 Bernice Ayer Middle School Public School Safety and Security 9 Bonito Canyon Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 10 Boys and Girls Club Nonprofit/NGO Safety and Security 11 Canyon View Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 12 Califia Beach Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 13 Casa Romantica Government Service Safety and Security 14 City Library and Parking Lot Government Service Safety and Security 15 City Municipal Pier & Lifeguard Tower Zero Marine Safety Safety and Security 16 Clarence Lobo Elementary School Public School Safety and Security 17 Community Center Government Service Safety and Security 18 Concordia Elementary School Public School Safety and Security 19 Family Assistance Ministries Nonprofit/NGO Health and Medical 20 Fire Station 50 Fire Service Safety and Security
21 Fire Station 59 Fire Service Safety and Security
22 Fire Station 60 Fire Service Safety and Security
23 Forster Ranch Community Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 24 Jim Johnson Memorial Sports Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 25 Las Palmas Elementary School Public School Safety and Security 26 Leslie Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 27 Liberty Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 28 Lifeguard Tower 14 Marine Safety Safety and Security 29 Lifeguard Tower 1 Marine Safety Safety and Security
30 Lifeguard Tower 5 Marine Safety Safety and Security
31 Lifeguard Tower 6 Marine Safety Safety and Security
32 Linda Lane Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 33 Maintenance Building Government Service Safety and Security 34 Maintenance Services Government Service Safety and Security 35 Marblehead Elementary School Public School Safety and Security 36 Marblehead Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 37 Marine Safety Building Marine Safety Safety and Security 38 Max Berg Plaza Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 39 MEDHERO Urgent Care Urgent Care Health and Medical
413
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-17
ID Name Critical Facility Type Community Lifeline
40 Mira Costa Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 41 Municipal Golf Course Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 42 North Beach Public Building Marine Safety Safety and Security 43 Ole Hanson Beach Club and Pool Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 44 Our Lady of Fatima Academy Private School Safety and Security 45 Palisades Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
46 Parque Del Mar Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 47 Pico Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security
48 Pump Station at Avenida De La Paz Wastewater Management Water Systems 49 Pump Station at Pico/Amanecer Wastewater Management Water Systems 50 Ralphs Skate Court Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 51 Rancho San Clemente Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 52 Richard T. Steed Memorial Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 53 San Clemente City Hall and Police Station Government Service Safety and Security 54 San Clemente High School Public School Safety and Security 55 San Clemente High School Upper Public School Safety and Security 56 San Clemente Metrolink Station Transportation Safety and Security 57 San Clemente Medi-Center Urgent Care Health and Medical 58 San Clemente Pier Amtrak Station Transportation Safety and Security 59 San Clemente State Beach Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 60 San Diego Gas & Electric Facility and Service
Yard Utilities Safety and Security
61 San Gorgonio Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 62 San Luis Rey Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 63 Senior Center Government Service Safety and Security 64 Sewer Plant Maintenance Yard Wastewater Management Water Systems 65 Shorecliffs Middle School Public School Safety and Security 66 SONGS Power Plant Energy
67 South County Urgent Care Urgent Care Health and Medical 68 Talega Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 69 Talega Substation Electric Substation Energy
70 Tierra Grande Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 71 Truman Benedict Elementary School Public School Safety and Security 72 United States Postal Service Government Service Safety and Security 73 United States Postal Service Government Service Safety and Security 74 Verde Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security
75 Vista Bahia Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 76 Vista Del Mar Elementary and Middle School Public School Safety and Security 77 Vista Del Sol Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 78 Vista Hermosa Sports Park Parks and Recreation Safety and Security 79 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
80 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
414
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-18
ID Name Critical Facility Type Community Lifeline
81 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
82 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
83 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
84 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
85 Water Reservoir Potable Water Water Systems
86 Water Well Potable Water Water Systems
87 Hoag Health1 Medical Facility Health and Medical
88 Mission Heritage Primary Care Medical Facility Health and Medical 89 Camino Health Center Medical Facility Health and Medical 90 Prima Deshecha Canada Channel (M01)
Outfall Water Systems Water Systems
91 Segunda Deshecha Canada Channel (M02)
Outfall Water Systems Water Systems
92 Prima Deshecha Canada Culvert (N El
Camino Real)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
93 Segunda Deshecha Canada Culvert (E
Avenida Pico)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
94 Segunda Deshecha Canada Culvert (Calle de
Los Molinos)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
95 Prima Deshecha Canada Culvert (Avenida
Vaquero South)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
96 Segunda Deshecha Canada Culvert (Calle
Frontera)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
97 Segunda Deshecha Canada Culvert (Avenida
Pico)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
98 Prima Deshecha Canada Culvert (Avenida
Vaquero North)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
99 Prima Deshecha Canada Culvert (Calle
Nuevo)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
100 Segunda Deshecha Canada Beam Bridge
(Avenida Vista Hermosa)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
101 Segunda Deshecha Canada Beam Bridge
(Calle Saluda)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
102 Segunda Deshecha Canada Beam Bridge
(Avenida Talega)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
103 Marblehead Canyon Beam Bridge Highway/Roadway/Motor Vehicle Transportation
104 Forester Ridgeline And Prima Deshecha Trail
Beam Bridge
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
105 Outlets At San Clemente Bridge (Entrance
Into Outlets)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
106 San Luis Rey Bridge (Over I-5) Highway/Roadway/Motor Vehicle Transportation
107 Mendocino Bridge (Over I-5) Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
415
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-19
ID Name Critical Facility Type Community Lifeline
108 I-5 Bridge (Over El Camino Real) Highway/Roadway/Motor Vehicle Transportation
109 I-5 Bridge (Over Presidio) Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
110 I-5 Bridge (Over Palizada) Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
111 I-5 Bridge (Over Pico) Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
112 Avenida Vista Hermosa Bridge (Over I-5) Highway/Roadway/Motor Vehicle Transportation
113 I-5 Bridge (Over Vaquero) Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
114 Camino De Estrella/Los Mares Bridge (Over I5)
Highway/Roadway/Motor
Vehicle Transportation
115
All Components of the Potable Water
Network, including pipelines, pump stations
and pressure reducing stations2
Potable Water Water Systems
116 All Components of the Sewer Network,
including pipelines, mains, and pump stations2 Wastewater System Water Systems 117
All Components of the Recycled Water
Network, including pipelines, pump stations
and pressure reducing stations2
Recycled Water System Water Systems
Note:
1. Hoag Health is currently under construction and is anticipated to open and serve the community mid to late 2025.
2. For the purposes of this LHMP, the entire potable water, wastewater and recycled water systems are considered critical facilities, including both upstream and downstream assets. At the time of this writing, the City of San Clemente Utilities Department is participating in the Multi-Jurisdictional Hazard Mitigation Plan Update as a jurisdictional annex through the Municipal Water District of Orange County. The Municipal Water District of Orange County MJHMP includes the potable water, wastewater and recycled water systems as critical facilities and includes detailed mapping products per hazard. Therefore, these assets are not mapped in this LHMP to reduce redundancy and ensure accuracy in both HMPs.
The LHMP Planning Team made recommendations for the critical facility list based on experience and expertise in the City. The LHMP Planning Team identified each facility’s potential loss value (where feasible), comprised of replacement and contents for each facility. If a facility is completely destroyed in a hazard event, the replacement and contents value indicate the cost to replace the facility. Typically, the cost to repair a damaged facility will be less than the replacement value.
While replacement and content values are used throughout this LHMP to estimate potential losses, it is noted that the actual cost to recover from a hazard event will depend on the type and magnitude of the specific occurrence.
Identification and integration of Socially Vulnerable Populations (SVP) into the hazard mitigation planning process is a new addition from FEMA, as required by the recent Local Mitigation Planning Policy Update effective April 2023. The purpose of this new LHMP section is to identify vulnerable populations within the planning area, along with identifying characteristics that can make individuals more vulnerable to natural and human-caused hazards. Social vulnerability is 416
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-20
defined by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention as characteristics of a person or group that affect their capacity to anticipate, cope with, resist, and recover from the impact of a discrete and identifiable disaster in nature or society.30 Several socioeconomic factors and additional characteristics influence social vulnerability, as illustrated in Figure 3-2 below.
US Census and American Community Survey data at the census tract level was utilized to locate and identify socially vulnerable populations within the planning area. The City of San Clemente is composed of 15 census tracts. The LHMP Planning Team evaluated California-based definitions, national environmental justice definitions, and data indices as a method for locating and identifying socially vulnerable populations within the City of San Clemente.
The LHMP Planning Team evaluated three separate data sources to identify socially vulnerable communities within the City of San Clemente. These data sources included the California Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment (OEHHA) CalEnviroScreen 4.0, the US Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) Climate and Economic Justice Screening Tool, and the CDC Social Vulnerability Index (SVI). After reviewing social vulnerability data from these sources, communities facing increased social vulnerability were most prominently identified within CDC SVI data. For this reason, the CDC SVI data was chosen as the LHMP Planning Team’s primary data tool in identifying socially vulnerable populations in San Clemente.
Figure 3-2
Social Vulnerability Index Themes and Social Factors
Source: CDC and Prevention – National Center for Environmental Health, Planning for an Emergency: Strategies for Identifying and Engaging At-Risk Groups, accessed September 18, 2024. 30 CDC, Planning for an Emergency: Strategies for Identifying and Engaging At-Risk Groups, https://www.cdc.gov/nceh/hsb/disaster/atriskguidance.pdf, accessed October 2, 2024. 417
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-21
According to CDC SVI data, the populations within San Clemente facing the greatest social vulnerability are cost-burdened residents spending 30%+ of their income on housing, uninsured residents, minority populations, and populations over age five who speak English “less than well”.
Census tract 42017 faces the greatest level of social vulnerability in the planning area, ranked as “High” social vulnerability. Census tract 42018 faces the second greatest vulnerability, ranked as “Medium-High” social vulnerability. Census tract 42201, consisting of only a small section of the full tract in the northwest corner of the City, indicates a high percentage of mobile home residents and residents under the age of eighteen. It is also noted that over 10% of residents in census tract 42107 face overcrowding concerns, as their households contain more people than rooms. Most census tracts within the City face low to medium social vulnerability, with tracts 42112, 42113, 42114, 42115, 42205 and 42206 ranked as “Low-Medium” and tracts 32062, 32063, 42106, 42109, 42111 and 42116 ranked as “Low” social vulnerability.
The LHMP Planning Team also expressed concerns regarding visitors / tourism and seasonal population changes which have a dramatic effect on short term population changes. Tourism and seasonal population changes can significantly increase vulnerabilities during hazard events.
Tourists and transient populations lack permanent housing, making them more susceptible to displacement and loss of shelter during emergencies. Evacuation can be challenging due to unfamiliarity with local routes and emergency procedures, leading to delays and inefficiency.
Additionally, these populations are often ill-prepared for emergencies, lacking essential supplies and knowledge about local hazards. The sudden influx of large numbers of people can strain local resources and emergency management systems, overwhelming healthcare facilities, emergency responders, and shelters. This can hinder the effectiveness of response efforts and exacerbate the impact of the disaster on both residents and visitors. Emergency management and hazard mitigation strategies can enhance preparedness for seasonal populations changes through data collection and analysis, public education and outreach, resource allocation, collaboration with local businesses and agencies and training or drills. These considerations have been incorporated into the mitigation strategy to reduce risks brought on by tourism.
Additionally, the LHMP Planning Team determined that disabled individuals and patients in the City receiving in-facility care face increased vulnerability during disaster events. This heightened risk is due to several factors, including their reliance on specialized medical care, limited mobility, and the need for continuous support from caregivers. Examples of these facilities may include congregate care, assisted-living facilities, or similar patient care environments. These facilities often house disabled individuals and patients who may not be able to evacuate quickly or independently, making them particularly susceptible to harm during emergencies. Therefore, these considerations led the LHMP Planning Team to include this population as socially vulnerable.
Based on the SVI data and other socially vulnerable populations discussed above, the LHMP Planning Team determined that for the purposes of this LHMP, the following groups would be formally established as an SVP:
x Census tracts identified as “High” or “Medium-High” by the CDC SVI (census tracts 42108, 42107 and 42201)
x Census tracts with the highest percentage of the following indicators: cost-burdened residents spending 30%+ of their income on housing, uninsured residents, minority 418
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-22
populations, and populations over age five who speak English “less than well” regardless of SVI score (census tracts 42107, 42108, 42113)
x Disabled patients in the City receiving in-facility care (congregate care, assisted living, other patient care environments)
x Tourists, seasonal visitors, and homeless populations To summarize, the formal designation of SVPs includes 4 of the 15 census tracts in San Clemente, census tracts 42107, 42108, 42113, 42201, disabled patients in the City receiving infacility care, and tourists, seasonal visitors, and homeless populations.
As such, the LHMP Planning Team acknowledges that certain characteristics can make individuals of these SVPs more vulnerable or “high-risk” in specific natural or human-caused hazard incidents. According to the CDC, these characteristics include but are not limited to the factors outlined in Figure 3-2, Social Vulnerability Index Themes and Social Factors. Specific concerns for SVPs in San Clemente include housing and insurance costs, access to essential services during a disaster, linguistic isolation, and increased vulnerability of tourists and disabled individuals to natural hazards and disasters due to several factors.
Cost-burdened families spending over 30% of their income on housing face additional vulnerability during disaster events due to limited financial resources for food, water, shelter, medical services, and other basic needs. Uninsured residents in San Clemente are considered socially vulnerable due to a lack of financial resources to recover from property or health impacts as a result of a disaster.31 Uninsured populations also lack resources to help them withstand future impacts of a disaster event, increasing their overall vulnerability.32 Minority populations have historically faced higher rates of chronic health conditions, making access to healthcare potentially urgent during the unstable circumstances of a disaster.33 Homeless populations face limited access to shelter during emergencies, limited access to medical services, and barriers to other vital resources.
Disabled patients in congregate care, assisted living facilities, or similar patient care environments are particularly vulnerable to disaster events due to several factors. Their limited mobility and dependence on caregivers make evacuation challenging, while their complex medical needs require continuous care and access to medications, which can be disrupted during emergencies.
Communication barriers may prevent them from receiving or understanding emergency alerts, and many facilities may lack adequate infrastructure for emergencies. Additionally, the risk of abuse and neglect may increase because of heightened stress during disasters. Inclusive disaster planning is essential to address these vulnerabilities and ensure the safety and well-being of disabled individuals.
Visitors, unfamiliar with local hazards and emergency procedures, may be ill-prepared for sudden disasters. Individuals employed within San Clemente that live outside of the City may also possess limited familiarity with City operations, increasing their vulnerability during an emergency.
While tourists and other visitors likely have scheduled overnight accommodations, those commuting into the City are unlikely to have planned or easily accessible shelter during a disaster 31 DirectRelief, Which California Communities are Most Vulnerable to Wildfires?, https://www.directrelief.org/2019/07/whichcalifornia-communities-are-most-vulnerable-to-wildfires/, accessed September 18, 2024. 32 American Red Cross, Why We Focus On Vulnerable Communities, https://www.redcross.org/local/california/preparesocal/communities-of-focus.html, accessed September 18, 2024. 33 SAMHSA, Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in Disaster Planning and Response, https://www.samhsa.gov/dtac/disasterplanners/diversity-equity-inclusion, accessed September 18, 2024. 419
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-23
scenario. Mobile homes are also more commonly located in hazard zones, where the threat of coastal flooding, sea level rise, and other hazards contribute to heightened levels of vulnerability for local residents.34 Individuals under the age of seventeen living in hazard zones may face increased vulnerability due to their heavy reliance on adults for protection and care, the fact that children breathe in more air for their size than adults which increases exposure to harmful pollutants in the air, and the psychological impacts of disasters.35,36,37 These considerations have been incorporated into the mitigation strategy to reduce risks to these SVPs.
While CDC SVI data does indicate a notable concentration of mobile home residents and residents under the age of seventeen that may face increased vulnerability to disasters within census tract 44201, the majority of tract 44201 is located within the neighboring City of Dana Point. Given this fact, social vulnerability data was included in this section that designates 44201 as socially vulnerable, but only a fraction of the total area of this tract is under the City’s land use authority and control.
After understanding data behind the high vulnerability determination for all census tracts, the LHMP Project Management team worked to incorporate stakeholders into the LHMP Planning Team that represent or serve socially vulnerable groups, including:
x Hoag Medical Facility (uninsured residents)
x Family Assistance Ministries (cost-burdened residents, minority populations, populations speaking English “less than well”)
x San Clemente Rotary (serving all SVPs)
x Age Well (City contractor, serving all SVPs)
It should be noted that census tracts 42107, 42108, 42109, 42111, and 42113 have been identified by the City of San Clemente as eligible communities for the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program through the City’s 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan. While the CDBG Program is not directly related to the purpose and goals of this Hazard Mitigation Plan, this funding opportunity may be leveraged by the City to achieve additional hazard mitigation capabilities benefitting communities and assets throughout the planning area.
Feedback from these stakeholders and the rest of the LHMP Planning team regarding socially vulnerable populations have been included in each hazard profile (Section 4.0) and the mitigation strategy (Section 5.0). Additional organizations serving SVPs in the planning area not participating as stakeholders were given the opportunity to review and comment on the LHMP’s public review draft in November 2024. Specific connections between the risk assessment and relevant mitigation actions are discussed on a hazard-by-hazard basis within Section 4.0, Hazards Assessment.
34 NOAA, Sea Level Rise Viewer, https://coast.noaa.gov/digitalcoast/tools/slr.html, accessed October 8, 2024. 35 SAMHSA, Children and Disasters, https://www.samhsa.gov/dtac/disaster-survivors/children-and-disaster, accessed October 8, 2024.
36 CDC, Children’s Emergency Preparedness: Why CDC Makes It a Priority, https://www.cdc.gov/childrenindisasters/why-cdcmakes-it-a-priority.html, accessed October 8, 2024. 37 SRCD, Understanding the Impacts of Natural Disasters on Children, https://www.srcd.org/research/understanding-impactsnatural-disasters-children, accessed October 8, 2024. 420
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 3, Community Profile Page 3-24
Figure 3-3
Vulnerable Census Tracts in San Clemente
421
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-1
The first step in developing the vulnerability and risk assessment is identifying the hazards. The LHMP Planning Team reviewed the previously prepared 2004 City of San Clemente Hazard Mitigation Plan, hazard mitigation plans from neighboring jurisdictions, and other relevant information to determine the extent of natural and human caused hazards with potential to affect the City; refer to Table 2-5, Existing Plans, Studies, Reports, and Other Technical Data/Information. A discussion of potential hazards during the first LHMP Planning Team meeting resulted in the identification of the natural hazards that pose a potential risk to the City of San Clemente. Table 4-1, City of San Clemente Hazard Identification, summarizes the Planning Team’s discussion of each of the natural hazards and indicates those identified for inclusion in the LHMP.
Table 4-1
San Clemente Hazard Identification
List of Hazards
Identified in
Previous
LHMP
Include in
Updated
LHMP
Discussion Summary
Avalanche No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that this hazard does not pose a significant risk to the planning area due to the City’s location and climate.
Coastal Erosion No Yes
While erosion was included within the landslide and flood chapters of the previous LHMP, it was not profiled as its own hazard. Due to the significant potential impacts of this hazard to the planning area, the LHMP Planning Team chose to profile Coastal Erosion as its own hazard in the updated LHMP.
Coastal Storms No No Coastal storms have been a significant issue for San Clemente and are integrated as hazard under Coastal Erosion.
Dam Reservoir
Failure Yes Yes
While dam reservoir failure was included under flood chapters of the previous LHMP, it was not profiled as its own hazard. There is one reservoir within the planning area with inundation zones potentially impacting the planning area. For this reason, the LHMP Planning Team chose to include this hazard in the updated LHMP.
Disease/Pest
Management No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that this hazard does not pose a significant risk to the planning area due to limited previous occurrences.
Drought Yes Yes
Drought was profiled under the wildfire chapters of the in the previous HMP and continues to be a potential threat to the City of San Clemente. Therefore, the LHMP Planning Team chose to individually identify this hazard as an update.
Expansive Soils No Yes
While the City has not been extensively mapped for expansive soils, research indicates that the slope stability within the City is at risk due to the presence of expansive soils. For this reason, the LHMP Planning Team chose to include this hazard in the updated LHMP. 422
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-2
List of Hazards
Identified in
Previous
LHMP
Include in
Updated
LHMP
Discussion Summary
Flood Yes Yes
Flood is a potential threat to San Clemente and has historically impacted the planning area. The previous LHMP grouped flood, storm, and tsunami hazards together.
Hailstorm No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that hailstorms do not pose a significant risk to the planning area based upon limited previous occurrences.
Human-Caused
Hazards Yes Yes
Human-caused hazards are a potential threat to San Clemente and have historically impacted the planning area. Civil disturbance, energy shortage (public safety power shutoffs), hazardous materials release, marine oil spill, mass casualty transportation incident, national security threat, nuclear power plant accident, and terrorism were profiled individually in the previous LHMP.
Hurricane No No
While San Clemente is affected by Coastal Storms, the City is generally not affected by hurricanes due to the City’s west coast location and northern latitude.
Landslide and
Slope Failure Yes Yes Landslide and slope failure is a potential threat to San Clemente and has historically impacted the planning area.
Lightning No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that lightning does not pose a significant risk to the planning area based upon limited previous occurrences.
Marine Oil Spill Yes No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that marine oil spills did not pose a significant risk to the planning area based upon limited previous occurrences.
National
Security Threat Yes No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that the “human-caused hazard” profile sufficiently addressed the potential threat of nonnatural hazards to the planning area.
Sea Level Rise No No
San Clemente is currently experiencing negative impacts associated with coastal flooding, erosion, and other coastal hazards. Therefore, coastal erosion has been prioritized as a hazard over future sea level rise to better reflect the current conditions of the City.
Seismic
Hazards Yes Yes
Seismic hazards pose a potential threat to San Clemente and have historically impacted the planning area. The previous LHMP included an earthquake hazard profile.
Severe Weather
Hazards Yes Yes
Severe weather hazards are a potential threat to San Clemente and have historically impacted the planning area. The previous LHMP grouped flood, storm, and tsunami hazards together.
Tornado No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that this hazard does not pose a significant risk to the planning area due to the City’s location and climate.
Tsunami Yes Yes
San Clemente has coastline along the Pacific Ocean and is susceptible to tsunamis. The previous LHMP grouped flood, storm, and tsunami hazards together.
Volcano No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that this hazard does not pose a significant risk to the planning area due to the absence of active volcanoes located near San Clemente.
423
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-3
List of Hazards
Identified in
Previous
LHMP
Include in
Updated
LHMP
Discussion Summary
Wildfire Yes Yes Wildfire is a potential threat to San Clemente and has historically impacted the planning area.
Windstorm No No
The LHMP Planning Team determined that this hazard does not pose a significant risk to the planning area due to limited previous occurrences. The impacts of heavy winds such as Santa Ana Winds have been detailed under the Severe Weather hazard profile.
The LHMP Planning Team used a spreadsheet-based tool to prioritize the identified hazards by assigning each hazard a ranking based on probability of occurrence and magnitude of potential impact. These rankings were assigned based on a group discussion, knowledge of past occurrences, and familiarity with the City’s vulnerabilities. Four criteria were used to establish the hazard priorities to be addressed in the LHMP:
x Probability (likelihood of occurrence)
x Location (size of potentially affected area)
x Maximum Probable Extent (intensity of damage)
x Secondary impacts (severity of impacts to community)
A value from one to four was assigned for each criterion, where one is the lowest and four is the highest. The four criteria were then weighted based on the LHMP Planning Team’s opinion of each criterion’s importance. To enhance collaboration and discussion regarding hazard rankings, the LHMP Planning Team participated in a live survey through Mentimeter, allowing each LHMP Planning Team member to individually report initial thoughts on probability, location, maximum probable extent, and secondary impacts. Rankings were assigned individually based on knowledge of past occurrences and familiarity with City vulnerabilities. The survey was integrated into the LHMP Planning Team Meeting #1 PowerPoint presentation, and all attendees filled out the survey questions. Results were averaged to provide a group score per hazard, utilizing the weighted value (recommended by FEMA and confirmed by the LHMP Planning Team) based on the importance of the criterion; refer to Table 4-2, Hazard Ranking Methodology.
The hazard rankings were multiplied by weighted factors to obtain a score for each criterion. A higher weight was given to the criterion considered more important or significant. For example, the probability of the hazard occurrence received a higher weight than the potential secondary impacts. The scores for location, maximum probable extent (anticipated damage), and secondary impacts for each hazard were added together to determine the total impact score. The total impact score was then multiplied by the overall probability score to determine the final score. The final scores were used to determine the prioritization of each hazard based on the following FEMA recommended scale:
x Low Threat: 0 to 12;
x Medium Threat: 12.1 to 42; and
x High Threat: 42.1 to 64.
424
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-4
Table 4-2
Hazard Ranking Methodology
Probability, Location, Maximum Probable Extent and Secondary Impacts Probability (2.0): Estimated likelihood of occurrence from historical data.
Probability Score
Unlikely – less than 1% probability in next 100 years or has a recurrence interval of greater than every 100 years
1 Somewhat Likely – between 1% and 10% probability in next year or has a recurrence interval of 11 to 100 years
2 Likely – between 10% and 100% probability in next year or has a recurrence interval of 10 years or less 3 Highly Likely – near 100% probability in next year or happens every year 4 Location (0.8): Size of geographical area of community affected by the hazard.
Affected Area Score
Isolated 1
Small 2
Medium 3
Large 4
Primary Impact (0.7): Anticipated damage to a typical facility/structure in the community.
Impact Score
Negligible – less than 10% damage 1
Limited – between 10% and 25% damage 2
Critical – between 25% and 50% damage 3
Catastrophic – more than 50% damage 4
Secondary Impacts (0.5): Estimated secondary impacts to the community at large.
Impact Score
Negligible – no loss of function, downtime, and/or evacuations 1 Limited – minimal loss of function, downtime, and/or evacuations 2 Moderate – some loss of function, downtime, and/or evacuations 3 High – major loss of function, downtime, and/or evacuations 4 Total Score = Probability x Impact, where:
Probability = (Probability Score x Importance)
Impact = (Affected Area + Primary Impact + Secondary Impacts), where:
Affected Area = Affected Area Score x Importance
Primary Impact = Primary Impact Score x Importance
Secondary Impacts = Secondary Impacts Score x Importance Hazard Planning Consideration
Score Range Value Count
0.0 20.0 Low 2
20.1 42.0 Medium 13
42.1 64.0 High 4
The probability of each hazard is determined by assigning a level, from unlikely to highly likely, based on the likelihood of occurrence from historical data. The total impact value includes the affected area, primary impact, and secondary impact levels of each hazard. Each level's score is reflected in the matrix. The total score for each hazard is the probability score multiplied by its importance factor times the sum of the impact level scores multiplied by their importance factors. Based on this total score, the hazards are separated into three categories based on the hazard level they pose to the communities: High, Medium, and Low. 425
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-5
The results from the LHMP Planning Team Meeting #1 survey were compiled and presented during LHMP Planning Team Meeting #2 for further evaluation and discussion. Table 4-3, Hazard Rankings, identifies the final scores and the hazard planning consideration (threat level) for each hazard based on additional discussion with the LHMP Planning Team and the prioritization process described above.
Table 4-3
Hazard Rankings
Hazard Type Probability
Impact
Total
Score
Hazard Planning
Consideration Location Primary
Impact
Secondary
Impacts
Landslide and Slope Failure 3.38 2.50 3.58 2.61 39.28 High Coastal Erosion 3.57 2.57 2.70 2.53 37.21 High
Wildfire (including wildfire smoke) 2.90 2.70 3.35 2.89 34.51 High Severe Weather -- Heavy Rains 2.71 3.10 3.00 2.79 32.38 High Severe Weather -- Santa Ana
Winds/Windstorms 3.10 3.00 2.40 2.16 31.99 Medium
Human-caused
Terrorism/Cyberattack 2.47 3.11 3.29 3.10 31.32 Medium
Seismic - Ground Shaking 2.76 2.75 2.79 2.56 29.99 Medium Human-caused - Civil
Disturbance/Civil Unrest 2.37 2.47 2.94 2.70 25.52 Medium Severe Weather - Public Safety
Power Shutoff/Outage 2.33 2.76 2.35 2.58 23.97 Medium
Drought 2.48 2.85 1.95 2.22 23.58 Medium
Seismic - Fault Rupture 1.95 2.55 3.05 2.89 21.92 Medium Severe Weather - Extreme Heat 2.24 2.86 1.95 1.95 20.73 Medium Flood (riverine, coastal, localized) 2.14 2.19 2.55 2.58 20.66 Medium Hazardous Materials/Nuclear
Release 1.53 3.21 3.35 3.45 20.31 Medium
Pandemic 1.68 3.37 2.24 2.80 19.03 Medium
Seismic - Liquefaction 1.71 2.00 2.84 2.50 16.55 Medium Climate Change 1.86 2.40 1.53 1.67 14.23 Medium
Tsunami 1.38 1.76 2.40 2.05 11.35 Low
Dam/Reservoir Failure (Palisades
Reservoir) 1.11 1.68 2.59 2.50 9.78 Low
426
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-6
The LHMP Project Management Team decided to identify four hazards (wildfire & wildfire smoke, landslide & slope failure, coastal erosion, and severe weather / heavy rains) as high hazard planning considerations based on conversations with the LHMP Planning Team.
Many hazards identified by the LHMP Planning Team are recognized to be interconnected or interrelated. Where appropriate, the hazard profiles (presented below) may include references to other hazard profiles (such as including coastal storms within the Coastal Erosion hazard category).
Additionally, as part of the hazard identification and prioritization process, the LHMP Planning Team determined that some hazards could be combined for clarity purposes within a larger hazard category.
Some hazards were expanded or renamed to reflect conditions more accurately for the City of San Clemente. Thus, for example the Severe Weather profile includes extreme heat, heavy rain, Santa Ana Winds, and Public Safety Power Shutoff (PSPS) as a secondary impact. It is noted that PSPS is not a direct hazard, but a secondary impact from other natural disasters (primarily Santa Ana Winds, but potentially extreme heat and heavy rains as well). The LHMP Planning Team and survey participants expressed concerns about the ramifications of PSPS and the effects on City infrastructure and operations; thus, PSPS is discussed under Severe Weather.
The Human-Caused Hazards profile includes hazardous materials spill/nuclear release, terrorism/cyberattacks, civil disturbance/civil unrest, pandemic, and trail derailment. The Seismic Hazards profile includes ground shaking/ground motion and liquefaction.
The following hazards are discussed within the 2024 LHMP, below:
x Coastal Erosion
x Dam Reservoir Failure
x Drought
x Expansive Soils
x Flood
x Human-Caused Hazards (Hazardous materials spill/nuclear release, terrorism/cyberattacks, civil disturbance/civil unrest, pandemic, and trail derailment) x Landslide and Slope Failure
x Seismic Hazards (Ground shaking/ground motion and liquefaction) x Severe Weather Hazards (Extreme heat, heavy rain, Santa Ana Winds, PSPS) x Tsunami
x Wildfire
Climate change has the potential to exacerbate many of the existing hazards in the City. As such, the LHMP Team decided climate change would be included under each applicable hazard profile with a discussion about how each hazard would intersect or become more significant with impacts of climate change. Discussion and analysis related to climate change is discussed as a subsection under each hazard profile included below.
427
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-7
Vulnerability describes how exposed or susceptible to damage an asset is and depends on a number of variables including the asset’s construction, condition, contents, and economic value of functions. A vulnerability analysis predicts the extent of injury/damage on the built environment that may result from a hazard event of a given intensity in a specific area.
The vulnerability assessment considers risks to critical facilities listed in Section 3.0, Community Profile, and to residential and non-residential buildings throughout San Clemente. Critical facilities serve an important function in the operations of the municipal government and in serving the community. Critical facilities include essential public buildings, police and fire stations, schools, transportation infrastructure, and essential public utility assets. Many facilities may also be vital to evacuations, serve as assembly points or temporary structures, or provide a supportive role in preparing for and recovering from hazard events. While the City owns and maintains most of the listed critical facilities, there are also critical facilities owned by other public agencies or jurisdictions. Direct and indirect impacts were considered as part of the vulnerability assessment as impacts to some facilities may have indirect impacts on other facilities or populations.
The vulnerability assessment below quantifies, to the extent feasible using the best available data, City assets at risk to hazards and estimates potential losses. This section focuses on the profiled hazards and risks specific to the City of San Clemente.
Each hazard profile in the following section includes a Vulnerability and Risk Assessment section that presents the results using the methodology described below. Replacement and content values for the facilities in each the hazard areas are tallied in each vulnerability table to estimate the total potential losses for each facility.
For each hazard profiled in Sections 4.5 to 4.15, a vulnerability/risk assessment is included within the section. The vulnerability/risk assessment gives equal weight to all hazards, regardless of the identified probability. The specific hazard and associated probability are considered as part of the mitigation prioritization, discussed in Section 5.0, Mitigation Strategy. This assessment considers the physical threats to critical facilities. It should be noted that actual losses will depend on the type, location, magnitude, and extent of the actual hazard event.
This assessment considers the physical threat to the critical facilities, as well as the physical threat to residential and non-residential structures.
Socioeconomic impacts are generally discussed as some hazards have the potential to impact the City in ways beyond physical damages. To confirm at-risk community populations, a detailed parcel analysis investigated the intersection of each mapped natural hazard with development and population vulnerability. The critical facilities listed in Section 3.0, Community Profile, were mapped in GIS and overlaid with mapped hazard areas (those hazards that have a specific or defined geographic area) to determine which assets are located in each hazard area.
Using the comprehensive parcel database from the City of San Clemente, parcels with residential and non-residential structures were identified within each mapped natural hazard zone. For 428
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-8
residential assets, the number of units is reported per hazard zone. Single family homes are assumed to be one unit. The number of residential units then informs an estimate of residents within each hazard zone. The estimate was generated using the 2.7 persons per household identified by the American Community Survey (ACS) 2022 dataset. For non-residential assets, the total structure square footage was calculated.
Hazard areas and critical facility overlays were conducted for: dam reservoir failure, flood, landslide and slope failure, seismic hazards, tsunami, and wildfire. It should be noted that the parcel analysis is based on the best available data and is intended for planning purposes only.
The City of San Clemente provided parcel data via a Microsoft Excel file in August 2024. Michael Baker International did not manipulate the data and used the data as it was provided to estimate hazard vulnerabilities. As such, the parcel analysis serves as an estimate of potential losses based on this data snapshot and may not reflect actual or current conditions within the City at the time of LHMP approval.
Overlays were not prepared for the following hazards: coastal erosion, drought, expansive soils, human-caused hazards (hazardous materials spill/nuclear release, terrorism/cyberattacks, civil disturbance/civil unrest, pandemic, and trail derailment), and severe weather hazards (extreme heat, heavy rain, Santa Ana Winds, PSPS). These hazards are not geographically defined and/or have the potential to affect the entire City. For the purposes of this LHMP and vulnerability assessment, it is assumed that coastal erosion, drought, expansive soils, human-caused hazards, and severe weather hazards could impact the entirety of the planning area, including all critical facilities.
Replacement and contents values for the facilities and the number of residents and residential and non-residential structures in each hazard area are provided where possible, to estimate the potential losses based on the method described above. Estimations were prepared using replacement values identified in the HAZUS 6.1 Inventory Technical Manual (2024), where appropriate and related land use categories are listed. Some critical facilities have unavailable replacement cost values due to ownership status or unique characteristics that make replacement estimates infeasible.
The following sections, Section 4.5 through Section 4.15, contain profiles for the hazards identified in Table 4-1, City of San Clemente Hazard Identification, above. The profiles include a vulnerability analysis and risk assessment using the methods described in Section 4.3, Vulnerability and Risk Assessment. Each hazard profile is organized by the following subsections:
x Description: A brief introduction to the mechanisms behind the hazard. x Location/Extent: An indication of geographic areas that are most likely to experience the hazard and a description of the potential magnitude and impacts of the hazard. x Previous Occurrences: A highlight of recent and historical occurrences of the hazard accompanied by the impacts or damage to the planning area, if available. x Probability of Future Occurrences: Discussion of the likelihood of the hazard occurring (or a timeframe of recurrence, if available). 429
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-9
x Climate Change: A discussion of how climate change may impact the location, magnitude, recurrence, or extent of the hazard into the future. x Vulnerability and Risk Assessment: A description of the potential magnitude of losses associated with the hazard. Vulnerability may be expressed in quantitative or qualitative values depending upon available data. This section also discusses the changes in vulnerability due to expected growth and development within the planning area. x Socially Vulnerable Populations: A discussion of how the hazard may impact identified socially vulnerable populations within the planning area and considerations that have been incorporated into the mitigation strategy of this LHMP.
Coastal erosion is the process by which wave action, coastal storms and coastal flooding remove sand or wear down or carry away rocks, soil, along the coast.1 Sea level rise, an increase in the level of the world’s oceans due to effects of increased temperatures, is expected to increase storm frequency and result in wave energy moving further inshore eroding coastal areas.2,3 During the winter season in California, beaches typically erode due to higher wave energy pulling the sand offshore into winter sand bars thereby allowing waves to reach further inland and inundate the beaches. While coastal bluff failure may also occur as result of heightened precipitation, particularly during El Niño events, all bluffs in San Clemente are landward of the City’s railroad and thereby not subject to direct wave attack during these events. Rainfall may be the ultimate trigger for slope failure, even during times with little to no wave action as rocks and soil are heavily saturated given some of the underlying geologic formations in the City and the presence of clay seams.4
Coastal or shoreline erosion will be the most significant hazard impacting coastal resources due to “coastal squeeze.”5 In the City of San Clemente, the dry beach and intertidal zone in front of the railroad revetment are at risk of loss due to “coastal squeeze” caused by the railroad revetement.6
There are several strategies to reduce coastal erosion either through gray or green techniques (refer to Figure 4-1, Coastal Erosion Mitigation Strategies).7 Grey techniques are referred to as shoreline “hardening,” where structures such as seawalls, revetements, groins (medium-sized artificial structure built perpendicular to the shoreline), rip-rap, and levees are placed to reduce eroding coastal areas.8 Green techniques use living shorelines which consist of plants or other 1 U.S. Climate Resilience Toolkit, Coastal Erosion, https://toolkit.climate.gov/topics/coastal-flood-risk/coastal-erosion, modified April 2021, accessed June 28, 2024.
2 National Geographic, Sea Level Rise, https://education.nationalgeographic.org/resource/sea-level-rise/, accessed July 11, 2024. 3 European Commission, Rising sea levels due to climate change found to escalate the rate of erosion of rocky shorelines, https://environment.ec.europa.eu/news/rising-sea-levels-due-climate-change-found-escalate-rate-erosion-rocky-shorelines-2023-03- 29_en, published March 29, 2023, accessed July 11, 2024. 4 Ibid.
5 Moffatt & Nichol, City of San Clemente Sea Level Rise Vulnerability, published October 2019, accessed July 10, 2024. 6 Ibid. 7 San Clemente Beaches, Parks and Recreation Commission, Nature-Based Coastal Resiliency Project Feasibility Study, published February 14, 2023, accessed October 11, 2024.
8 U.S. Climate Resilience Toolkit, Coastal Erosion, https://toolkit.climate.gov/topics/coastal-flood-risk/coastal-erosion, updated April 2021, accessed July 5, 2024.
430
Local Hazard Mitigation Plan
City of San Clemente, California
Section 4, Hazards Assessment Page 4-10
natural elements often in combination with harder shoreline structures to stabilize estuarine coasts, bays, and tributaries.9 Living shorelines improve water quality, provide fisheries habitat, increase biodiversity, and promote recreation. Coastal erosion strategies can also incorporate components of both gray and green techniques to comprehensively protect shorelines.